10264AD ENU LabManual

O F F I C I A L M I C R O S O F T L E A R N I N G P R O D U C T
10264A
Lab Instructions and Lab Answer Key:
Developing Web Applications with
Microsoft
Visual Studio
2010

Information in this document, including URL and other Internet Web site references, is subject to change without notice.
Unless otherwise noted, the example companies, organizations, products, domain names, e-mail addresses, logos, people,
places, and events depicted herein are fictitious, and no association with any real company, organization, product, domain
name, e-mail address, logo, person, place or event is intended or should be inferred. Complying with all applicable copyright
laws is the responsibility of the user. Without limiting the rights under copyright, no part of this document may be
reproduced, stored in or introduced into a retrieval system, or transmitted in any form or by any means (electronic,
mechanical, photocopying, recording, or otherwise), or for any purpose, without the express written permission of Microsoft
Corporation.
Microsoft may have patents, patent applications, trademarks, copyrights, or other intellectual property rights covering subject
matter in this document. Except as expressly provided in any written license agreement from Microsoft, the furnishing of this
document does not give you any license to these patents, trademarks, copyrights, or other intellectual property.
The names of manufacturers, products, or URLs are provided for informational purposes only and Microsoft makes no
representations and warranties, either expressed, implied, or statutory, regarding these manufacturers or the use of the
products with any Microsoft technologies. The inclusion of a manufacturer or product does not imply endorsement of
Microsoft of the manufacturer or product. Links may be provided to third party sites. Such sites are not under the control of
Microsoft and Microsoft is not responsible for the contents of any linked site or any link contained in a linked site, or any
changes or updates to such sites. Microsoft is not responsible for webcasting or any other form of transmission received from
any linked site. Microsoft is providing these links to you only as a convenience, and the inclusion of any link does not imply
endorsement of Microsoft of the site or the products contained therein.
2010 Microsoft Corporation. All rights reserved.
Microsoft, and Windows are either registered trademarks or trademarks of Microsoft Corporation in the United States and/or
other countries.
All other trademarks are property of their respective owners.

Product Number: 10264A
Part Number: X17-47398
Released: 11/2010

Lab Instructions: Overview of Web Application Architecture and Design 1
Module 1
Lab Instructions: Overview of Web Application Architecture
and Design
Contents:
Exercise 1: Exploring the Adventure Works Website 4
Exercise 2: Comparing Web Forms and MVC 7
Exercise 3: Working with the Request Life Cycle 8
2 Lab Instructions: Overvie ew of Web Applicatioon Architecture and DDesign
LLab 1: Ex xploringg the AAdventu
O

In
In
Fu
ap
Fi
Objectives:
Describe th
Explain cod
Describe th
ntroduction
n this lab, you w
urthermore, yo
pplication dev
nally, you will
he Adventure W
de differences
he request life
n
will review the
ou will compar
velopment by u
explore how t
Works website
between Web
cycle for both
e existing Adve
re how applica
using the MVC
to create contr
re Works Webbsite

e.
b Forms and MVC.
Web Forms and MVC.
enture Works w
ation developm
C framework.
website and be
ment by using
ecome familia
Web Forms d
r with its desig
iffers from
gn.
rols dynamicallly by adding aan advertisemeent on the pagge.
Lab Instrucctions: Overview of WWeb Application Architecture and Design 3
L
A
ha
ac
en
pr
Lab Scen
s a web develo
ave limited ex
ccomplish the
nd, you want t
rogramming m
nario
oper at Adven
perience with
goals set by m
to examine the
model.
ture Works, yo
ASP.NET 4.0. Y
management f
e MVC framew

ou have worke
You need to fu
or the new Ad
work and unde
ed extensively
urther explore
dventure Work
erstand how it
with ASP.NET
the features o
ks website. As a
compares with
2.0. However,
of ASP.NET 4.0
a first step tow
h the Web For
you
to
ward this
rms
4 Lab Instructions: Overview of Web Application Architecture and Design
Exercise 1: Exploring the Adventure Works Website
The main tasks for this exercise are as follows:
1. Open the AdventureWorks solution in Visual Studio 2010.
2. Start the web application.
3. Browse the products list.
4. Add products to the shopping cart.
5. Place an order.
6. Explore the life cycle of a Web Forms page.
7. Open the AdventureWorksMvc solution in Visual Studio 2010.
8. Explore the life cycle of an MVC request.
Task 1: Open the AdventureWorks solution in Visual Studio 2010
1. Log on to the 10264A-GEN-DEV virtual machine as Student, with the password, Pa$$w0rd.
2. Open Microsoft Visual Studio 2010.
3. Open the AdventureWorks solution at the following location.
Programming Language Location
Microsoft Visual C# D:\Lab Files\CS\Lab 01\Starter\WebForms
Microsoft Visual Basic D:\Lab Files\VB\Lab 01\Starter\WebForms
Task 2: Start the web application
Run the AdventureWorks solution in Debug mode.
Task 3: Browse the products list
In the Product Categories list, select Bib-Shorts, and then click the Submit button.
Note: Observe the products available in the Bib-Shorts product category.
Task 4: Add products to the shopping cart
1. Add one pair of Mens Bib-Shorts, size M, to the shopping cart.
2. Continue shopping.
Task 5: Place an order
1. Open the shopping cart.
2. Place the order.
Task 6: Explore the life cycle of a Web Forms page
1. Switch to Visual Studio 2010 with the AdventureWorks solution open.
2. Open the Default.aspx Web Form in Code view.
3. Place a breakpoint at the beginning of the Page_Load method.
4. Switch to Windows Internet Explorer.
5. Open the Home page.
Note: The debugger reaches your breakpoint in the Page_Load method.
6. Step through the web application startup until you reach the end of Page_Load method.
7. Continue the web application.
Note: The URL displayed in the address bar of Internet Explorer includes the name of the Web Form or
page (Default.aspx) displayed.
8. Close Windows Internet Explorer.
Task 7: Open the AdventureWorksMvc solution in Visual Studio 2010
1. Open a second instance of Microsoft Visual Studio 2010.
2. Open the AdventureWorksMvc solution at the following location.
Visual C# D:\Lab Files\CS\Lab 01\Starter\MVC
Visual Basic D:\Lab Files\VB\Lab 01\Starter\MVC
Task 8: Explore the life cycle of an MVC request
1. In the Controllers folder, open the HomeController.cs or HomeController.vb file.
2. Notice the methods that are available and the way they relate to the actions that are available to the
user.
3. Close the HomeController.cs or HomeController.vb file.
4. Open the Global.asax file.
5. Place a breakpoint at the beginning of the Application_Start method.
6. Run the AdventureWorksMvc solution in Debug mode.
Note: The debugger reaches the breakpoint in the Application_Start method.
7. Examine the static/Shared RegisterRoutes method.
8. Step through the web application startup until you reach the last line of code in the Index action
method of the Home controller.
Note: The URL displayed in the address bar of Internet Explorer does not include the name of the page
(Index.aspx) displayed.
Results: After completing this exercise, you should have reviewed the Adventure Works website by
adding products to your shopping cart and checking out. You should also have reviewed the Page and
MVC request life cycles by placing breakpoints in methods that execute during the life cycle.

Exercise 2: Comparing Web Forms and MVC
1. View the AdventureWorks solution in Visual Studio 2010.
2. Examine the markup and code found in the Default.aspx Web Forms page.
3. View AdventureWorksMvc solution in Visual Studio 2010.
1. Examine the markup and code used for rendering the default MVC page.
2. Discuss as a group the differences in the way Web Forms and MVC responds and delivers content
to a request.
Task 1: View the AdventureWorks solution in Visual Studio 2010
Switch to the Visual Studio 2010 instance with the AdventureWorks solution open.
Task 2: Examine the markup and code found in the Default.aspx Web Forms page
1. Examine the code in the Default.aspx.cs or Default.aspx.vb code file.
2. Examine the markup in the Default.aspx Web Form.
Task 3: View AdventureWorksMvc solution Microsoft Visual Studio 2010
Switch to the Visual Studio 2010 instance with the AdventureWorksMvc solution open.
Task 4: Examine the markup and code used for rendering the default MVC page
1. Open the Adventure Works MVC project at the following location:
Language Location
C# D:\Lab Files\CS\Lab 01\Starter\MVC
Visual Basic D:\Lab Files\VB\Lab 01\Starter\MVC

2. Examine the code in the HomeController.cs or HomeController.vb code file.
3. Examine the markup in the Index.aspx page.
Task 5: Discuss as a group the differences in the way Web Forms and MVC responds and
delivers content to a request
In the classroom, discuss the differences between the page life cycles of the two different web
application models, Web Forms and MVC, including the page-centric Web Forms request vs. the MVC
routing, the use of server controls in Web Forms vs. HTML controls, and MVC helper methods.
Results: After completing this exercise, you should have reviewed the code in a Web Forms and MVC
page, and discussed the differences as a class.

Exercise 3: Working with the Request Life Cycle
1. Exploring the life cycle of a Web Forms page.
2. Exploring the life cycle of a MVC request.
1. Switch to the Visual Studio 2010 instance with the AdventureWorks solution open.
2. View the Default.aspx Web Form.
3. Locate the Content control with the ContentPlaceHolderID property set to MainContent.
4. Add the following Label control markup before any other content in the Content control.
<asp:Label ID="lblAdvertisement" runat="server" />
5. View the code-behind file for the Default Web Form.
6. In the Page_Load method, add the following code at the beginning of the method.
[Visual C#]
lblAdvertisement.Text = "My advertisement here";
[Visual Basic]
lblAdvertisement.Text = "My advertisement here"
7. Run the web application and view the rendered Default.aspx page.
Note: During the pages Load event, the text is added to the lblAdvertisement Label control.
9. Close Visual Studio 2010.
Task 2: Explore the life cycle of a MVC request
2. Open the Views\Home\Index.aspx view.
3. Locate the Content control with the ContentPlaceHolderID property value of MainContent.
4. Add the following code before any content in the Content control.
[Visual C#]
<p><%= ViewData["Advertisement"] %></p>
[Visual Basic]
<p><%: ViewData("Advertisement") %></p>
5. Open the file Controllers\HomeController.cs or Controllers\HomeController.vb.
In Solution Explorer, expand Controllers, and then double-click HomeController.cs or
HomeController.vb.
6. Locate the Index method in the file.
7. Add the following code at the beginning of the Index method.
[Visual C#]
ViewData["Advertisement"] = "My advertisement here";
[Visual Basic]
ViewData("Advertisement") = "My advertisement here"
8. Run the web application and view the rendered Index.aspx view.
Note: During the controllers Index action method, the text is added to Index view by using the
ViewData.
Task 3: Turn off the virtual machine and revert the changes
1. In Microsoft Hyper-V Manager, in the Virtual Machines pane, right-click 10264A-GEN-DEV, and
then click Turn Off.
2. In the Turn Off Machine dialog box, click Turn Off.
3. In Hyper-V Manager, in the Virtual Machines pane, right-click 10264A-GEN-DEV, and then click
Revert.
4. In the Revert Virtual Machine dialog box, click Revert.
Results: After completing this exercise, you should have explored the life cycle of both a Web Form and
an MVC page, by adding code to write to the page during the page request.

Lab Instructions: Designing a Web Application 1
Module 2
Lab Instructions: Designing a Web Application
Contents:
Exercise 1: Reviewing the Adventure Works Website Structure 4
Exercise 2: Redesigning the Adventure Works Website 5
Exercise 3: Adding MVC Capabilities to the Adventure Works Website 7
2 Lab Instructions: Designi ing a Web Applicatioon
LLab 2: Redesignning the
N
O
A

In
In
di
m
M
th
Note: Tasks in t
Objectives:
fter completin
Draw diagr
Identify wh
business re
Add MVC c
ntroduction
n this lab, you w
iagramming it
management, a
MVC. You will a
hat you can ge
this lab will be
ng this lab, you
rams showing t
hich pages of t
quirements.
capabilities to
n
will first captu
ts overall archi
and recommen
also do the gro
et started as so
e Advennture WWorks WWebsite

e the same reg
u will be able t
the overall arc
he website wil
the existing w
re your under
tecture and pa
nd which page
oundwork nece
oon as Manage
ardless of the
to:
chitecture and
l use Web For
ebsite.
standing of th
age flow. You
es of the websi
essary for add
ement approva
programming
page flow of t
rms, and which
e current Adve
will then revie
te will use We
ing MVC capa
al comes throu
g language youur solution is uusing.
the Adventuree Works websitte.
h pages will use MVC, based on
enture Works
ew the busines
eb Forms, and
abilities to the
ugh.
website by
s requirement
which pages w
existing websi
ts set by
will use
te so
Lab Instructions: Designingg a Web Application 3
L
N
M
de
th
re
co
en
Lab Scen
ow that you h
MVC to develop
etailing recom
he current web
edesigned web
osts and benef
numerate the
nario
have a better u
p some pages
mmendations fo
bsite and recom
bsite. Keep in m
fits of your dec
rationale unde
understanding
of the Advent
or redesigning
mmend an app
mind that you
cisions before
erlying your re
of Web Forms
ture Works we
g the website. Y
propriate prog
are operating
making recom
ecommendatio

s and MVC, yo
ebsite. Your nex
Your proposal
gramming mod
on a tight bu
mmendations.
ons to help ma
ou can see the
xt task is to cre
needs to desc
del for develo
dget, so you n
The proposal
anagement ass
benefits of us
eate a proposa
cribe the struc
ping the page
need to consid
should also
sess them.
ing
al
cture of
es of the
der the
4 Lab Instructions: Designing a Web Application
Exercise 1: Reviewing the Adventure Works Website Structure
Open the AdventureWorks solution in Visual Studio 2010.
Examine the code and markup location and purpose.
Draw a diagram showing the overall architecture.
Draw a diagram showing the page flow.
Discuss your findings with the class.
Visual C#
D:\Lab Files\CS\Lab 02\Solution\Exercise 01

Visual Basic
D:\Lab Files\VB\Lab 02\Solution\Exercise 01

Task 2: Examine the code and markup location and purpose
Analyze the solution and determine its intent and structure.
Task 3: Draw a diagram showing the overall architecture
On a sheet of paper, draw a diagram describing the overall Adventure Works website architecture,
based on your analysis.
Task 4: Draw a diagram showing the page flow
On a sheet of paper, draw a diagram showing the page flow of the AdventureWorks web application,
Task 5: Discuss your findings with the class
Discuss the diagrams created amongst the class.
Results: After completing this exercise, you should have created two diagrams describing the existing
architecture and page flow of the AdventureWorks web application.
Exercise 2: Redesigning the Adventure Works Website
Read the requirements document.
Determine which pages will use Web Forms and which will use MVC.
Discuss your recommendations and their rationale with the class.
Task 1: Read the requirements document
The redesigned AdventureWorks web application must meet the requirements as set by management
and listed in the following sections.
Business Requirements and Considerations
Build a responsive, rich, and interactive UI
Enhance the performance of existing pages and resolve errors
Use URLs that are search engine friendly and facilitate indexing of products by search engines
Include a section for blogs
Include an administration section to enable the Sales team to manage information stored in the
database
Secure the blog management pages and the administration section
Functional Requirements: Shopping Cart
List product categories
Click a category to display products
Display products in a detailed view
Add products to the shopping cart
Remove products from the shopping cart
Submit the shopping cart
Functional Requirements: Blogs
Log on to the website
Add a new blog entry
Edit and delete blog entries
Add anonymous comments
Approve comments
Functional Requirements: Administration Section
Manage products
Manage product categories
Manage sales order headers
Manage customers
User Interface Requirements
Display a welcome message on the home page in English or French (Canada)
Minimize page refreshes
Provide support for easily changing the overall look of the application
Reflect the corporate branding and propose two styles based on the corporate colors
Display a marketing message on the Product Detail page
Display a product advertisement on the blog pages
Display a ticker showing biking-related news headlines on the blog pages
Task 2: Determine which pages will use Web Forms and which will use MVC
Based on the requirements given, determine and document which pages will remain Web Forms
pages and which will be implemented in MVC.
Task 3: Discuss your recommendations and their rationale with the class
Discuss the recommendations created with the class.
Results: After completing this exercise, you should have reviewed the requirements document for the
Adventure Works website, determined which pages will remain Web Forms pages and which will use
MVC, and discussed your recommendations and their rationale with the class.

Exercise 3: Adding MVC Capabilities to the Adventure Works Website
Open the AdventureWorks solution in Visual Studio 2010.
Add required assemblies to the project.
Add the MVC Assembly references and namespaces to the Web.config file.
Map the default MVC request routes.
Change project to reflect an MVC Project.
Visual C# D:\Lab Files\CS\Lab 02\Starter\Exercise 03
Visual Basic D:\Lab Files\VB\Lab 02\Starter\Exercise 03
Task 2: Add required assemblies to the project
1. Add references to the System.Web.Abstractions assembly to the project.
2. Add references to the System.Web.MVC and System.Web.Routing assemblies to the project.
Task 3: Add the MVC Assembly references and namespaces to the Web.config file
1. Open the Web.config file in the root AdventureWorks folder.
2. Add the following text to your Web.config file in their proper sections as shown, this adds the
appropriate assemblies to your project and configures special MVC handlers:
<system.web>
<compilation debug="true" targetFramework="4.0">
<assemblies>
...
<add assembly="System.Web.Abstractions, Version=4.0.0.0, Culture=neutral,
PublicKeyToken=31BF3856AD364E35"/>
<add assembly="System.Web.Mvc, Version=2.0.0.0, Culture=neutral,
<add assembly="System.Web.Routing, Version=4.0.0.0, Culture=neutral,
</assemblies>
</compilation>
...
<pages>
<namespaces>
<add namespace="System.Web.Mvc"/>
<add namespace="System.Web.Mvc.Ajax"/>
<add namespace="System.Web.Mvc.Html"/>
<add namespace="System.Web.Routing"/>
</namespaces>
</pages>
<httpHandlers>
<add verb="*" path="*.mvc" validate="false" type="System.Web.Mvc.MvcHttpHandler"/>
</httpHandlers>
</system.web>
<system.webServer>
...
<handlers>
<remove name="MvcHttpHandler"/>
<add name="MvcHttpHandler" preCondition="integratedMode" verb="*" path="*.mvc"
type="System.Web.Mvc.MvcHttpHandler"/>
</handlers>
</system.webServer>
<runtime>
<assemblyBinding xmlns="urn:schemas-microsoft-com:asm.v1">
<dependentAssembly>
<assemblyIdentity name="System.Web.Mvc" publicKeyToken="31BF3856AD364E35"/>
<bindingRedirect oldVersion="1.0.0.0" newVersion="2.0.0.0"/>
</dependentAssembly>
</assemblyBinding>
</runtime>
3. Save the Web.config file.
The final Web.config file should appear as follows
[Visual C#]
<?xml version="1.0"?>
<configuration>
<appSettings />
<connectionStrings>
<add name="ApplicationServices" connectionString="data
source=.\SQLEXPRESS;Integrated
Security=SSPI;AttachDBFilename=|DataDirectory|\aspnetdb.mdf;User Instance=true"
providerName="System.Data.SqlClient" />
<add name="AdventureWorksEntities"
connectionString="metadata=res://*/mdlAdventureWorks.csdl|res://*/mdlAdventureWorks.ss
dl|res://*/mdlAdventureWorks.msl;provider=System.Data.SqlClient;provider connection
string="Data Source=.\sqlexpress;Initial
Catalog=AdventureWorksLT2008R2;Integrated
Security=True;MultipleActiveResultSets=True""
providerName="System.Data.EntityClient" />
</connectionStrings>
<system.web>
<assemblies>
<add assembly="System.Data.Entity, Version=4.0.0.0, Culture=neutral,
PublicKeyToken=b77a5c561934e089" />
</assemblies>
</compilation>
<authentication mode="Forms">
<forms loginUrl="~/Account/Login.aspx" timeout="2880" />
</authentication>
<membership>
<providers>
<clear />
<add name="AspNetSqlMembershipProvider"
type="System.Web.Security.SqlMembershipProvider"
connectionStringName="ApplicationServices" enablePasswordRetrieval="false"
enablePasswordReset="true" requiresQuestionAndAnswer="false"
requiresUniqueEmail="false" maxInvalidPasswordAttempts="5"
minRequiredPasswordLength="6" minRequiredNonalphanumericCharacters="0"
passwordAttemptWindow="10" applicationName="/" />
</providers>
</membership>
<profile>
<providers>
<clear />
<add name="AspNetSqlProfileProvider"
type="System.Web.Profile.SqlProfileProvider"
connectionStringName="ApplicationServices" applicationName="/" />
</providers>
</profile>
<roleManager enabled="false">
<providers>
<clear />
<add name="AspNetSqlRoleProvider" type="System.Web.Security.SqlRoleProvider"
<add name="AspNetWindowsTokenRoleProvider"
type="System.Web.Security.WindowsTokenRoleProvider" applicationName="/" />
</providers>
</roleManager>
<pages>
<namespaces>
</namespaces>
</pages>
<httpHandlers>
<add verb="*" path="*.mvc" validate="false"
</httpHandlers>
</system.web>
<system.webServer>
<modules runAllManagedModulesForAllRequests="true" />
<handlers>
</handlers>
</system.webServer>
<runtime>
<dependentAssembly>
</assemblyBinding>
</runtime>
</configuration>

[Visual Basic]
<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>

<configuration>
<connectionStrings>
connectionString="metadata=res://*/mdlAdventureWorks.csdl|res://*/mdlAdventureWorks.ss
dl|res://*/mdlAdventureWorks.msl;provider=System.Data.SqlClient;provider connection
<system.web>
<compilation debug="true" strict="false" explicit="true" targetFramework="4.0">
<assemblies>
</assemblies>
</compilation>
</authentication>
<membership>
<providers>
<clear />
</providers>
</membership>
<profile>
<providers>
<clear />
</providers>
</profile>
<providers>
<clear />
</providers>
</roleManager>
<pages>
<namespaces>
</namespaces>
</pages>
<httpHandlers>
<add verb="*" path=".mvc" validate="false"
</httpHandlers>
</system.web>
<system.webServer>
<handlers>
<add name="MvcHttpHandler" preCondition="integratedMode" verb="*" path=".mvc"
</handlers>
</system.webServer>
<runtime>
<dependentAssembly>
<assemblyIdentity name="System.Web.Mvc" PublicKeyToken="31BF3856AD364E35"/>
</assemblyBinding>
</runtime>
</configuration>

Task 4: Map the default MVC request routes
1. Import the System.Web.Mvc and System.Web.Routing namespaces in Global.asax to support MVC
request routing.
[Visual C#]
using System.Web.Mvc;
using System.Web.Routing;

[Visual Basic]
Imports System.Web.Mvc
Imports System.Web.Routing
2. Create a method named RegisterRoutes to register the MVC routes and exclude routes for existing
Web Form pages, handlers, and WCF services.
[Visual C#]
public static void RegisterRoutes(RouteCollection routes)
{
routes.IgnoreRoute("{resource}.axd/{*pathInfo}");
routes.IgnoreRoute("{resource}.aspx/{*pathInfo}");
routes.IgnoreRoute("{resource}.svc/{*pathInfo}");

routes.MapRoute(
"Default", // Route name
"{controller}/{action}/{id}", // URL with parameters
new { controller = "Home", action = "Index", id = "" } // Parameter defaults
);
}

[Visual Basic]
Shared Sub RegisterRoutes(ByVal routes As RouteCollection)
routes.IgnoreRoute("{resource}.axd/{*pathInfo}")
routes.IgnoreRoute("{resource}.aspx/{*pathInfo}")
routes.IgnoreRoute("{resource}.svc/{*pathInfo}")

routes.MapRoute(
"Default",
"{controller}/{action}/{id}",
New With {.controller = "Home", .action = "Index", .id = ""}
)
End Sub
3. Call the RegisterRoutes in the Application_Start method.
[Visual C#]
protected void Application_Start(object sender, EventArgs e)
{
RegisterRoutes(RouteTable.Routes);
}

[Visual Basic]
Sub Application_Start(ByVal sender As Object, ByVal e As EventArgs)
RegisterRoutes(RouteTable.Routes)
End Sub
4. Save the Global.asax file.
Task 5: Change project to reflect an MVC Project
1. Open the project, AdventureWorks.csproj or AdventureWorks.vbproj file in Notepad for direct
editing.
2. Locate the ProjectTypeGuids element.
[Visual C#]
<ProjectTypeGuids>{349c5851-65df-11da-9384-00065b846f21};{fae04ec0-301f-11d3-bf4b-
00c04f79efbc}</ProjectTypeGuids>

[Visual Basic]
<ProjectTypeGuids{349c5851-65df-11da-9384-00065b846f21};{F184B08F-C81C-45F6-A57F-
5ABD9991F28F}</ProjectTypeGuids>
3. Add the following markup at the beginning of the ProjectTypeGuids element.
{F85E285D-A4E0-4152-9332-AB1D724D3325};
Note: The top of the project file should look like this.
[Visual C#]
<Project ToolsVersion="4.0" DefaultTargets="Build"
xmlns="http://schemas.microsoft.com/developer/msbuild/2003">
<PropertyGroup>
...
<ProjectGuid>{A8D6241C-680E-42BA-884B-501CC08D3FA9}</ProjectGuid>
<ProjectTypeGuids>{F85E285D-A4E0-4152-9332-AB1D724D3325};{349c5851-65df-11da-9384-
00065b846f21};{fae04ec0-301f-11d3-bf4b-00c04f79efbc}</ProjectTypeGuids>
...
[Visual Basic]
<PropertyGroup>
...
<ProjectGuid>{F9BE0786-D923-4DF0-9483-CE13D5D26A1F}</ProjectGuid>
<ProjectTypeGuids>{F85E285D-A4E0-4152-9332-AB1D724D3325{349c5851-65df-11da-9384-
00065b846f21};{F184B08F-C81C-45F6-A57F-5ABD9991F28F}</ProjectTypeGuids>
...
4. Save the project file.
5. Reload the AdventureWorks project.
6. Test the new project type by opening the Add New Item dialog box.
Revert.
Results: After completing this exercise, you should have reviewed and documented the existing
AdventureWorks Web Forms application architecture and page flow, reviewed requirements
documentation and created a plan for redesigning the AdventureWorks application using MVC where it
made sense, and added MVC functionality to the existing AdventureWorks application.

Lab Instructions: Developing MVC Models 1
Module 3
Lab Instructions: Developing MVC Models
Contents:
Exercise 1: Exploring the AdventureWorks Database 4
Exercise 2: Adding an ADO.NET Entity Data Model 7
Exercise 3: Model Data Validation 12

2 Lab Instructions: Develop ping MVC Models
LLab 3: Creating
O
A

In
In
an

Objectives:
fter completin
Work with
Use Entity F
Implement
ntroduction
n this lab, you w
n Entity Frame
g MVC MModels
ng this lab, you
the Adventure
Framework da
data validatio
n
will create rela
ework data mo

u will be able t
eWorks databa
ta model.
on for the MVC
ationships betw
odel, add a dat
to:
ase.
C models.
ween database
ta repository, a
e tables by usi
and implemen
ng the Databa
nt data model v

ase Designer, c
validation.
create

Laab Instructions: Developing MVC Models 3
L

Lab Scen nario

4 Lab Instructions: Developing MVC Models
Exercise 1: Exploring the AdventureWorks Database
2. Open AdventureWorks database.
3. Examine the table schemas.
4. Add Relationships between tables using Diagrams.
Task 2: Open AdventureWorks database
Open the AdventureWorksLT2008R2 database by using Server Explorer.
Task 3: Examine the table schemas
1. Display the list of tables.
2. Open the Customer (SalesLT) table in the Table Designer.

3. Examine the schema of the table.
4. Close the Table Designer.
Task 4: Add Relationships between tables using Diagrams
1. Create a new database diagram containing the Customer and CustomerAddress tables.
Note: The relationship between the Customer and CustomerAddress table is one-to-many, which
means a single customer can have multiple addresses.

2. Close the Database Designer and do not save the diagram.
Result: After completing this exercise, you should have learned how to use Server Explorer to examine
the database schema and view relationships between the tables using database diagrams.

Exercise 2: Adding an ADO.NET Entity Data Model
2. Add Entity Data Model to the web application.
3. Add data repository.
4. Implement list, select, insert, update, and delete operations.
Task 2: Add Entity Data Model to the web application
1. Add a new ADO.NET Entity Data Model named AdventureWorks.edmx to the project, and generate
the model from database. The model must be added to the Models folder.

2. Use the existing AdventureWorksLT2008ConnectionString connection string to connect to the
database, and save the connection settings in the Web.config file as AdventureWorksEntities.

3. Select the Blog and Blogger tables from the database and name the model namespace
AdventureWorksModel.

4. Build the solution, and fix any errors.
Task 3: Add data repository
Add a new data repository class named BlogRepository to the Models folder.
Task 4: Implement list, select, insert, update, and delete operations
1. Declare and instantiate a private AdventureWorksEntities object named db in the BlogRepository
class.
[Visual C#]
private AdventureWorksEntities db = new AdventureWorksEntities();

[Visual Basic]
Private db As New AdventureWorksEntities
2. Add the following method to the BlogRepository class to return a list of all of the blogs.
[Visual C#]
public IQueryable<Blog> GetAllBlogs()
{
return db.Blogs;
}

[Visual Basic]
Public Function GetAllBlogs() As IQueryable(Of Blog)
Return db.Blogs
End Function
3. Add the following method to the BlogRepository class to return a list of all of the blogs for a specific
blogger.
[Visual C#]
public IQueryable<Blog> GetAllBlogs(int id)
{
return from blog in db.Blogs
where blog.BloggerID == id
select blog;
}

[Visual Basic]
Public Function GetAllBlogs(ByVal id As Integer) As IQueryable(Of Blog)
Return From blog In db.Blogs
Where blog.BloggerID = id
Select blog
End Function
4. Add the following method to the BlogRepository class to return a specific blog.
[Visual C#]
public Blog GetBlog(int id)
{
return (from blog in db.Blogs
where blog.BlogID == id
select blog).SingleOrDefault();
}

[Visual Basic]
Public Function GetBlog(ByVal id As Integer) As Blog
Return (From blog In db.Blogs
Where blog.BlogID = id
Select blog).SingleOrDefault()
End Function
5. Add the following method to the BlogRepository class to return the name of the blogger.
[Visual C#]
public string GetBloggerName(int id)
{
var bloggerName = (from blogger in db.Bloggers
where blogger.BloggerID == id
select blogger.Name).FirstOrDefault();

return bloggerName;
}

[Visual Basic]
Public Function GetBloggerName(ByVal id As Integer) As String
Dim bloggerName = (From blogger In db.Bloggers
Where blogger.BloggerID = id
Select blogger.Name).FirstOrDefault

Return bloggerName
End Function
6. Add the following methods to the BlogRepository class to add, update, delete, and save individual
blogs.
[Visual C#]
public void AddBlog(Blog blog)
{
db.Blogs.AddObject(blog);
}

public void UpdateBlog(Blog blog)
{
db.Blogs.ApplyCurrentValues(blog);
}

public void DeleteBlog(Blog blog)
{
db.Blogs.DeleteObject(blog);
}

public void Save()
{
db.SaveChanges();
}

[Visual Basic]
Public Sub AddBlog(ByVal blg As Blog)
db.Blogs.ApplyCurrentValues(blg)
End Sub

Public Sub UpdateBlog(ByVal blg As Blog)
db.Blogs.Attach(blg)
End Sub

Public Sub DeleteBlog(ByVal blg As Blog)
db.Blogs.DeleteObject(blg)
End Sub

Public Sub Save()
db.SaveChanges()
End Sub

7. Save all modified files.
Result: In this exercise, you added an Entity data model to the web application, connecting it to the
existing AdventureWorks database. You also added a repository class and implemented list, select,
insert, update, and delete operations in the class.

Exercise 3: Model Data Validation
2. Add a partial class to the Models folder.
3. Add business rules validation.
Task 2: Add a partial class to the Models folder
1. Add a new class named Blog to the Models folder.
2. Make the Blog class partial, by prefixing with the keyword partial/Partial.
[Visual C#]
public partial class Blog

[Visual Basic]
Partial Public Class Blog
3. Import the System.ComponentModel and System.ComponentModel.DataAnnotations
namespaces.
[Visual C#]
using System.ComponentModel.DataAnnotations;
using System.ComponentModel;

[Visual Basic]
Imports System.ComponentModel.DataAnnotations
Imports System.ComponentModel
Note: In the next section, you will add business rules validation to the partial class.
Task 3: Add business rules validation
1. Add another class named BlogMetadata to the Blog.cs or Blog.vb code file.
[Visual C#]
public class Blog_MetaData
{
[DisplayName("Blog ID")]
public object BlogID { get; set; }

[DisplayName("Date Posted")]
[DisplayFormat(DataFormatString = "{0:d}")]
public object DatePosted { get; set; }

[Required]
public object Title { get; set; }

[Required]
[DisplayName("Blog Entry")]
public object BlogEntry { get; set; }
}

[Visual Basic]
Public Class Blog_MetaData
<DisplayName("Blog ID")> _
Public Property BlogID As Object

<DisplayName("Date Posted")> _
<DisplayFormat(DataFormatString:="{0:d}")> _
Public Property DatePosted As Object

<Required()> _
Public Property Title As Object

<Required()> <DisplayName("Blog Entry")> _
Public Property BlogEntry As Object
End Class
2. Apply the MetadataType attribute to the Blog class, and reference the Blog_Metadata type as the
metadata type.
[Visual C#]
[MetadataType(typeof(Blog_MetaData))]

[Visual Basic]
<MetadataType(GetType(Blog_MetaData))>
Revert.
Result: After completing this exercise you should have learned how to add a partial class to the model
and extend the behavior of the existing class using partial classes and add validation logic in the partial
class.

Lab Instructions: Developing MVC Controllers 1
Module 4
Lab Instructions: Developing MVC Controllers
Contents:
Exercise 1: Creating an MVC Controller 4
Exercise 2: Adding code to list the existing blog entries 6
Exercise 3: Adding code to create a new blog entry 9
Exercise 4: Adding code to edit a blog entry 12
Exercise 5: Adding code to delete a blog entry 16

2 Lab Instructions: Develop ping MVC Controllerrs
LLab 4: D Developing MV
N
Ba
O
A

In
In
de

Note: You can
asic
as your p
Objectives
fter completin
Create an M
List the exis
Create a ne
Edit a blog
Delete a blo
ntroduction
n this lab, you w
elete (CRUD) o
perform the ta
programming
ng this lab, you
MVC controlle
sting blog entr
ew blog entry.
entry.
og entry.
n
will create an
operations.

VC Controllers

asks in this lab
language.
u will be able t
r.
ries.
MVC controlle
b by using eithe
to:
er and add cod
er Microsoft V
de to it to perf
Visual C#
or MMicrosoft Visuaal
form create, reead, update, annd
Lab Innstructions: Developing MVC Controllers 3
L
Ba
de
A
op

Lab Scen
ased on your r
eveloped by u
DO.NET Entity
perations.
nario
recommendat
using MVC. You
y Data Model.
ions for redesi
u have already
Next, you nee
gning the Adv
y built your MV
ed to develop a

ventureWorks
VC model clas
an MVC contro
website, the b
ses by leverag
oller to handle
blog pages nee
ging an existing
e the database
ed to be
g
e

4 Lab Instructions: Developing MVC Controllers
Exercise 1: Creating an MVC Controller
Open the AdventureWorksMvc solution in Visual Studio 2010.
Create a controller named BlogController.
3. Open the AdventureWorksMvc solution from the following location.
Task 2: Create a controller named BlogController
1. Create a controller named BlogController in the Controllers folder. The controller should not
include action methods for create, update, delete, and details scenarios.
2. Add the HandleErrorAttribute attribute to the BlogController class.
[Visual C#]
[HandleError]

[Visual Basic]
<HandleError()>
3. Verify that the code in the BlogController code file matches the following code.
[Visual C#]
using System;
using System.Collections.Generic;
using System.Linq;
using System.Web;

namespace AdventureWorksMvc.Controllers
{
[HandleError]
public class BlogController : Controller
{
//
// GET: /Blog/
public ActionResult Index()
{
return View();
}
}
}

[Visual Basic]
Namespace AdventureWorksMvc
<HandleError()>
Public Class BlogController
Inherits System.Web.Mvc.Controller
'
' GET: /Blog

Function Index() As ActionResult
Return View()
End Function
End Class
End Namespace
Results: After this exercise, you should have created a new controller named BlogController that is
decorated with the HandleErrorAttribute attribute.

Exercise 2: Adding code to list the existing blog entries
2. Add a blogRepository object.
3. Add code to the Index action method.
4. Create a Blogger action method.
5. Create a Details action method.
Task 2: Add a blogRepository object
1. Import the AdventureWorksMvc.Models namespace in the BlogController code file.
[Visual C#]
using AdventureWorksMvc.Models;

[Visual Basic]
Not applicable
2. Declare and instantiate a private BlogRepository object at the top of the BlogController class.
[Visual C#]
private BlogRepository blogRepository = new BlogRepository();

[Visual Basic]
Private blogRepository As New BlogRepository()
Task 3: Add code to the Index action method
1. Replace the existing code in the Index action method with code that returns all of the blog entries to
the view, by calling the GetAllBlogs method of the blogRepository object.
[Visual C#]
var blogs = blogRepository.GetAllBlogs();

return View(blogs);

[Visual Basic]
Dim blogs = blogRepository.GetAllBlogs()

Return View(blogs)
2. Verify that the final Index action method matches the following code:
[Visual C#]
{

return View(blogs);
}

[Visual Basic]

Return View(blogs)
End Function
Task 4: Create a Blogger action method
1. Add a Blogger action method that takes the ID of the blogger as the only parameter.
[Visual C#]
public ActionResult Blogger(int id)
{
}

[Visual Basic]
Function Blogger(ByVal id As Integer) As ActionResult
End Function
2. Add code to the Blogger action method to return only the blog entries for the indicated blogger to
the view.
[Visual C#]
var blogs = blogRepository.GetAllBlogs(id);

return View(blogs);

[Visual Basic]
Dim blogs = blogRepository.GetAllBlogs(id)

Return View(blogs)
3. Verify that the final Blogger action method matches the following code.
[Visual C#]
{

return View(blogs);
}

[Visual Basic]

Return View(blogs)
End Function
Task 5: Create a Details action method
1. Add a Details action method that takes the ID of the blog entry as its one parameter.
[Visual C#]
public ActionResult Details(int id)
{
}

[Visual Basic]
Function Details(ByVal id As Integer) As ActionResult
End Function
2. Add code to the Details action method to return only the indicated blog entry, to the view. However,
if the blog entry no longer exists, redirect the user to the Index view.
[Visual C#]
var blogEntry = blogRepository.GetBlog(id);

if (blogEntry == null)
return RedirectToAction("Index");

return View(blogEntry);

[Visual Basic]
Dim blogEntry = blogRepository.GetBlog(id)

If blogEntry Is Nothing Then
Return RedirectToAction("Index")
End If

Return View(blogEntry)
3. Verify that the final Details action method matches the following code.
[Visual C#]
{


}

[Visual Basic]

End If

End Function

Results: After this exercise, you should have created a BlogRepository and action methods that allow
you to view all of the blog entries, to view just the blog entries for a particular blogger, and to view a
particular blog entry.

Exercise 3: Adding code to create a new blog entry
2. Create a Create action method.
3. Create a Create action method that accepts an HTTP Post.
Task 2: Create a Create action method
1. Add a Create action method in the BlogController class.
[Visual C#]
public ActionResult Create()
{
}
[Visual Basic]
Function Create() As ActionResult
End Function
2. Add code to the Create action method to return an empty ActionResult to the view.
[Visual C#]
return View();
[Visual Basic]
Return View()
3. Verify that the final Create action method matches the following code:
[Visual C#]
{
return View();
}
[Visual Basic]
Return View()
End Function
Task 3: Create a Create action method for an HTTP Post request
1. Add a Create action method for an HTTP Post request that takes a Blog object as the only parameter.
[Visual C#]
[HttpPost]
public ActionResult Create(Blog blog)
{
}
[Visual Basic]
<HttpPost()>
Function Create(ByVal blg As Blog) As ActionResult
End Function
2. Add code to the Create action method to save the new Blog object and redirect the user to the
Index view. However, if the call to the Save method fails, return the user to the Create view.
[Visual C#]
if (!ModelState.IsValid)
return View(blog);

try
{
blog.DatePosted = DateTime.Now;
blogRepository.AddBlog(blog);
blogRepository.Save();

TempData["ConfirmationMessage"] = blog.Title + " has been added.";

}
catch (Exception)
{
return View(blog);
};
[Visual Basic]
If ModelState.IsValid Then
Try
blg.DatePosted = DateTime.Now
blogRepository.AddBlog(blg)
blogRepository.Save()

TempData("ConfirmationMessage") = blg.Title & " has been added"

Catch
Return View(blg)
End Try
End If

Return View(blg)
3. Verify that the final Create action method that for the HTTP Post request matches the following code.
[Visual C#]
[HttpPost]
{
return View(blog);

try
{


}
catch (Exception)
{
return View(blog);
};
}
[Visual Basic]
<HttpPost()>
Try


Catch
Return View(blg)
End Try
End If

Return View(blg)
End Function
Results: After this exercise, you should have created two action methods for creating new blog entries.
One of the action methods accepts HTTP Get requests and the other action method accepts HTTP Post
requests.

Exercise 4: Adding code to edit a blog entry
2. Create an Edit action method.
3. Create an Edit action method for an HTTP Post request.
Task 2: Create an Edit action method
1. Add an Edit action method that takes the ID of a blog entry as the only parameter. The method
should be added to the BlogController class.
[Visual C#]
public ActionResult Edit(int id)
{
}
[Visual Basic]
Function Edit(ByVal id As Integer) As ActionResult
End Function
2. Add code to the Edit action method to return the indicated Blog entry, to the view. However, if the
blog entry no longer exists, redirect the user to the Index view.
[Visual C#]
var blog = blogRepository.GetBlog(id);

if (blog == null)

return View(blog);
[Visual Basic]

End If

3. Verify that the final Edit action method matches the following code.
[Visual C#]
{

if (blog == null)

return View(blog);
}
[Visual Basic]

End If

End Function
Task 3: Create an Edit action method for an HTTP Post request
1. Add an Edit action method for an HTTP Post request that takes the ID of the blog entry and the
FormCollection as the two parameters.
[Visual C#]
[HttpPost]
public ActionResult Edit(int id, FormCollection collection)
{
}
[Visual Basic]
<HttpPost()>
Function Edit(ByVal id As Integer, ByVal collection As FormCollection) As ActionResult
End Function
2. Add code to the Edit action method to save the blog entry and redirect the user to the Index view.
However, if the call to the Save method fails, return the user to the Edit view. Also, if the blog entry
no longer exists, redirect the user to the Index view.
[Visual C#]

if (blog == null)

try
{
UpdateModel(blog, collection.ToValueProvider());
blogRepository.UpdateBlog(blog);

TempData["ConfirmationMessage"] = blog.Title + " has been updated.";

}
catch (Exception)
{
return View(blog);
};
[Visual Basic]

End If

Try
UpdateModel(blogEntry, collection.ToValueProvider())
blogRepository.UpdateBlog(CType(blogEntry, Blog))

TempData("ConfirmationMessage") = blogEntry.Title & " has been updated"

Catch
End Try
3. Verify that the final Edit action method for an HTTP Post request matches the following code.
[Visual C#]
[HttpPost]
{

if (blog == null)

try
{


}
catch (Exception)
{
return View(blog);
};
}
[Visual Basic]
<HttpPost()>
Function Edit(ByVal id As Integer, ByVal collection As FormCollection) As ActionResult

End If

Try


Catch
End Try
End Function
Results: After this exercise, you should have created two action methods for editing blog entries. One
of the action methods accepts HTTP Get requests and the other action method accepts HTTP Post
requests.

Exercise 5: Adding code to delete a blog entry
2. Create a Delete action method.
3. Create a Delete action method for an HTTP Post request
Task 2: Create a Delete action method
1. Add a Delete action method that takes the ID of a blog entry as the only parameter. The method
[Visual C#]
public ActionResult Delete(int id)
{
}
[Visual Basic]
Function Delete(ByVal id As Integer) As ActionResult
End Function
2. Add code to the Delete action method to redirect to the Index view.
[Visual C#]

if (blog == null)

return View(blog);
[Visual Basic]

End If

3. Verify that the final Delete action method matches the following code.
[Visual C#]
{

if (blog == null)

return View(blog);
}
[Visual Basic]

End If

End Function
Task 3: Create a Delete action method for an HTTP Post request
1. Add a Delete action method for an HTTP Post request that takes the ID of the blog entry and a
confirmation string as the two parameters.
[Visual C#]
[HttpPost]
public ActionResult Delete(int id, string confirmation)
{
}
[Visual Basic]
<HttpPost()>
Function Delete(ByVal id As Integer, ByVal confirmation As String) As ActionResult
End Function
2. Add code to the Delete action method to delete the blog entry and redirect the user to the Index
view.
[Visual C#]

if (blog == null)

blogRepository.DeleteBlog((Blog) blog);

TempData["ConfirmationMessage"] = blog.Title + " has been deleted.";

[Visual Basic]

End If

blogRepository.DeleteBlog(CType(blogEntry, Blog))

TempData("ConfirmationMessage") = blogEntry.Title & " has been deleted."

3. Verify that the final Delete action method for an HTTP Post request matches the following code.
[Visual C#]
[HttpPost]
{

if (blog == null)



}
[Visual Basic]
<HttpPost()>

End If



End Function
Revert.
Results: After this exercise, you should have created two action methods for deleting blog entries. One
of the action methods accepts HTTP Gets and the other action method accepts HTTP Posts.

Lab Instructions: Developing MVC Views 1
Module 5
Lab Instructions: Developing MVC Views
Contents:
Exercise 1: Develop a List MVC View 4
Exercise 2: Develop a Details MVC view 7
Exercise 3: Develop a Create MVC view 9
Exercise 4: Develop an Edit MVC view 15
Exercise 5: Develop a Delete MVC view 19

2 Lab Instructions: Developing MVC Views
Lab 5: Developing MVC Views

Note: You can perform the tasks in this lab by using either Microsoft Visual C#
or Microsoft Visual
Basic
as your programming language.

Objectives
After completing this lab, you will be able to:
Create a List MVC view.
Create a Details MVC view.
Create a Create MVC view.
Create an Edit MVC view.
Create a Delete MVC view.
Introduction
In this lab, you create MVC views for listing, adding, editing, and deleting blog entries. You use strongly-
typed views, ViewData and TempData to retrieve the data from the controller. Also, you use partial views
to reuse markup that is used on multiple pages.

Lab Scenario

Based on your recommendations for redesigning the AdventureWorks website, the blog pages need to be
developed by using MVC. You have already created an ADO.NET Entity Data Model to build your MVC
model classes. You have also developed an MVC controller to handle database operations. With the
database access and application logic in place, you now need to create a set of MVC views to render the
UI based on controller actions.

Exercise 1: Develop a List MVC View
1. Add a Blog menu item to the Site.Master page.
2. Add a view to display the complete list of blogs.
3. Test the new view.
Task 2: Add a Blog menu item to the Site.Master page
1. Open the Site.Master page.
2. Add a menu item to the menu on the Site.Master master page, by using an Html.ActionLink
method wrapped in a li HTML element, within the ul element, with an id attribute value of menu.
Add the new menu item between the Home and About menu items.
[Visual C#]
<li><%= Html.ActionLink("Blog", "", "Blog")%></li>
[Visual Basic]
<li><%: Html.ActionLink("Blog", "", "Blog")%></li>
3. Verify that the ul element matches the following markup.
[Visual C#]
<ul id="menu">
<li><%= Html.ActionLink("Home", "Index", "Home")%></li>
<li><%= Html.ActionLink("About", "About", "Home")%></li>
/ul>
[Visual Basic]
<ul id="menu">
<li><%: Html.ActionLink("Home", "Index", "Home")%></li>
<li><%: Html.ActionLink("About", "About", "Home")%></li>
</ul>
Task 3: Add a view to display the complete list of blogs
1. Add a Blog subfolder to the Views folder.
2. Add an empty view named Index.aspx, based on the Site.Master page, to the Blog folder.
3. Update the new view to a strongly-typed view of type
System.Web.Mvc.ViewPage<IEnumerable<AdventureWorksMvc.Models.Blog>> or
System.Web.Mvc.ViewPage(Of IEnumerable (Of AdventureWorksMvc.Blog)).
4. Add the following markup and code to the Index view in the Content2 Content control, immediately
after the h2 element.
[Visual C#]
<% foreach (var item in Model)
{ %>
<div>
<%: Html.ActionLink("Details", "Details", new { id=item.BlogID })%>
<%: item.DatePosted %>
-
<%: item.Title %>
</div>
<% } %>

[Visual Basic]
<% For Each item As AdventureWorksMvc.Blog In Model%>
<div>
<%: Html.ActionLink("Details", "Details", New With {.id = item.BlogID})%>
-
<%: item.Title %>
</div>
<% Next%>
5. Verify that the markup and code in the Index view matches the following.
[Visual C#]
<%@ Page Title="" Language="C#" MasterPageFile="~/Views/Shared/Site.Master"
Inherits="System.Web.Mvc.ViewPage<IEnumerable<AdventureWorksMvc.Models.Blog>>" %>

<asp:Content ID="Content1" ContentPlaceHolderID="TitleContent" runat="server">
Index
</asp:Content>
<asp:Content ID="Content2" ContentPlaceHolderID="MainContent" runat="server">
<h2>
Index</h2>
{ %>
<div>
-
<%: item.Title %>
</div>
<% } %>
</asp:Content>

[Visual Basic]
<%@ Page Title="" Language="VB" MasterPageFile="~/Views/Shared/Site.Master"
Inherits="System.Web.Mvc.ViewPage(Of IEnumerable (Of AdventureWorksMvc.Blog))" %>

Index
</asp:Content>
<h2>
Index</h2>
<div>
-
<%: item.Title %>
</div>
<% Next%>
</asp:Content>
Task 4: Test the new view
1. Run the application.
2. Display the Blog view.
3. Close Internet Explorer.
Results: After this exercise, you should have created a Blog menu item that opens a list MVC view
named Index, which lists all of the blog entries.

Exercise 2: Develop a Details MVC view
Add a strongly-typed details view named Details.
Task 2: Add a strongly-typed details view named Details
1. Add an empty, strongly-typed view of type Blog, named Details based on the Site.Master master
page, to the Blog folder.
2. Add the following markup and code to the Details view in the Content2 Content control,
immediately after the h2 element.
Blogger:
<%: Model.Blogger.Name %>
DatePosted:
<%: Model.DatePosted %>
<h3>
<%: Model.Title %></h3>
<%: Model.BlogEntry %>
<p>
<%: Html.ActionLink("Back to List", "Index") %>
</p>
3. Verify that the markup and code in the Details view matches the following.
[Visual C#]
Inherits="System.Web.Mvc.ViewPage<AdventureWorksMvc.Models.Blog>" %>

Details
</asp:Content>
<h2>
Details</h2>
Blogger:
DatePosted:
<h3>
<p>
</p>
</asp:Content>
[Visual Basic]
Inherits="System.Web.Mvc.ViewPage(Of AdventureWorksMvc.Blog)" %>
Details
</asp:Content>
<h2>
Details</h2>
Blogger:
DatePosted:
<h3>
<p>
</p>
</asp:Content>
4. Test the Details view.
Results: After this exercise, you should have created a new MVC view that shows the details about an
individual blog entry.

Exercise 3: Develop a Create MVC view
1. Add a strongly-typed view named Blogger to list all of the blogs for a particular blogger.
2. Add a strongly-typed view named Create.
3. Use TempData to add a confirmation message to the Index view.
Task 2: Add a strongly-typed view named Blogger to list all of the blogs for a particular
blogger
1. Add an empty, strongly-typed view named Blogger based on the Site.Master master page, to the
Blog folder.
2. Update the Blogger view to a strongly-typed view of type IEnumerable of type Blog.
[Visual C#]
System.Web.Mvc.ViewPage<IEnumerable<AdventureWorksMvc.Models.Blog>>
[Visual Basic]
System.Web.Mvc.ViewPage(Of IEnumerable (Of AdventureWorksMvc.Blog))
3. Add the following markup and code to the Blogger view in the Content2 Content control,
[Visual C#]
{ %>
<div>
<%: Html.ActionLink("Edit", "Edit", new { id=item.BlogID })%>
<%: Html.ActionLink("Delete", "Delete", new { id=item.BlogID })%>
-
<%: item.Title %>
</div>
<% } %>
<p>
<%: Html.ActionLink("Create New", "Create") %>
</p>
[Visual Basic]
<div>
<%: Html.ActionLink("Edit", "Edit", New With {.id = item.BlogID})%>
<%: Html.ActionLink("Delete", "Delete", New With {.id = item.BlogID})%>
-
<%: item.Title %>
</div>
<% Next%>
<p>
</p>
Verify that the markup and code in the Blogger view matches the following.
[Visual C#]

Blogger
</asp:Content>
<h2>
Blogger</h2>
{ %>
<div>
-
<%: item.Title %>
</div>
<% } %>
<p>
</p>
</asp:Content>
[Visual Basic]

Blogger
</asp:Content>
<h2>
Blogger</h2>
<div>
-
<%: item.Title %>
</div>
<% Next%>
<p>
</p>
</asp:Content>
Task 3: Add a strongly-typed view named Create
1. Add an empty, strongly-typed view named Create based on the Site.Master master page, to the
Blog folder.
2. Add the following markup and code to the Create view in the Content2 Content control,
[Visual C#]
<% using (Html.BeginForm())
{%>
<%: Html.ValidationSummary(true) %>
<fieldset>
<legend>Fields</legend>
<div class="editor-label">
<%: Html.LabelFor(model => model.Title) %>
</div>
<div class="editor-field">
<%: Html.TextBoxFor(model => model.Title) %>
<%: Html.ValidationMessageFor(model => model.Title) %>
</div>
<%: Html.LabelFor(model => model.BlogEntry) %>
</div>
<%: Html.TextAreaFor(model => model.BlogEntry, new { cols = "85" })%>
<%: Html.ValidationMessageFor(model => model.BlogEntry) %>
</div>
</fieldset>
<input type="submit" value="Submit" />
<% } %>
<div>
<%: Html.ActionLink("Back to List", "Blogger") %>
</div>
[Visual Basic]
<% Using (Html.BeginForm())%>
<fieldset>
<%: Html.LabelFor(Function(m) m.Title)%>
</div>
<%: Html.TextBoxFor(Function(m) m.Title)%>
<%: Html.ValidationMessageFor(Function(m) m.Title)%>
</div>
<%: Html.LabelFor(Function(m) m.BlogEntry)%>
</div>
<%: Html.TextAreaFor(Function(m) m.BlogEntry, New With {.cols = "85"})%>
<%: Html.ValidationMessageFor(Function(m) m.BlogEntry)%>
</div>
</fieldset>
<% End Using%>
<div>
</div>
3. Verify that the markup and code in the Create view matches the following.
[Visual C#]

Create
</asp:Content>
<h2>
Create</h2>
{%>
<fieldset>
</div>
</div>
</div>
</div>
</fieldset>
<% } %>
<div>
</div>
</asp:Content>
[Visual Basic]

Create
</asp:Content>
<h2>
Create</h2>
<fieldset>
</div>
</div>
</div>
</div>
</fieldset>
<% End Using%>
<div>
</div>
</asp:Content>
5. Navigate directly to the Blogger view by using the following route.
blog/blogger/1
6. Add a blog entry.
Task 4: Use TempData to add a confirmation message to the Index view
1. Open the Index view.
2. Add the following markup and code to the Index view, right below the h2 element.
[Visual C#]
<% if (TempData["ConfirmationMessage"] != null)
{ %>
<div class="message">
<%: TempData["ConfirmationMessage"]%>
</div>
<% } %>
[Visual Basic]
<% If Not TempData("ConfirmationMessage") Is Nothing Then%>
<%: TempData("ConfirmationMessage")%>
</div>
<% End If%>
[Visual C#]

Index
</asp:Content>
<h2>
Index</h2>
{ %>
</div>
<% } %>
{ %>
<div>
-
<%: item.Title %>
</div>
<% } %>
</asp:Content>


Index
</asp:Content>
<h2>
Index</h2>
</div>
<% End If%>
<div>
-
<%: item.Title %>
</div>
<% Next%>
</asp:Content>
/blog/blogger/1
6. Add another blog entry.
Results: After this exercise, you should have created two new MVC views. The first new view lists all of
the blog entries for a particular blogger and the second new view allows you to create new blog
entries.

Exercise 4: Develop an Edit MVC view
1. Create a partial view named Blog.
2. Create an edit view named Edit, which uses the Blog partial view.
3. Edit a blog entry.
4. Update the Create view to use the Blog partial view.
Task 2: Create a partial view named Blog
1. Add an empty, strongly-typed partial view of type Blog, named Blog, to the Blog folder.
2. Copy all of the markup and code from the Content2 Content element in the Create view to the
partial Blog view.
[Visual C#]
{%>
<fieldset>
</div>
</div>
</div>
</div>
</fieldset>
<% } %>
<div>
<div>
[Visual Basic]
<fieldset>
</div>
</div>
</div>
</div>
</fieldset>
<% End Using%>
<div>
</div>
3. Verify that the markup and code in the partial Blog view matches the following.
[Visual C#]
<%@ Control Language="C#"
Inherits="System.Web.Mvc.ViewUserControl<AdventureWorksMvc.Models.Blog>" %>
{%>
<fieldset>
</div>
</div>
</div>
</div>
</fieldset>
<% } %>
<div>
</div>
[Visual Basic]
<%@ Control Language="VB" Inherits="System.Web.Mvc.ViewUserControl(Of
AdventureWorksMvc.Blog)" %>
<fieldset>
</div>
</div>
</div>
</div>
</fieldset>
<% End Using%>
<div>
</div>
Task 3: Create an edit view, named Edit, that uses the Blog partial view
1. Add an empty, strongly-typed view of type Blog, named Edit, based on the Site.Master master page,
to the Blog folder.
2. Add the following markup and code to the Edit view in the Content2 Content control, immediately
[Visual C#]
<% Html.RenderPartial("Blog"); %>

[Visual Basic]
<% Html.RenderPartial("Blog") %>
3. Verify that the markup and code in the Edit view matches the following.
[Visual C#]

Edit
</asp:Content>
<h2>
Edit</h2>
</asp:Content>
[Visual Basic]

Edit
</asp:Content>
<h2>
Edit</h2>
<% Html.RenderPartial("Blog")%>
</asp:Content>
Task 4: Edit a blog entry
blog/blogger/1
Task 5: Update the Create view to use the Blog partial view.
1. Replace the markup and code after the h2 element in the Content2 Content element in the Create
view with the following.
[Visual C#]

[Visual Basic]
[Visual C#]

Create
</asp:Content>
<h2>
Create</h2>
</asp:Content>

[Visual Basic]

Create
</asp:Content>
<h2>
Create</h2>
</asp:Content>
blog/blogger/1
Results: After this exercise, you should have created a partial view that is used by both the Edit view
and the Create view.
Exercise 5: Develop a Delete MVC view
1. Add a strongly-typed view named Delete that uses the default markup provided by the Add View
dialog box.
2. Delete a blog entry.
Task 2: Add a strongly-typed view named Delete that uses the default markup provided
by the Add View dialog box
1. Build the solution.
2. Add a delete, strongly-typed view of type Blog, named Delete, based on the Site.Master master
page, to the Blog folder. The view should use the default content supplied for a Delete operation.
3. Update the markup and code that renders the Back to List link to match the following.
4. Verify that the markup and code in the Delete view matches the following.
[Visual C#]

Delete
</asp:Content>
<h2>
Delete</h2>
<h3>
Are you sure you want to delete this?</h3>
<fieldset>
<div class="display-label">
BlogID</div>
<div class="display-field">
<%: Model.BlogID %></div>
BloggerID</div>
<%: Model.BloggerID %></div>
DatePosted</div>
<%: String.Format("{0:g}", Model.DatePosted) %></div>
Title</div>
<%: Model.Title %></div>
BlogEntry</div>
<%: Model.BlogEntry %></div>
</fieldset>
{ %>
<p>
<input type="submit" value="Delete" />
|
</p>
<% } %>
</asp:Content>
[Visual Basic]

Delete
</asp:Content>
<h2>
Delete</h2>
<h3>
<fieldset>
BlogID</div>
BloggerID</div>
DatePosted</div>
Title</div>
BlogEntry</div>
</fieldset>
<% Using Html.BeginForm()%>
<p>
|
</p>
<% End Using%>
</asp:Content>
Task 3: Delete a blog entry
blog/blogger/1
3. Select a blog entry.
Revert.
Results: After this exercise, you should have created an MVC view to delete blog entries.

Lab Instructions: Designing for Discoverability 1
Module 6
Lab Instructions: Designing for Discoverability
Contents:
Exercise 1: Mapping URLs of Web Forms Pages 4
Exercise 2: Creating a Sitemap File 8
Exercise 3: Building the Application Infrastructure 9

2 Lab Instructions: Designi ing for Discoverabilitty
LLab 6: D Designinng for D
O
A

In
In
ca
an
to

Objectives
fter completin
Map URLs o
Create a sit
Build an ap
ntroduction
n this lab, you
ategory, and d
n inclusion to t
o the applicatio
ng this lab, you
of Web Forms
temap file.
pplication infra
n
map URLs of W
details for a spe
the newly crea
on.

Discoverrability
u will be able t
pages.
astructure.
Web Forms pa
ecific product
ated sitemap f
to:
ges to use ASP
ID. You also c
file for the Def
P.NET URL ma
reate a sitema
fault Web Site
pping for listin
p, as well as a
e in IIS, and ad

ng products by
robots.txt file
dd navigation
y
e with
controls
Lab Innstructions: Designingg for Discoverability 3
L
Yo
Se
to
U
sit

Lab Scen
ou are develop
earch engines
o send in emai
sing the routin
temap page, a
nario

ping an applic
can find your
ls.
ation that will
site easily. As
be used for ex
well, you want
xternal custom
t to use URLs t
mers, and you w
that are easy f
want to ensure
for your salesp
e that
people
ng features of
and complete
ASP.NET 4.0, y
building the a
you will map t
pplication infr
the URLs of a W
rastructure.
Web Forms page. You will crreate a

4 Lab Instructions: Designing for Discoverability
Exercise 1: Mapping URLs of Web Forms Pages
1. Add and verify reference to System.Web.Routing.
2. Edit the Global.asax file to use ASP.NET URL mapping for the page listing products by category.
3. Test the pages.
4. Add a second route to map a URL to the following product ID: http://localhost/product/1.
5. Test the pages.
Task 2: Add and verify a reference to the System.Web.Routing assembly
1. Add a reference to the System.Web.Routing assembly.
2. Verify a reference to the System.Web.Routing assembly.
Task 3: Map the page listing products by category
2. Import the System.Web.Routing namespace in the Global.asax code file.
3. Add a RegisterRoutes method as shown.
[Visual C#]
void RegisterRoutes(RouteCollection routes)
{
routes.MapPageRoute(
"products-browse", // Route name
"products/{category}", // URL with parameters
"~/Products.aspx" // Web forms page to handle it
);
}

[Visual Basic]
Private Sub RegisterRoutes(ByVal routes As RouteCollection)
' Route name
' URL with parameters
' Web forms page to handle it
routes.MapPageRoute("products-browse", "products/{category}", "~/Products.aspx")
End Sub

4. Modify the Application_Start method as shown.
[Visual C#]
void Application_Start()
{
}

[Visual Basic]
Private Sub Application_Start()
End Sub
5. Open the Products.aspx.cs or Products.aspx.vb code file.
6. Modify the Page_Load method in the Products class as shown.
[Visual C#]
protected void Page_Load(object sender, EventArgs e)
{
if (!Page.IsPostBack)
{
string categoryName = null;
string categoryId;

// Retrieve category param from "/Products/{Category}" URL
categoryId = Page.RouteData.Values["category"].ToString();

categoryName =
DataAccessLayer.Products.GetCategoryName(int.Parse(categoryId));
lblCategory.Text = categoryName;

var data =
DataAccessLayer.Products.GetProductsByCategory(int.Parse(categoryId));

gvProducts.DataSource = data;
gvProducts.DataBind();
}
}
[Visual Basic]
Protected Sub Page_Load(ByVal sender As Object, ByVal e As EventArgs) Handles Me.Load
If Not Page.IsPostBack Then
Dim categoryName As String = Nothing
Dim categoryId As String

' Retrieve category param from "/Products/{Category}" URL
categoryId = Page.RouteData.Values("category").ToString()

categoryName =
AdventureWorks.DataAccessLayer.Products.GetCategoryName(Integer.Parse(categoryId))
lblCategory.Text = categoryName

Dim data =
AdventureWorks.DataAccessLayer.Products.GetProductsByCategory(Integer.Parse(categoryId
))
gvProducts.DataSource = data
gvProducts.DataBind()
End If
End Sub
Task 4: Test the pages
2. Navigate directly to the Products page by using the following route.
products/1
Note: A grid should render with a single row containing products for the product category with an ID
value of 1.
Task 5: Add a second route to map a URL to a product ID
2. Modify the RegisterRoutes method as shown.
[Visual C#]
{
);

"product-browse", // Route name
"product/{id}", // URL with parameters
"~/ProductDetail.aspx" // Web forms page to handle it
);
}
[Visual Basic]
' Route name

' Route name
routes.MapPageRoute("product-browse", "product/{id}", "~/ProductDetail.aspx")
End Sub
3. Open the ProductDetail.aspx.cs or ProductDetail.aspx.vb code file.
4. Modify the Page_Load method in the ProductDetail class as shown.
[Visual C#]
{
{
string productId;

// Retrieve id param from /Products/{Id} URL
productId = Page.RouteData.Values["id"].ToString();

var data = DataAccessLayer.Products.GetProduct(int.Parse(productId));

lblName.Text = data.Name;
lblId.Text = data.ProductID.ToString();
lblColor.Text = data.Color;
lblSize.Text = data.Size;
lblWeight.Text = data.Weight.ToString();
lblListPrice.Text = data.ListPrice.ToString();
hdnProductId.Value = data.ProductID.ToString();
hdnProductName.Value = data.Name;
hdnListPrice.Value = data.ListPrice.ToString();
}
}

[Visual Basic]
Protected Sub Page_Load(ByVal sender As Object, ByVal e As System.EventArgs) Handles
Me.Load
Dim productID As String = Nothing

' Retrieve id param from /Products/{Id} URL
productID = Page.RouteData.Values("id").ToString()
Dim data =
AdventureWorks.DataAccessLayer.Products.GetProduct(Integer.Parse(productID))

lblName.Text = data.Name
lblId.Text = data.ProductID.ToString()
lblColor.Text = data.Color
lblSize.Text = data.Size
lblWeight.Text = data.Weight.ToString()
lblListPrice.Text = data.ListPrice.ToString()
hdnProductId.Value = data.ProductID.ToString()
hdnProductName.Value = data.Name
hdnListPrice.Value = data.ListPrice.ToString()
End If
End Sub
2. Navigate directly to the ProductDetail page by using the following route.
product/680
Note: A grid should render with a single row containing details of the product with an ID value of 680.

Results: After completing this exercise, you should have added a reference to the
System.Web.Routing assembly, and modified the Global.asax file to use ASP.NET URL mapping to
list products by category and details for a specific product ID.
Exercise 2: Creating a Sitemap File
1. Create a sitemap file to list products.
2. Modify the robots.txt file to include the sitemap.
Task 1: Create a sitemap file to list products
1. Open Internet Information Services (IIS) Manager as an administrator.
2. In Control Panel, click System and Security, and then click Administrative Tools.
3. Right-click Internet Information Services (IIS) Manager, and then click Run as administrator.
4. In the User Account Control dialog box, in the Password box, type Pa$$w0rd, and then press
ENTER.
5. Open the Search Engine Optimization feature.
6. Create a new sitemap for the default website, in a file named Sitemap.xml. Set the change frequency
to daily, do not record the last modified date and time, and set the priority to 1.
Task 2: Modify the robots.txt file to include the sitemap
1. Select the Default Web site.
3. Add a new allow rule for the default website and Sitemap.xml file.
4. Close Internet Information Services (IIS) Manager.
5. Close Administrative Tools.
6. Close System and Security.
Results: After completing this exercise, you should have created a sitemap as well as a robots.txt file
with an inclusion to the newly created sitemap file for the default website in IIS.

Exercise 3: Building the Application Infrastructure
1. Add Navigation Controls to the web application.
2. Use the FindControl function to locate a control.
Task 2: Add Navigation Controls to the web application
1. Create a Web.sitemap file in the root directory of the website.
2. Replace the existing content of the Web.sitemap file with the following markup.
<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8" ?>
<siteMap xmlns="http://schemas.microsoft.com/AspNet/SiteMap-File-1.0" >
<siteMapNode roles="*">
<siteMapNode url="~/Default.aspx" title="Home" description="Home"></siteMapNode>
<siteMapNode url="~/ShoppingCart.aspx" title="Shopping"
description="Shopping"></siteMapNode>
<siteMapNode url="~/About.aspx" title="About" description="About"></siteMapNode>
</siteMapNode>
</siteMap>
3. Save and close the Web.sitemap file.
4. Open the Site.Master master page.
5. Locate the div element with a class attribute value of clear hideSkiplink.
<div class="clear hideSkiplink">
<asp:Menu ID="NavigationMenu" runat="server" CssClass="menu"
EnableViewState="false"
IncludeStyleBlock="false" Orientation="Horizontal">
<Items>
<asp:MenuItem NavigateUrl="~/Default.aspx" Text="Home" />
<asp:MenuItem NavigateUrl="~/ShoppingCart.aspx" Text="Cart" />
<asp:MenuItem NavigateUrl="~/About.aspx" Text="About" />
</Items>
</asp:Menu>
</div>
6. Replace the content of the div element with a class attribute value of clear hideSkiplink, with the
following markup.
<asp:SiteMapDataSource runat="server" ID="siteMapDataSource"
ShowStartingNode="false" />
<asp:Menu runat="server" ID="NavigationMenu" Orientation="Horizontal"
DataSourceID="siteMapDataSource" />
</div>
7. Save and close the Site.Master file.
Task 3: Use the FindControl function to locate a control
1. Open the Site.Master code-behind file.
2. In the Page_Load method, add the following code.
[Visual C#]
Menu NavigationMenu = (Menu)this.FindControl("NavigationMenu");
[Visual Basic]
Dim NavigationMenu as Menu = Me.FindControl("NavigationMenu")
3. Place Breakpoint on the new line of code.
4. Debug the application.
5. Single-step over the selected line of code.
6. Hover the mouse over the NavigationMenu variable.
Note: IntelliSense will show you details about the Menu control. You can expand the different levels
by clicking the +-sign.
7. Stop debugging.
Revert.
Results: After this exercise, you should have added navigation controls to the web application.

Lab Instructions: Writing Server-Side Code for Web Forms 1
Module 7
Lab Instructions: Writing Server-Side Code for Web Forms
Contents:
Exercise 1: Modifying a Web Forms Page to Display Localized Content 4
Exercise 2: Persisting Data on Web Forms Pages 8
Exercise 3: Utilizing View State Effectively 12
Exercise 4: Adding Validation to Web Forms Pages 15

2 Lab Instructions: Writing Server-Side Code foor Web Forms
LLab 7: W Writing SServer-
O
A

In
In
di
le
co

Note: You ca
programming
Objectives:
fter completin
Modify a W
Persist user
Utilize view
Add validat
ntroduction
n this lab, you
ifferent resour
earn how to ut
ontrols.
n perform the
g language.
ng this lab, stud
Web Forms pag
r data by using
w state effective
tion to Web Fo
n
modify a Web
rce files. You p
ilize view state

Side Coode for Web Foorms

e tasks in this la
dents will be a
ge to display lo
g a variety of m
ely.
orms pages.
b Forms page a
ersist user dat
e effectively. Y
ab by using eit
able to:
ocalized conte
methods.
and the maste
ta by using coo
ou also add va
ther Visual C## or Visual Basic as your
ent.
r page to disp
okies, applicat
alidation to W
lay localized c
ion state, and
eb Forms page
content, locate
session state,
es, using valid
ed in
and you
ation
Lab Instructions: WWriting Server-Side CCode for Web Forms 3
L
To
be
la
sh
Th

Lab Scen
o improve the
e updated to d
arge percentag
hould be displa
herefore, you
nario
customer exp
display localize
ge of online sa
ayed in either
need to edit th
perience, existi
ed information
les, managem
English or oth
he home page
ng Web Forms
n. Because pur
ent has decide
her languages
e to detect the

s pages of the
rchases by inte
ed that the me
based on a cu
e default brows
AdventureWo
ernational cust
essages, units,
ustomers langu
ser language.
orks website n
tomers make u
dates, and so
uage preferen
eed to
up a
on,
ce.

4 Lab Instructions: Writing Server-Side Code for Web Forms
Exercise 1: Modifying a Web Forms Page to Display Localized Content
Create resource files so that Default.aspx can display the page in English and
language of your choice.
Localize the Site.Master master.
On the Start menu of 10264A-GEN-DEV, point to All Programs, click Microsoft Visual Studio
2010, and then click Microsoft Visual Studio 2010.
3. Open the AdventureWorks solution from the following location.
Task 2: Create resource files for Default.aspx
1. Analyze the markup in Default.aspx.
2. Generate local resources for Default.aspx, by using the Generate Local Resource functionality
available in Design view.
Note: This automatically creates the App_LocalResources folder in the root of your web
application, if one does not already exist. The process also creates a resource file called
Default.aspx.resx, in the App_LocalResources folder.
3. Switch back to Source view of Default.aspx.
4. Notice that both the lbCategories and btnCategory server controls have had an extra attribute
called meta:resourcekey added to the existing markup.
<asp:Button ... meta:resourcekey="btnCategoryResource1"></asp:Button>
<asp:ListBox ... meta:resourcekey="lbCategoriesResource1"></asp:ListBox>
Note: The values of these attributes are used to find the localized values for the properties of the
localizable controls in the Default.aspx.resx file.
5. Notice that the Page directive at the top of the page now contains the following information.
<%@ Page ... culture="auto" meta:resourcekey="PageResource1" uiculture="auto" %>
6. Open Default.aspx.resx.
Note: In the Resource Editor, you will see a list with all the localizable properties of the localizable
controls from the Default.aspx page.
7. Switch back to Default.aspx.
8. Notice that the text strings Welcome to AdventureWorks! and Product Categories were not
modified, and they were not added to the .resx file either. This is because they were hard-coded in
the Web Forms page.
9. Localize the hard-coded Welcome to AdventureWorks! text implicitly, by adding a Localize server
control within the h2 element, with the following attributes.
Attribute Value
ID lclWelcome
Text Welcome to AdventureWorks!
meta:resourcekey LocalizeResource1

10. Delete the text Welcome to AdventureWorks! from the h2 element.
Note: Make sure that you do not delete the text Welcome to AdventureWorks! from the
Localize server control.
11. Add a resource string named lclWelcomeResource1.Text to the Default.aspx.resx resource file. The
string must have the value of Welcome to AdventureWorks!.
12. Localize the hard-coded Product Categories text explicitly, by adding a Literal server control within
the p element, with the following attributes.
Attribute Value
ID ProductCategoriesLiteral
Text <%$ Resources: ProductCategoriesLiteral.Text %>

13. Delete the text Product Categories from the p element.
Note: Make sure that you do not delete the text Product Categories from the Literal server
control.
14. Add a resource string named ProductCategoriesLiteral.Text to the Default.aspx.resx resource file.
The string must have the value of Product Categories.
16. Verify that Default.aspx Web Form looks the same as it did before you modified it.
17. Close Windows

Internet Explorer.
18. Add an existing German resource file for the Default.aspx Web Form to the App_LocalResources
folder. The file is named Default.aspx.de.resx and it is located in the D:\Lab Files\CS\Lab
07\Starter\Exercise 01 or D:\Lab Files\VB\Lab 07\Starter\Exercise 01 folder.
Task 3: Localize the Site.Master master page
2. Localize the hard-coded Log In text, by adding a Literal server control within the a element, with the
following attributes.
Attribute Value
ID LoginLiteral
Text Log In
3. Delete the text Log In from the a element.
Note: Make sure that you do not delete the text Log In from the Literal server control.
4. Localize the hard-coded Welcome text, by adding a Literal server control within the
LoggedInTemplate element, with the following attributes.
Attribute Value
ID WelcomeLiteral
Text Welcome
5. Delete the text Welcome from the LoggedInTemplate element.
Note: Make sure that you do not delete the text Welcome from the Literal server control.
6. Open the Site.Master master page in Design view.
7. Generate local resources for Site.Master, by using the Generate Local Resource functionality.
Note: This generates a new file called Site.Master.resx in the App_LocalResources folder.
8. Add an existing German resource file for the Site.Master master page to the App_LocalResources
folder. The file is named Site.Master.de.resx and it is located in the D:\Lab Files\CS\Lab
Task 4: Test the web application
2. Show the AdventureWorks home page in German, by changing the language preference in the
Internet Options dialog box.

Note: The page should now be shown in German.
Results: After this exercise, you should have a web application that supports different languages, and
shows the site in the users preferred language.

Exercise 2: Persisting Data on Web Forms Pages
1. Use a cookie collection to persist user information, setting scope and lifetime to save the last chosen
category.
2. Store system-wide information in the Application object, to hold the number of simultaneous visitors
on the site.
3. Use the session object to store the shopping cart.
4. Configure session state to run in SQL Server.
Programming
Language Location
Task 2: Use a cookie collection to persist user information and set scope and lifetime to
save the last chosen category
2. On postback, create a cookie object called Preferences that holds the current product category,
saved as a value named LastCategory. Make sure that the cookie will expire after one minute. The
cookie must be appended to the response.
[Visual C#]
else
{
if (lbCategories.SelectedIndex != -1)
{
string category = lbCategories.SelectedValue;

HttpCookie cookie = new HttpCookie("Preferences");
cookie["LastCategory"] = category;
cookie.Expires = DateTime.Now.AddMinutes(1);
Response.AppendCookie(cookie);

Response.Redirect("/Products.aspx?id=" + category);
}
}

[Visual Basic]
Else
If lbCategories.SelectedIndex <> -1 Then
Dim category = lbCategories.SelectedValue

Dim cookie As New HttpCookie("Preferences")
cookie("LastCategory") = category
cookie.Expires = DateTime.Now.AddMinutes(1)
Response.AppendCookie(cookie)

Response.Redirect("/Products.aspx?id=" & category, True)
End If
End If
3. If the page is rendered for the first time, add code to check that a cookie named Preferences exists in
the request cookie collection, and if there is, read the LastCategory value from the cookie, and assign
it to the SelectedValue property of the ListBox control.
[Visual C#]
{
List<ProductCategory> data = DataAccessLayer.Products.GetCategories();

lbCategories.DataSource = data;
lbCategories.DataBind();

HttpCookie cookie = Request.Cookies["Preferences"];
if (cookie != null)
{
lbCategories.SelectedValue = cookie["LastCategory"];
}
}

[Visual Basic]
Dim data As List(Of ProductCategory) =
AdventureWorks.DataAccessLayer.Products.GetCategories
lbCategories.DataSource = data
lbCategories.DataBind()

Dim cookie As HttpCookie = Request.Cookies("Preferences")

If Not cookie Is Nothing Then
lbCategories.SelectedValue = cookie("LastCategory")
End If
Task 3: Store system-wide information in the Application object
1. Open Global.asax in Code view.
2. In the Application_Start method, overwrite the existing code, by adding a new application variable
named OnlineVisitors, to the Application object. The variable must have a starting value of 0.
[Visual C#]
void Application_Start(object sender, EventArgs e)
{
Application["OnlineVisitors"] = 0;
}

[Visual Basic]
Application("OnlineVisitors") = 0
End Sub
3. In the Session_Start method increment the value of the OnlineVisitors application variable by 1.
Make sure you prevent multiple threads from writing to the application variable, by locking the
Application object before writing, and unlocking once you have finished writing to it.
[Visual C#]
void Session_Start(object sender, EventArgs e)
{
Application.Lock();
int visitors = (int)Application["OnlineVisitors"];
visitors++;
Application["OnlineVisitors"] = visitors;
Application.UnLock();
}
[Visual Basic]
Sub Session_Start(ByVal sender As Object, ByVal e As EventArgs)
Application.Lock()
Dim visitors As Integer = Integer.Parse(Application("OnlineVisitors"))
visitors += 1
Application("OnlineVisitors") = visitors
Application.UnLock()
End Sub
4. In the Session_End decrement the value of the OnlineVisitors application variable by 1, if the
current value is not 0. Make sure you prevent multiple threads from writing to the application
variable, by locking the Application object before writing, and unlocking once you have finished
writing to it.
[Visual C#]
void Session_End(object sender, EventArgs e)
{
Application.Lock();
if (visitors > 0)
{
visitors++;
}

}
[Visual Basic]
Sub Session_End(ByVal sender As Object, ByVal e As EventArgs)
Application.Lock()

If visitors > 0 Then
visitors -= 1
End If

End Sub
Task 4: Use the session object to store the shopping cart
1. Open the ProductDetails Web Form in Code view.
2. Upon postback, the Order button has been pressed, so the information entered in the Web Form is
persisted. In the Page_Load method, notice how the product ID, product name, and list price, which
are not displayed to the user, are saved to hidden fields. In the btnOrder_Click event handler, notice
that a new List object of type clsShoppingCart is created and saved to Session state. Finally, the user
is redirected to the ShoppingCart Web Form.
3. Open the ShoppingCart Web Form in Code view.
4. Analyze the code in the Page_Load method.
Task 5: Configure session state to run in SQL Server
1. Open the Web.config file.
2. Configure your application to use the local SQL Server
instance named SQLExpress, for persisting

session information instead of the default InProc mode.
<system.web>
...
<sessionState mode="SQLServer" sqlConnectionString="Integrated Security=SSPI;Data
Source=.\SQLExpress;" />
</system.web>
3. Configure the local SQL Server instance SQLExpress to host the state database, by running the
following command from the Visual Studio Command Prompt (2010). The Visual Studio Command
Prompt (2010) must be run as an administrator.
aspnet_regsql -E -S .\SQLExpress -ssadd
4. Open the SQL Server Command Line Tool, by running the following command from the Visual
Studio Command Prompt (2010).
sqlcmd E S .\SQLExpress
5. Add permissions for the user Student to access the tempdb and ASPState database to use the new
SQL Server Session state, by running commands from the SQL Server Command Line Tool within
the Visual Studio Command Prompt (2010). The commands are saved in the D:\Lab Files\CS\Lab
07\Starter\Exercise 02\ASPState.txt or D:\Lab Files\VB\Lab 07\Starter\Exercise 02\ASPState.txt
file, from where you can copy them and paste them into the SQL Server Command Line Tool.
6. Close the SQL Server Command Line Tool, by running the following command from the Visual
quit
7. Close the Visual Studio Command Prompt (2010).
Results: After this exercise, you should have implemented state using different techniques, including
Application and Session state.

Exercise 3: Utilizing View State Effectively
1. Configure the view state to persist page data.
2. Disable the view state and its effects.
Task 2: Configure view state to persist page data
2. View the source of the Default.aspx page in Internet Explorer, by using the View Source
functionality.
3. Analyze the HTML code, and pay special attention to the __VIEWSTATE field.
4. Close the View Source window.
6. Open the Default.aspx Web Form.
7. Disable view state for the lbCategories server control.
<asp:ListBox ID="lbCategories" runat="server" DataTextField="Name"
DataValueField="ProductCategoryID"
Height="270px" Width="186px" EnableViewState="False"
></asp:ListBox>
functionality.
10. Analyze the HTML code, and pay special attention to the __VIEWSTATE field, which is now much
smaller, almost half the size.
12. Notice the effects of disabling view state for the lbCategories server control, by clicking Submit.
Note: The lbCategories server control is now empty because it is not being populated by the
server code on a postback.
Task 3: Disable view state and its effects
1. Disable view state for the Default Web Form by setting the EnableViewState property to False.
<%@ Page Title="Home Page" ... EnableViewState="False" %>
3. Click Submit.
Note: The lbCategories server control is now empty because it is not being populated by the
server code on a postback.
5. Enable view state for the lbCategories server control.
Height="270px" Width="186px" EnableViewState="True"
></asp:ListBox>
7. Click Submit.
Note: The lbCategories server control is now empty, even if you enabled view state for the control.
This is because disabling view state for a control or page will disable the view state for all child
controls.
9. Remove the EnableViewState attribute and value from the Page directive.
10. Remove the EnableViewState attribute and value from the lbCategories server control.
11. Disable view state for the Default Web Form by setting the ViewStateMode property to Disabled.
<%@ Page Title="Home Page" ... ViewStateMode="Disabled" %>
12. Enable view state for the lbCategories server control by setting the ViewStateMode property to
Enabled.
Height="270px" Width="186px" ViewStateMode="Enabled"></asp:ListBox>
Note: The rendered page looks okay.
14. Click Submit.
Note: The lbCategories server control is still populated because view state has been enabled for
the server control.
Results: After this exercise, you should have examined and implemented the view state in different
ways.

Exercise 4: Adding Validation to Web Forms Pages
1. Add credit card fields to the check-out page.
2. Add and configure a RequiredFieldValidator control for the txtCreditCard control.
3. Add and configure a RegularExpressionValidator control for the credit card field.
Task 2: Add credit card fields to the check-out page
1. Open the ShoppingCart.aspx Web Form.
2. Add a TextBox server control for the credit card field and name it txtCreditCard. Place the server
control below the gvCart GridView server control. Add describing text, Credit card number:, in
front of the server control.
<br />
Credit card number: <asp:TextBox runat="server" ID="txtCreditCard"/>
Task 3: Add and configure a RequiredFieldValidator control for the txtCreditCard control
1. Add a RequiredFieldValidator control named CreditCardRequiredFieldValidator to the
ShoppingCart Web Form, and place it immediately after the txtCreditCard control.
<asp:TextBox runat="server" ID="txtCreditCard" />
<asp:RequiredFieldValidator ID="CreditCardRequiredFieldValidator" runat="server">
</asp:RequiredFieldValidator>
2. Set the following properties as indicated.
a. ControlToValidate = txtCreditCard
b. ErrorMessage = Credit card number is required.
c. Text = *
<asp:RequiredFieldValidator ID="CreditCardRequiredFieldValidator" runat="server"
ControlToValidate="txtCreditCard" ErrorMessage="Credit card number is required."
Text="*">
Task 4: Add and configure a RegularExpressionValidator control for the credit card field
1. Add a RegularExpressionValidator control named CreditCardRegularExpressionValidator to the
ShoppingCart Web Form, and place it immediately after the CreditCardRequiredFieldValidator
control. Add a self-closing HTML br element after the RegularExpressionValidator control.
<asp:RegularExpressionValidator ID="CreditCardRegularExpressionValidator"
runat="server">
</asp:RegularExpressionValidator>
<br />
a. ControlToValidate = txtCreditCard
b. ErrorMessage = Please enter a valid credit card number.
c. Text = *
d. ValidationExpression= ^(?:4[0-9]{12}(?:[0-9]{3})?|5[1-5][0-9]{14}|3[47][0-9]{13})$
runat="server"
ControlToValidate="txtCreditCard" Text="*" ErrorMessage="Please enter a valid
credit card number."
ValidationExpression="^(?:4[0-9]{12}(?:[0-9]{3})?|5[1-5][0-9]{14}|3[47][0-
9]{13})$">
4. Make sure that an order can be placed only if Page.IsValid is true. Add the check to the
btnPlaceOrder_Click event handler method.
[Visual C#]
protected void btnPlaceOrder_Click(object sender, EventArgs e)
{
if (Page.IsValid)
{
Session["_cart"] = null;
Response.Redirect("~/ThankYou.aspx", true);
}
}

[Visual Basic]
Protected Sub btnPlaceOrder_Click(ByVal sender As Object, ByVal e As
System.EventArgs) Handles btnPlaceOrder.Click
If Page.IsValid Then
Session("_cart") = Nothing
Response.Redirect("~/ThankYou.aspx", True)
End If
End Sub
6. Select Bib-Shorts on the Product Categories list, and click Submit.
7. On the Products page, click Men's Bib-Shorts, L.
8. On the Men's Bib-Shorts, L page, click Order.
9. On the Shopping Cart page, click Place Order.
Note: Observe that an asterisk (*) is placed next to txtCreditCard server control because you have
not filled in this field.
10. On the Shopping Cart page, in the Credit card number box, type 1234123412341234, and then
click Place Order.
Note: Observe that an asterisk (*) is placed next to txtCreditCard server control because you have
not entered a valid credit card number.
click Place Order.
Note: Observe that you are redirected to the ThankYou Web Form because you have filled in a
valid credit card number.
Results: After this exercise, you should have implemented validation for the check-out page, by adding
validation controls to the Web Form.
Revert.

Lab Instructions: Optimizing Data Management for Web Forms 1
Module 8
Lab Instructions: Optimizing Data Management for Web
Forms
Contents:
Lab 8A: Optimizing Data Management for Web Forms
Section 1: Visual Basic
Exercise 1: Managing Data by Using LINQ to Entities 4
Exercise 2: Customizing the GridView 5
Exercise 3: Using ListView, DetailsView and Charts 10
Section 2: Visual C#
Lab 8B: Optimizing Data Management for Web Forms
Exercise 4: Managing Data by Using ASP.NET Dynamic Data 27

2 Lab Instructions: Optimiz zing Data Managemeent for Web Forms
LLab 8A: Optimizing Da
O
A

In
In
so

Note: You ca
language. If y
the Section 1
to the steps p
Objectives
fter completin
Manage da
Display dat
Display par
Display das
ntroduction
n this lab, you w
ource controls
n perform tas
you are using V
1 of the lab do
provided in Sec
ng this lab, you
ata by using th
ta using the gr
rent and child
shboard inform
n
will develop th
.

ata Mannagemeent for WWeb Fo
ks in this lab e
Visual Basic as
ocument. If you
ction 2 of the
u will be able t
he LinqDataSo
rid control.
data in the list
mation using th
he administrat
either by using
your program
u are using Vis
lab documen
to:
ource control.
t and detail co
he chart contr
ion section of
Visual Basic o
mming languag
sual C# as you
t.
ontrols.
ol.
the website b
or Visual C# pr
ge, refer to the
r programmin
y using variou

orms
rogramming
e steps provide
ng language, re
ed in
efer
us ASP.NET datta
Labb Instructions: Optimmizing Data Managemment for Web Forms 3
L
Th
th
to
fo

In
so
Lab Scen
he AdventureW
hat they can m
oward this end
ollowing:
View, add,
View sales o
View and e
Display sale
n this lab, you w
ource controls
nario

Works Sales te
manage inform
d, you need to
am has reques
ation, as well a
create a set of
sted the addit
as provide a d
f web form pa
ion of an adm
ashboard to se
ages that will e
inistration sec
enior manage
enable the Sale
tion to the we
ment. As a firs
es team to do
ebsite so
st step
the
edit, and delette products
orders
dit customer ddetails
es information in a graphical format (dashboard)
will develop th
.
he administration section of the website by using variouus ASP.NET datta
4 Lab Instructions: Optimizing Data Management for Web Forms
Exercise 1: Managing Data by Using LINQ to Entities
The main tasks in this exercise are as follows:
Create a new Entity Framework data model.
Task 1: Open an existing ASP.NET web application
3. Open the AdventureWorks solution from the D:\Lab Files\VB\Lab 08\Starter\Exercise 01 folder.
Task 2: Create a new Entity Framework data model
1. Add an ADO.NET Entity Data Model project item named AdventureWorks.edmx. The data model
should be generated from a database, by using the AdventureWorksLT2008 connection string from
the Web.config file. All tables from the database, with the exception of the BuildVersion table,
should be added to the data model.
2. Save and close the ADO.NET Entity Data Model item.
3. Build the project and fix any errors.

Exercise 2: Customizing the GridView
1. Create a Shopping Cart Quantity user control.
2. Modify the ShoppingCart entity class.
3. Convert a BoundField column to TemplateField.
4. Add Computed column to the GridView control.
5. Make GridView updatable.
6. Add user control to TemplateField
7. Implement GridView paging.
8. Test the GridView control.
2. Open the AdventureWorks solution from the the D:\Lab Files\VB\Lab 08\Starter\Exercise 02
folder.
Task 2: Create a Shopping Cart Quantity user control
1. Create a new user control named Quantity.ascx.
2. Add a TextBox control named QuantityTextBox to the user control.
<asp:TextBox ID="QuantityTextBox" runat="server"></asp:TextBox>
3. Add a RequiredFieldValidator control named QuantityRequiredFieldValidator to the user control.
The RequiredFieldValidator control must validate the QuantityTextBox control, and display the
text You must fill in the Quantity. as the error message, if the user leaves the text box empty. The
display mode must be dynamic.
<asp:RequiredFieldValidator ID="QuantityRequiredFieldValidator" runat="server"
ErrorMessage="You must fill in the Quantity." ControlToValidate="QuantityTextBox"
Display="Dynamic"></asp:RequiredFieldValidator>
4. Add a public property named Text to the user control. The property must be of type String, and get
and set the Text property of the QuantityTextBox control.
Public Property Text As String
Get
Return QuantityTextBox.Text
End Get
Set(ByVal value As String)
QuantityTextBox.Text = value
End Set
End Property
5. Save and close the user control.
Note: Observe the Build succeeded message in the Build pane of the Output window.
Task 3: Modify the ShoppingCart entity class
1. Open the ShoppingCart.vb class file.
2. Add a private member variable named productQuantity of type Integer to the ShoppingCart class.
Private productQuantity As Integer
3. Modify the auto-implemented Quantity property, to get and set the productQuantity member
variable.
Public Property Quantity As Integer
Get
Return productQuantity
End Get
Set
productQuantity = value
End Set
End Property
4. Add an auto-implemented TotalPrice property, of type Decimal.
Public Property TotalPrice As Decimal
5. Update the TotalPrice property, when the Quantity property is set.
TotalPrice = productQuantity * ListPrice
6. Save and close the ShoppingCart entity class.
Task 4: Convert a BoundField column to TemplateField
1. Open the ShoppingCart.aspx content page in Design view.
2. Select the gvCart GridView control.
3. Open the Fields dialog box for the GridView control, by using the Smart Tag.
4. Convert the Quantity field to a template field.
Task 5: Add Computed column to GridView control
1. Append a new template field with a HeaderText property value of Total Price and close the Fields
dialog box.
2. Open the ShoppingCart.aspx content page in Source view.
Note: Observe how the Quantity field/column has been converted into a TemplateField, and the
newly added Total Price TemplateField.
Task 6: Make GridView updatable
Open the ShoppingCart.aspx content page in Design view.
a. Select the gvCart GridView control.
b. Set the AutoGenerateEditButton property to a value of True.
c. Add an event handler for the RowCancelingEdit event.
d. Add an event handler for the RowEditing event.
e. Add an event handler for the RowUpdating event.
f. Make the existing code in the Page_Load event handler execute only on first request by
wrapping the existing code in the Page_Load event handler in an If statement.
If Not IsPostBack Then
End If
g. Add a new Sub/void method named BindData to the ShoppingCart1 class.
Private Sub BindData()
Dim cart As List(Of ShoppingCart) = CType(Session("_cart"), List(Of
ShoppingCart))
gvCart.DataSource = cart
gvCart.DataBind()
End Sub
h. Add code to the gvCart_RowEditing method, for setting the edit index and bind the data by
using the BindData method.
Protected Sub gvCart_RowEditing(ByVal sender As Object, ByVal e As
System.Web.UI.WebControls.GridViewEditEventArgs) Handles gvCart.RowEditing
' Set edit index
gvCart.EditIndex = e.NewEditIndex
' Bind data
BindData()
End Sub
i. Add code to the gvCart_RowCancelingEdit method, for resetting the edit index and bind the
data by using the BindData method.
Protected Sub gvCart_RowCancelingEdit(ByVal sender As Object, ByVal e As
System.Web.UI.WebControls.GridViewCancelEditEventArgs) Handles
gvCart.RowCancelingEdit
' Reset edit index
gvCart.EditIndex = -1
' Bind data
BindData()
End Sub
j. Add code to the gvCart_RowUpdating method, for retrieving the existing cart from Session.
' Retrieve existing cart from session
Dim cart As List(Of ShoppingCart) = CType(Session("_cart"), List(Of ShoppingCart))
k. Append code to the gvCart_RowUpdating method, for retrieving the current row from the
GridView control.
' Get current row
Dim row As GridViewRow = gvCart.Rows(e.RowIndex)
l. Append code to the gvCart_RowUpdating method, for finding the matching row in the stored
cart, stored in a new variable named cartToEdit of type ShoppingCart. Use the generic List Find
method with an anonymous Lambda expression.
' Find matching row in stored cart
Dim cartToEdit As ShoppingCart = cart.Find(Function(cartToFind) cartToFind.ProductId
= Integer.Parse(row.Cells(1).Text))
m. Append code to the gvCart_RowUpdating method, for updating the quantity value of the
cartToEdit shopping cart with the value of the Text property of the Quantity user control, located
in the current row of the GridView control.
Dim qty As Quantity = CType(gvCart.Rows(e.RowIndex).FindControl("Quantity1"),
Quantity)
cartToEdit.Quantity = Integer.Parse(qty.Text)
n. Append code to the gvCart_RowUpdating method, to save the updated cart to Session state.
' Save updated cart to session
Session("_cart") = cart
o. Append code to the gvCart_RowUpdating method, for resetting the edit index and bind the
' Reset edit index
' Bind data
BindData()
p. Save and close the ShoppingCart code-behind file.
q. Build the project and fix any errors.
Task 7: Add user control to TemplateField
Add the user control to the Shopping Cart Web Form.

Note: Observe how the Quantity user control has been registered using the Register directive, and the
user control has been added to the Web Form.
a. Move the markup for the Quantity user control to the top of the EditItemTemplate element.
<EditItemTemplate>
<uc1:Quantity ID="Quantity1" runat="server" />
<asp:TextBox ID="TextBox1" runat="server" Text='<%# Bind("Quantity")
%>'></asp:TextBox>
</EditItemTemplate>
b. Copy the Text attribute and value from the TextBox1 control to the Quantity1 control.
<uc1:Quantity ID="Quantity1" runat="server" Text='<%# Bind("Quantity") %>' />
c. Delete the TextBox1 control.
d. Make the ProductId BoundField control read-only.
e. Format the display of the ListPrice BoundField control using the DataFormatString attribute
and a value of {0:c}.
f. Modify the format of the TemplateField control with a HeaderText attribute value of Total
Price, to appear as follows.
<asp:TemplateField HeaderText="Total Price">
<ItemTemplate>
<asp:Label ID="Label1" runat="server" Text='<%# Eval("TotalPrice") %>'
DataFormatString="{0:c}"></asp:Label>
</ItemTemplate>
</asp:TemplateField>
Task 8: Implement GridView paging
Set the AllowPaging property to true for GridView control.
a. Set the PageSize property to 1 for GridView control.
b. Add an event handler for the PageIndexChanging event.
c. Add code to prevent page index to change, when in edit mode, and display an appropriate error
message in the lblMessage Label control, by using the following code.
' Cancel paging operation if user attempts to navigate
' to another page while in edit mode
If CType(sender, GridView).EditIndex <> -1 Then
' Cancel paging operation
e.Cancel = True

' Display error message
Dim newPageIndex As Integer = e.NewPageIndex + 1
lblMessage.Text = "Update the item before moving to page " &
newPageIndex.ToString()
Else
' Clear message text
lblMessage.Text = ""
' Set page index
CType(sender, GridView).PageIndex = e.NewPageIndex
BindData()
End If
d. Save and close the ShoppingCart files.
e. Build the project and fix any errors.
Task 9: Test the GridView control
Run the application.
a. On the Home page, in the Product Categories list, click Bike Stands, and then click Submit.
b. On the Products page, in the Bike Stands list, click All-Purpose Bike Stand.
c. On the Product Detail page, click Order.
d. On the Shopping Cart page, click Edit.
e. In the Quantity box, type 5, and then click Update.
Note: Observe how the Quantity and Total Price columns are updated.
f. On the Shopping Cart page, click Continue Shopping.
g. On the Home page, in the Product Categories list, click Cranksets, and then click Submit.
h. On the Products page, in the Cranksets list, click HL Crankset.
i. On the Product Detail page, click Order.
Note: Observe that the customized pager has been added to the GridView, now that more items than
the specified page size have been added to the GridView.
j. On the Shopping Cart page, in the GridView pager, click 2.
k. Close Windows Internet Explorer.
l. Close Visual Studio 2010.
Note: The page index is changed and the content updated appropriately.
Exercise 3: Using ListView, DetailsView and Charts
1. Create the Sales Orders Master Details view.
2. Test the Master Details view.
3. Create the Sales Order Items History dashboard.
Open Microsoft Visual Studio 2010.
a. Open the AdventureWorks solution from the D:\Lab Files\VB\Lab 08\Starter\Exercise 03
folder.
Task 2: Create the Sales Orders Master Details view
Build the project.
a. Open the SalesOrders.aspx content page in Design view.
b. Place the cursor in the HTML p element at the bottom of the MainContent Content control.
c. Add a ListView control named SalesOrdersListView to the p element.
d. Add a new LinqDataSource control, by using the SalesOrdersListView Smart Tag.
e. Use LINQ as the data source, and name the LinqDataSource control
SalesOrdersLinqDataSource, by using the Data Source Configuration Wizard.
f. Select the AdventureWorks.AdventureWorks2008LTEntities object context using the existing
Entity Data Model as the object context for the LinqDataSource control.
g. Select the SalesOrderHeaders table and include the SalesOrderID, OrderDate, DueDate,
ShipDate and CustomerID fields for the LinqDataSource control.
h. Select only sales orders that have already shipped, by specifying a where clause, and compare
ShipDate with the DateTime.Now method.
i. Order the sales orders by CustomerID and ShipDate, by specifying an Order By clause.
j. Finish the Data Source Configuration Wizard.
k. Set the SalesOrderID field as the DataKeyNames property value.
l. Open the SalesOrders.aspx web form in Source view.
m. Remove the WhereParameters element from the LinqDataSource control.
<WhereParameters>
<asp:Parameter DefaultValue="DateTime.Now" Name="ShipDate" Type="DateTime" />
</WhereParameters>
n. Modify the Where property to appear as follows.
Where="ShipDate <= DateTime.Now"
o. Open the SalesOrders.aspx web form in Design view.
p. Configure the SalesOrdersListView control, by using the SalesOrdersListView Smart Tag.
Refresh the schema before configuring the control.
q. Select the Grid layout and the Professional style for the SalesOrdersListView control.
r. Enable paging for the SalesOrdersListView control.
s. Disable editing and inserting a SalesOrderHeader item in the SalesOrdersListView control, by
deleting the corresponding templates in Source view.
t. Add a Select button to the AlternatingItemTemplate and ItemTemplate elements. Use the
Button server control and place it at the top of the HTML tr element.
<td>
<asp:Button ID="SelectButton" runat="server" Text="Select" CommandName="Select"
/>
</td>
u. Add an empty HTML th element to the LayoutTemplate element. Make the th element a server
control and place it at the top of the HTML tr element.
<th runat="server">
</th>
v. Add an empty HTML td element to the SelectedItemTemplate element. Place it at the top of
the HTML tr element.
<td>
</td>
w. Add an empty HTML p element below the existing p element.
<p>
</p>
x. Add a new LinqDataSource control with the following markup, within the empty HTML p
element.
<asp:LinqDataSource ID="SalesOrderDetailsLinqDataSource" runat="server"
ContextTypeName="AdventureWorks.AdventureWorksLT2008Entities"
EntityTypeName="" TableName="SalesOrderDetails" Where="SalesOrderID ==
@SalesOrderID">
<WhereParameters>
<asp:ControlParameter ControlID="SalesOrdersListView" Name="SalesOrderID"
PropertyName="SelectedValue"
Type="Int32" DefaultValue="0" />
</WhereParameters>
</asp:LinqDataSource>
y. Add a DetailsView control with the following markup, at the top of the new HTML p element.
<asp:DetailsView ID="SalesOrderDetailDetailsView" runat="server"
DataSourceID="SalesOrderDetailsLinqDataSource"
Height="50px" Width="125px" AutoGenerateRows="False">
<Fields>
<asp:BoundField DataField="SalesOrderDetailID"
HeaderText="SalesOrderDetailID" SortExpression="SalesOrderDetailID" />
<asp:BoundField DataField="OrderQty" HeaderText="OrderQty"
SortExpression="OrderQty" />
<asp:BoundField DataField="ProductID" HeaderText="ProductID"
SortExpression="ProductID" />
<asp:BoundField DataField="UnitPrice" HeaderText="UnitPrice"
SortExpression="UnitPrice" />
<asp:BoundField DataField="UnitPriceDiscount" HeaderText="UnitPriceDiscount"
SortExpression="UnitPriceDiscount" />
<asp:BoundField DataField="LineTotal" HeaderText="LineTotal"
SortExpression="LineTotal" />
<asp:BoundField DataField="rowguid" HeaderText="rowguid"
SortExpression="rowguid" />
<asp:BoundField DataField="ModifiedDate" HeaderText="ModifiedDate"
SortExpression="ModifiedDate" />
</Fields>
</asp:DetailsView>
Task 3: Test the Master Details view
a. On the Sales Orders page, click Select for any item in the ListView control.
b. The DetailsView containing the Sales Order Details is displayed below the ListView control.
c. Close Windows Internet Explorer.
Task 4: Create the Sales Order Items History dashboard
Open the SalesOrderItemsHistory.aspx content page in Source view.
a. Add an EntityDataSource control named SalesOrderItemsEntityDataSource to the
MainContent Content control.
<asp:EntityDataSource ID="SalesOrderItemsEntityDataSource" runat="server"
CommandText="SELECT Headers.SalesOrderNumber, Headers.OrderDate,
SUM(Details.OrderQty) AS SalesOrderItems FROM SalesOrderHeaders AS Headers INNER JOIN
SalesOrderDetails AS Details ON Headers.SalesOrderID = Details.SalesOrderID
GROUP BY Headers.SalesOrderID, Headers.SalesOrderNumber, Headers.OrderDate"
ConnectionString="name=AdventureWorksLT2008Entities"
DefaultContainerName="AdventureWorksLT2008Entities"
EnableFlattening="False">
</asp:EntityDataSource>
b. Open the SalesOrderItemsHistory.aspx content page in Design view.
c. Add a Chart control named SalesOrderItemsHistoryChart.
d. Set the Chart type to Bar by using the Smart Tag.
e. Use the SalesOrderItemsEntityDataSource control as the data source, by using the
DataSourceID property, the X values should come from the SalesOrderItems field, the Y values
should come from the OrderDate field. Refresh the schema, after selecting the data source
control.
f. Modify the default chart area, by setting the X and Y axis titles to # Sales Order Items and Order
Date. Use the ChartArea Collection Editor, accessible from the Properties window.
Note: Observe how the Chart shows how the number of items per order are shown by order date.
a. Close Internet Explorer.
b. Close Visual Studio 2010.
In Hyper-V Manager, in the Virtual Machines pane, right-click 10264A-GEN-DEV, and then click
Turn Off.
a. In the Turn Off Machine dialog box, click Turn Off.
b. In Hyper-V Manager, in the Virtual Machines pane, right-click 10264A-GEN-DEV, and then
click Revert.
c. In the Revert Virtual Machine dialog box, click Revert.
Note: The answers to the exercises are on the Course Companion CD.
Create a new Entity Framework Data Model.
Open the AdventureWorks solution from the D:\Lab Files\CS\Lab 08\Starter\Exercise 01
folder.
Task 2: Create a new Entity Framework Data model
Add an ADO.NET Entity Data Model project item named AdventureWorks.edmx. The data model
a. Close the ADO.NET Entity Data Model item.
b. Build the project and fix any errors.
c. Close Visual Studio 2010.

1. Create a Shopping Cart Quantity user control.
2. Modify the ShoppingCart entity class.
3. Convert a BoundField column to TemplateField.
4. Add Computed Column to the GridView control.
5. Make GridView updatable.
6. Add user control to TemplateField.
7. Implement GridView paging.
8. Test the GridView control.
folder.
Create a new user control named Quantity.ascx.
a. Add a TextBox control named QuantityTextBox to the user control.
<asp:TextBox ID="QuantityTextBox" runat="server"></asp:TextBox>
b. Add a RequiredFieldValidator control named QuantityRequiredFieldValidator to the user
control. The RequiredFieldValidator control must validate the QuantityTextBox control, and
display the text You must fill in the Quantity. as the error message, if the user leaves the text
box empty. The display mode must be dynamic.
<asp:RequiredFieldValidator ID="QuantityRequiredFieldValidator" runat="server"
ErrorMessage="You must fill in the Quantity." ControlToValidate="QuantityTextBox"
c. Add a public property named Text to the user control. The property must be of type string, and
get and set the Text property of the QuantityTextBox control.
public string Text
{
get
{
return QuantityTextBox.Text;
}
set
{
QuantityTextBox.Text = value;
}
}
d. Save and close the user control.
Task 3: Modify ShoppingCart Entity class
Open the ShoppingCart.cs class file.
a. Add a private member variable named productQuantity of type int to the ShoppingCart class.
private int productQuantity;
b. Modify the auto-implemented Quantity property, to get and set the productQuantity member
variable.
public int Quantity
{
get
{
return productQuantity;
}
set
{
productQuantity = value;
}
}
c. Add an auto-implemented TotalPrice property, of type decimal.
public decimal TotalPrice { get; set; }
d. Update the TotalPrice property, when the Quantity property is set.
TotalPrice = productQuantity * ListPrice;
e. Save and close the ShoppingCart entity class.
f. Build the project and fix any errors.
b. Open the Fields dialog box for the GridView control, by using the Smart Tag.
c. Convert the Quantity field to a template field.
Task 5: Add Computed column to GridView control
1 Append a new template field with a HeaderText property value of Total Price and close the Fields
dialog box.
2 Open the ShoppingCart.aspx content page in Source view.
Note: Observe how the Quantity field/column has been converted into a TemplateField, and the
newly added Total Price TemplateField.
b. Set the AutoGenerateEditButton property to a value of True.
c. Add an event handler for the RowCancelingEdit event.
d. Add an event handler for the RowEditing event.
e. Add an event handler for the RowUpdating event.
f. Make the existing code in the Page_Load event handler execute only on first request by
wrapping the existing code in the Page_Load event handler in an if statement.
if (!IsPostBack)
{
}
g. Add a new void method named BindData to the ShoppingCart class.
private void BindData()
{
List<ShoppingCart> cart = (List<ShoppingCart>) Session["_cart"];
gvCart.DataSource = cart;
gvCart.DataBind();
}
h. Add code to the gvCart_RowEditing method, for setting the edit index and bind the data by
protected void gvCart_RowEditing(object sender, GridViewEditEventArgs e)
{
// Set edit index
gvCart.EditIndex = e.NewEditIndex;
// Bind data
BindData();
}
i. Add code to the gvCart_RowCancelingEdit method, for resetting the edit index and bind the
protected void gvCart_RowCancelingEdit(object sender, GridViewCancelEditEventArgs e)
{
// Reset edit index
gvCart.EditIndex = -1;
// Bind data
BindData();
}
j. Add code to the gvCart_RowUpdating method, for retrieving the existing cart from Session.
// Retrieve existing cart from session
k. Append code to the gvCart_RowUpdating method, for retrieving the current row from the
GridView control.
// Get current row
GridViewRow row = gvCart.Rows[e.RowIndex];
l. Append code to the gvCart_RowUpdating method, for finding the matching row in the stored
// Find matching row in stored cart
ShoppingCart cartToEdit = cart.Find((cartToFind) => cartToFind.ProductId ==
int.Parse(row.Cells[1].Text));
m. Append code to the gvCart_RowUpdating method, for updating the quantity value of the
cartToEdit shopping cart with the value of the Text property of the Quantity user control,
located in the current row of the GridView control.
// Update values
Quantity qty = gvCart.Rows[e.RowIndex].FindControl("Quantity1") as Quantity;
cartToEdit.Quantity = int.Parse(qty.Text);
n. Append code to the gvCart_RowUpdating method, for saving the updated cart to Session state.
// Save updated cart to session
Session["_cart"] = cart;
o. Append code to the gvCart_RowUpdating method, for resetting the edit index and bind the
// Reset edit index
// Bind data
BindData();
p. Save and close the ShoppingCart code-behind file.
q. Build the project and fix any errors.
Task 7: Add User control to TemplateField
Add the user control to the Shopping Cart web form.
a. Open the ShoppingCart.aspx content page in Source view.
Note: Observe how the Quantity user control has been registered using the Register directive, and
the user control has been added to the web form.
b. Move the markup for the Quantity user control to the top of the EditItemTemplate element.
<EditItemTemplate>
%>'></asp:TextBox>
</EditItemTemplate>
c. Copy the Text attribute and value from the TextBox1 control to the Quantity1 control.
<uc1:Quantity ID="Quantity1" runat="server" Text='<%# Bind("Quantity") %>' />
d. Delete the TextBox1 control.
%>'></asp:TextBox>
e. Make the ProductId BoundField control read-only.
ReadOnly="true"
f. Format the display of the ListPrice BoundField control using the DataFormatString attribute
and a value of {0:c}.
DataFormatString="{0:c}"
g. Modify the format of the TemplateField control with a HeaderText attribute value of Total
Price, to appear as follows.
<ItemTemplate>
<asp:Label ID="Label1" runat="server" Text='<%# Eval("TotalPrice") %>'
DataFormatString="{0:c}"></asp:Label>
</ItemTemplate>
Set the AllowPaging property to true for GridView control.
a. Set the PageSize property to 1 for GridView control.
b. Add an event handler for the PageIndexChanging event.
c. Add code to prevent page index to change, when in edit mode, and display an appropriate error
// Cancel paging operation if user attempts to navigate
// to another page while in edit mode
if (((GridView) sender).EditIndex != -1)
{
// Cancel paging operation
e.Cancel = true;

// Display error message
int newPageIndex = e.NewPageIndex + 1;
lblMessage.Text = "Update the item before moving to page " +
newPageIndex.ToString();
}
else
{
// Clear message text
lblMessage.Text = "";
// Set page index
((GridView) sender).PageIndex = e.NewPageIndex;
BindData();
}
d. Save and close the ShoppingCart files.
Task 9: Test GridView control
a. On the Home page, in the Product Categories list, click Bike Stands, and then click Submit.
b. On the Products page, in the Bike Stands list, click All-Purpose Bike Stand.
c. On the Product Detail page, click Order.
d. On the Shopping Cart page, click Edit.
e. In the Quantity box, type 5, and then click Update.
Note: Observe how the Quantity and Total Price columns are updated.
f. On the Shopping Cart page, click Continue Shopping.
g. On the Home page, in the Product Categories list, click Cranksets, and then click Submit.
h. On the Products page, in the Cranksets list, click HL Crankset.
i. On the Product Detail page, click Order.
Note: Observe that the customized pager has been added to the GridView, now that more items
than the specified page size has been added to the GridView.
j. On the Shopping Cart page, in the GridView pager, click 2.
Note: Observe that the page index is changed and the content updated appropriately.
k. Close Windows Internet Explorer.
l. Close Visual Studio 2010.

1. Create the Sales Orders Master Details view.
3. Create the Sales Order Items History dashboard.
folder.
Build the project.
a. Open the SalesOrders.aspx content page in Design view.
b. Select the HTML p element at the bottom of the MainContent Content control.
c. Add a ListView control named SalesOrdersListView to the p element.
d. Add a new LinqDataSource control, by using the SalesOrdersListView Smart Tag.
e. Use LINQ as the data source, and name the LinqDataSource control
SalesOrdersLinqDataSource, by using the Data Source Configuration Wizard.
f. Select the AdventureWorks.AdventureWorksLT2008Entities object context from the existing
g. Select the SalesOrderHeaders table and include the SalesOrderID, OrderDate, DueDate,
ShipDate and CustomerID fields for the LinqDataSource control.
h. Select only sales orders that have already shipped, by specifying a where clause, and compare
i. Order the sales orders by CustomerID and ShipDate, by specifying an Order By clause.
j. Finish the Data Source Configuration Wizard.
k. Set the SalesOrderID field as the DataKeyNames property value.
l. Open the SalesOrders.aspx web form in Source view.
m. Remove the WhereParameters element from the LinqDataSource control.
<WhereParameters>
<asp:Parameter DefaultValue="DateTime.Now" Name="ShipDate" Type="DateTime" />
</WhereParameters>
n. Modify the Where property to appear as follows.
o. Open the SalesOrders.aspx web form in Design view.
p. Configure the SalesOrdersListView control, by using the SalesOrdersListView Smart Tag.
Refresh the schema before configuring the control.
q. Select the Grid layout and the Professional style for the SalesOrdersListView control.
r. Enable paging for the SalesOrdersListView control.
s. Disable editing and inserting a SalesOrderHeader item in the SalesOrdersListView control, by
deleting the corresponding templates.
t. Add a Select button to the AlternatingItemTemplate and ItemTemplate elements. Use the
Button server control and place it at the top of the HTML tr element.
<td>
/>
</td>
u. Add an empty HTML th element to the LayoutTemplate element. Make the th element a server
<th runat="server">
</th>
v. Add an empty HTML td element to the SelectedItemTemplate element. Place it at the top of
the HTML tr element.
<td>
</td>
w. Add an empty HTML p element below the existing p element.
<p>
</p>
x. Add a new LinqDataSource control with the following markup, within the empty HTML p
element.
<asp:LinqDataSource ID="SalesOrderDetailsLinqDataSource" runat="server"
EntityTypeName="" TableName="SalesOrderDetails" Where="SalesOrderID ==
@SalesOrderID">
<WhereParameters>
<asp:ControlParameter ControlID="SalesOrdersListView" Name="SalesOrderID"
PropertyName="SelectedValue"
</WhereParameters>
y. Add a DetailsView control with the following markup, at the top of the new HTML p element.
<asp:DetailsView ID="SalesOrderDetailDetailsView" runat="server"
DataSourceID="SalesOrderDetailsLinqDataSource"
<Fields>
HeaderText="SalesOrderDetailID" SortExpression="SalesOrderDetailID" />
<asp:BoundField DataField="OrderQty" HeaderText="OrderQty"
SortExpression="OrderQty" />
<asp:BoundField DataField="ProductID" HeaderText="ProductID"
SortExpression="ProductID" />
<asp:BoundField DataField="UnitPrice" HeaderText="UnitPrice"
SortExpression="UnitPrice" />
<asp:BoundField DataField="LineTotal" HeaderText="LineTotal"
SortExpression="LineTotal" />
<asp:BoundField DataField="rowguid" HeaderText="rowguid"
SortExpression="rowguid" />
<asp:BoundField DataField="ModifiedDate" HeaderText="ModifiedDate"
SortExpression="ModifiedDate" />
</Fields>
</asp:DetailsView>
a. On the Shopping Cart page, click Select, for any item in the ListView control.
b. The DetailsView containing the Sales Order Details is displayed below the ListView control.
c. Close Windows Internet Explorer.
Task 4: Create the Sales Order Items History dashboard
Open the SalesOrderItemsHistory.aspx content page in Source view.
a. Add an EntityDataSource control named SalesOrderItemsEntityDataSource to the
MainContent Content control.
<asp:EntityDataSource ID="SalesOrderItemsEntityDataSource" runat="server"
CommandText="SELECT Headers.SalesOrderNumber, Headers.OrderDate,
SUM(Details.OrderQty) AS SalesOrderItems FROM SalesOrderHeaders AS Headers INNER JOIN
SalesOrderDetails AS Details ON Headers.SalesOrderID = Details.SalesOrderID
GROUP BY Headers.SalesOrderID, Headers.SalesOrderNumber, Headers.OrderDate"
b. Open the SalesOrderItemsHistory.aspx content page in Design view.
c. Add a Chart control named SalesOrderItemsHistoryChart.
d. Set the Chart type to Bar by using the Smart Tag.
e. Use the SalesOrderItemsEntityDataSource control as the data source, by using the
DataSourceID property, the X values should come from the SalesOrderItems field, the Y values
should come from the OrderDate field. Refresh the schema, after selecting the data source
control.
f. Modify the default chart area, by setting the X and Y axis titles to # Sales Order Items and Order
Note: Observe how the Chart shows how the number of items per order are shown by order date.
a. Close Internet Explorer.
b. Close Visual Studio 2010.
Turn Off.
click Revert.

Labb Instructions: Optimmizing Data Managemment for Web Forms 25

L
O
A

In
In
so
Lab 8B:
Note: You ca
language. If y
the Section 1
to the steps p
Objectives
fter completin
Manage da
ntroduction
n this lab, you w
ource controls
Optimizzing Daata Mannagemeent for WWeb Forms

n perform tas
you are using V
1 of the lab do
provided in Sec
ks in this lab e
Visual Basic as
ocument. If you
ction 2 of the
either by using
your program
u are using Vis
lab documen
Visual Basic o
mming languag
sual C# as you
t.
or Visual C# pr
ge, refer to the
r programmin
rogramming
e steps provide
ng language, re
ed in
efer
ng this lab, you
ata by using AS
n
will develop th
and by using
u will be able t
SP.NET Dynam
he administrat
the ASP.NET D
to:
mic Data.
ion section of
Dynamic Data
the website b
framework.
y using variouus ASP.NET datta
26 Labb Instructions: Optim mizing Data Managemment for Web Forms
LLab Scen nario

Th
th
to
fo
he AdventureW
hat they can m
oward this end
ollowing:
Works Sales te
manage inform
d, you need to
am has reques
ation, as well a
create a set of
sted the addit
as provide a d
f web form pa
ion of an adm
ashboard to se
ages that will e
inistration sec
enior manage
enable the Sale
tion to the we
ment. As a firs
es team to do
ebsite so
st step
the
View, add, edit, and delette products
View sales o orders
View and edit customer ddetails
In
fr
n this lab, you w
amework.
will develop thhe administration section of the website by using the ASSP.NET Dynammic Data
Exercise 4: Managing Data by Using ASP.NET Dynamic Data
1. Create a new ASP.NET Dynamic Data web application.
2. Add a new ADO.NET Entity Data Model.
3. Register the object context.
Task 1: Create a new ASP.NET Dynamic Data web application
Create an ASP.NET Dynamic Data web application named AWDynamicData by using the New
Project dialog box, and the ASP.NET Dynamic Data Entities Web Application project
template. Place the project in the D:\Lab Files\VB\Lab 08\Starter\Exercise 04 folder.
Task 2: Add a new ADO.NET Entity Data Model
Add an ADO.NET Entity Data Model project item named AWEDM.edmx.
a. Generate the model from the AdventureWorksLT2008R2 database, on the .\SQLEXPRESS
server, and select only the Customer (SalesLT), SalesOrderDetail (SalesLT), and
SalesOrderHeader (SalesLT) tables.
b. Save and close the AWEDM.edmx file.
Task 3: Register the object context
In the Global.asax.vb file, add context registration to the RegisterRoutes procedure, registering all
tables for the AWDynamicData.AdventureWorksLT2008R2Entities object context.
DefaultModel.RegisterContext(GetType(AWDynamicData.AdventureWorksLT2008R2Entities),
New ContextConfiguration() With {.ScaffoldAllTables = True})
Save and close the Global.asax.vb file.
Task 4: Run the application
Build and run the web application.
a. The page displayed in the browser displays a list of the tables you added to the data model.
b. View the Customers page, showing all customers.
c. The page displays the List view that contains the data from the Customers table.
d. View the Details view, for a customer.
e. The page displays the Details view that contains the data for the selected row from the
Customers table.
f. View the Customers page, showing all customers, by clicking Show all items.
g. Sort the customers by the LastName column.
h. The page displays the List view that contains the data of customers, sorted by last name.
i. View the sales order headers associated with the second customer displayed from the top.
j. The page displays the List view that contains the data of customer sales order headers.
k. Filter the sales order headers by entries that have the OnlineOrderFlag column set to True.
l. The page now displays no sales order headers, because none of the sales order headers have the
OnlineOrderFlag set to true.
m. View the customers page.
n. Create a new customer, by clicking Insert new item.
o. Save the new customer, with empty fields, and then cancel the new customer.
p. The page displays the List view that contains the data from the Customers table. This is the
default view and the one you are returned to, after cancelling.
q. Edit the last customer displayed.
r. The page displays the Edit view that contains the data for the selected row from the Customers
table.
s. Cancel the edit and close Windows Internet Explorer.
t. Close Microsoft Visual Studio 2010.
Turn Off.
click Revert.

1. Create a new ASP.NET Dynamic Data web application.
2. Add a new ADO.NET Entity Data Model.
3. Register the object context.
Task 1: Create a new ASP.NET Dynamic Data web application
Log on to the 10264A-GEN-DEV virtual machine as Student, with the password, Pa$$w0rd.
a. Open Microsoft Visual Studio 2010.
b. Create an ASP.NET Dynamic Data web application named AWDynamicData by using the New
Project dialog box, and the ASP.NET Dynamic Data Entities Web Application project
template. Place the project in the D:\Lab Files\CS\Lab 08\Starter\Exercise 04 folder.
Task 2: Add a new ADO.NET Entity Data Model
Add an ADO.NET Entity Data Model project item named AWEDM.edmx.
a. Generate the model from the AdventureWorksLT2008R2 database, on the .\SQLEXPRESS
server, and select only the Customer (SalesLT), SalesOrderDetail (SalesLT), and
SalesOrderHeader (SalesLT) tables.
b. Save and close the AWEDM.edmx file.
Task 3: Register the object context
In the Global.asax.cs file, add context registration to the RegisterRoutes procedure, registering all
tables for the AWDynamicData.AdventureWorksLT2008R2Entities object context.
DefaultModel.RegisterContext(typeof(AWDynamicData.AdventureWorksLT2008R2Entities),
new ContextConfiguration()
{
ScaffoldAllTables = true
});
Save and close the Global.asax.cs file.
Build and run the web application.
a. The page displayed in the browser displays a list of the tables you added to the data model.
b. View the Customers page, showing all customers.
c. The page displays the List view that contains the data from the Customers table.
d. View the Details view, for a customer.
e. The page displays the Details view that contains the data for the selected row from the
Customers table.
f. View the Customers page, showing all customers, by clicking Show all items.
g. Sort the customers by the LastName column.
h. The page displays the List view that contains the data of customers, sorted by last name.
i. View the sales order headers associated with the second customer displayed from the top.
j. The page displays the List view that contains the data of customer sales order headers.
k. Filter the sales order headers by entries that have the OnlineOrderFlag column set to True.
l. The page now displays no sales order headers, because none of the sales order headers have the
m. View the customers page.
n. Create a new customer, by clicking Insert new item.
o. Save the new customer, with empty fields, and then cancel the new customer.
p. The page displays the List view that contains the data from the Customers table. This is the
q. Edit the last customer displayed.
r. The page displays the Edit view that contains the data for the selected row from the Customers
table.
s. Cancel the edit and close Windows Internet Explorer.
t. Close Microsoft Visual Studio 2010.
Turn Off.
click Revert.

Lab Instructions: Ensuring Quality by Debugging, Unit Testing, and Refactoring 1
Module 9
Lab Instructions: Ensuring Quality by Debugging, Unit
Testing, and Refactoring
Contents:
Exercise 1: Configuring Error Handling 4
Exercise 2: Debugging Code 5
Exercise 3: Logging 8
Exercise 4: Creating Unit Tests 12
Exercise 5: Implementing the Test-First/Test-Driven Development
Methodology 15

2 Lab Instructions: Ensurin ng Quality by Debuggging, Unit Testing, annd Refactoring
LLab 9: D Debuggiing, Unit Testin
O
A

In
In
to
Objectives
fter completin
Configure e
Debug cod
Configure l
Create unit
Implement
ntroduction
n this lab you w
o the event log
ng this lab, you
error handling
e.
ogging.
t tests.
the test-first/t
n
will configure e
g, and create a
u will be able t
.
test-driven dev
error handling
and run unit te
ng, and Refactooring

to:
velopment meethodology.
lication, debug g in a web app
ests.
g code to idenntify errors, logg errors
Lab Instructions: Ennsuring Quality by Debugging, Unit Testing, and Refactoring 3
L
A
fir
fe

Lab Scen
dventure Wor
rst step toward
eatures of Visu
Configure e
Debug cod
Log errors
Implement
Implement
nario

ks has request
d this end, you
al Studio 2010
ted that you lo
ur team has de
0 and the .NET
ook into how y
etermined you
T Framework:
you can impro
should look in
ve the quality
nto the follow
of the coding
ing functional
. As a
ity and
error handling
e
a code-first development mmethodology
a test-first/tesst-driven deveelopment methhodology

4 Lab Instructions: Ensuring Quality by Debugging, Unit Testing, and Refactoring
Exercise 1: Configuring Error Handling
Create a generic error page for unhandled errors.
Modify Global.asax and Web.config to redirect to the generic error page when an unhandled error
occurs.
2. Open the AdventureWorks solution from the D:\Lab Files\CS\Lab 09\Starter\Exercise 01 or D:\Lab
Files\VB\Lab 09\Starter\Exercise 01 folder.
Task 2: Create a generic error page for unhandled errors
1. Add a new Web Form named CustomErrorPage.
2. Add the text CUSTOM ERROR PAGE to the CustomErrorPage Web Form.
3. Save the AdventureWorks project.
4. Close the CustomErrorPage Web Form.
Task 3: Modify Web.config to redirect to the generic error page when an unhandled
error occurs
2. Add the following markup to the system.web element.
<customErrors mode="On" defaultRedirect="~/CustomErrorPage.aspx"/>
3. Save and close the Web.config file.
5. Click the Submit button.
Note: The custom error page is displayed.
6. Close Windows
Internet Explorer
.
Results: After this exercise, you should have created a custom error page for unhandled exceptions.

Exercise 2: Debugging Code
Debug Default.aspx.
Debug a java script error using breakpoints and single-stepping.
Debug Default.aspx.js.
1. Set Default.aspx as the project start page.
2. Run the application in Debug mode.
Task 3: Debug Default.aspx
Note: In Visual Studio, in the FormatException was unhandled by user code pane, the error text
Input string was not in a correct format is displayed.
2. Press F5 to continue.
Note: The custom error page is displayed. Do not close Internet Explorer.
3. In Visual Studio, place a breakpoint in Default.aspx.cs or Default.aspx.vb on the following line of
code.
[Visual C#]

[Visual Basic]
Dim category As String = lbCategories.SelectedValue
4. Click the Back button on your browser.
Note: The Home page is displayed.
Note: Visual Studio is now shown, with the breakpoint highlighted.
6. Press F10 to step over the line of code that sets the local variable category to the selected value of
the list.
7. Hover the mouse over category and notice it is an empty string, which cannot be parsed by the code
in the Products page.
8. Press SHIFT+F5 to end debugging.
9. In Visual Studio, modify the line of code that sets the local variable category to the selected value of
the list, as follows.
[Visual C#]
string category = lbCategories.SelectedValue == string.Empty ? "5" :
lbCategories.SelectedValue;

[Visual Basic]
Dim category As String = IIf(lbCategories.SelectedValue = String.Empty, "5",
lbCategories.SelectedValue)
Note: If the breakpoint disappears after modifying the line of code, place the cursor on the line of
code, and then press F9.
the list.
13. Hover the mouse over category and notice it is a string with the value of 5.
Note: The Products page is displayed, showing a list of Mountain Bikes.
16. Remove all breakpoints by pressing CTRL+SHIFT+F9.
Task 4: Debug a java script error using breakpoints and single stepping
Run the application in Debug mode.
Task 5: Debug Default.aspx.js
1. Click the Select First button.
Note: A dialog box with an alert message is now shown.
2. In the Message from webpage message box, click OK three times.
3. In Visual Studio, place a breakpoint in Default.aspx.js on the following line of code.
for (i = 0; i < 3; i++) {
4. Click the Back button in your browser.
6. Press F10 to step over the statements of code, until a message box is displayed.
7. In the Message from webpage message box, click OK.
8. Repeat the previous two steps twice.
9. Press F5.
Note: The Products page is displayed.

Results: After this exercise, you should have experience debugging Visual C# or Visual Basic, and java
script code.

Exercise 3: Logging
Configure logging to an Error Log.
Set the logging level in the Web.config file to allow for future debugging.
Create a generic error handler.
Task 2: Configure logging to an Error Log
1. Open Products.aspx in Code view.
2. Import the System.Diagnostics namespace.
[Visual C#]
using System.Diagnostics;

[Visual Basic]
Imports System.Diagnostics
3. Modify the Page_Load method with the following code.
[Visual C#]
{
{
string categoryName = string.Empty;
string categoryId = string.Empty;

if (Request["id"] != null)
{
categoryId = Request["id"];
}

try
{
categoryName =
}
catch (Exception ex)
{
EventLog Log = new EventLog();
Log.Source = "Application";
Log.WriteEntry(ex.Message, EventLogEntryType.Error);
}

var data =

}
}

[Visual Basic]
Me.Load
Dim categoryName As String = String.Empty
Dim categoryID As String = String.Empty

If Not Request("id") Is Nothing Then
categoryID = Request("id")
End If

Try
categoryName =
AdventureWorks.DataAccessLayer.Products.GetCategoryName(Integer.Parse(categoryID))
Catch ex As Exception
Dim Log As New EventLog()
Log.Source = "Application"

Log.WriteEntry(ex.Message, EventLogEntryType.[Error])
End Try


Dim data =
AdventureWorks.DataAccessLayer.Products.GetProductsByCategory(Integer.Parse(categoryID
))
End If
End Sub
5. Open the Event Viewer and show the Application log entry. If necessary, sort the Application log
entries by date and time.

6. Close the Event Viewer.
Task 3: Set the logging level in the Web.config file to allow for future debugging
2. In the opening compilation tag, ensure that the value of the debug attribute is set to true.
<compilation debug="true" ...>
3. Close the Web.config file.
Task 4: Create a generic error handler
In Solution Explorer, double-click Global.asax.
[Visual C#]

[Visual Basic]
3. Modify the Application_Error method with the following code.
[Visual C#]
void Application_Error(object sender, EventArgs e)
{
string message =
"Url: " + Request.Path + " Error: " +
Server.GetLastError().ToString();
EventLog log = new EventLog();
log.Source = "Application";
log.WriteEntry(message, EventLogEntryType.Error);
}
[Visual Basic]
Sub Application_Error(ByVal sender As Object, ByVal e As EventArgs)
Dim message As String =
"Url: " & Request.Path & " Error: " &
Server.GetLastError().ToString()
Dim log As New EventLog()
log.Source = "Application"
log.WriteEntry(message, EventLogEntryType.Error)
End Sub
In the AdventureWorks Microsoft Visual Studio window, on the Build
menu, click Build AdventureWorks.
In the AdventureWorks Microsoft Visual Studio window, click the
Close button
Results: After this exercise, you should have experience installing a generic error handler for logging
that can be called by a single method and all modules.
Exercise 4: Creating Unit Tests
Create a method to add two numbers.
Add a test project.
Edit the test method to pass.
Run the test.
Edit the test method to fail.
Run the tests.
2. Open the MyClassLibrary solution from the D:\Lab Files\CS\Lab 09\Starter\Exercise 04 or D:\Lab
Task 2: Create a method to add two numbers
1. Open the Calculator.cs or Calculator.vb file.
2. Add the following code to Calculator class.
[Visual C#]
public int Add(int p1, int p2)
{
return p1 + p2;
}

[Visual Basic]
Public Function Add(ByVal p1 As Integer, ByVal p2 As Integer) As Integer
Return p1 + p2
End Function
3. Save Calculator.cs or Calculator.vb.
Task 3: Add a test project
Add a test project named CalculatorTestProject for the Add method.
Task 4: Edit the test method to pass
1. In the AddTest method, modify the value assigned to local variable p1 to 2.
[Visual C#]
int p1 = 2;

[Visual Basic]
Dim p1 As Integer = 2
[Visual C#]
int p2 = 3;

[Visual Basic]
3. In the AddTest method, modify the value assigned to local variable expected to 5.
[Visual C#]
int expected = 5;

[Visual Basic]
Dim expected As Integer = 5
4. Remove the following code.
[Visual C#]
Assert.Inconclusive("Verify the correctness of this test method.");

[Visual Basic]
Assert.Inconclusive("Verify the correctness of this test method.")
5. Ensure the AddTest method appears as follows.
[Visual C#]
[TestMethod()]
public void AddTest()
{
Calculator target = new Calculator(); // TODO: Initialize to an appropriate value
int p1 = 2; // TODO: Initialize to an appropriate value
int expected = 5; // TODO: Initialize to an appropriate value
int actual;
actual = target.Add(p1, p2);
Assert.AreEqual(expected, actual);
}

[Visual Basic]
<TestMethod()> _
Public Sub AddTest()
Dim target As Calculator = New Calculator() ' TODO: Initialize to an appropriate
value
Dim p1 As Integer = 2 ' TODO: Initialize to an appropriate value
Dim expected As Integer = 5 ' TODO: Initialize to an appropriate value
Dim actual As Integer
actual = target.Add(p1, p2)
Assert.AreEqual(expected, actual)
End Sub
Task 5: Run the test
Start the test.
Note: In the Test Result window, you can see that the AddTest test passed.
Task 6: Edit the test method to fail
[Visual C#]
int expected = 6;

[Visual Basic]
[Visual C#]
[TestMethod()]
{
int actual;
}

[Visual Basic]
<TestMethod()> _
value
End Sub
Task 7: Run the tests
1. Start the test.
Note: In the Test Result window, you can see that the AddTest test failed.

Results: After this exercise, you should have experience creating unit tests for existing methods.

Methodology
Create tests.
Create method stub.
Run the tests.
Add logic to stub methods.
Run the tests.
Task 2: Create tests
1. Open CalculatorTest.cs or CalculatorTest.vb file in the CalculatorTestProject project.
2. Add the following code to CalculatorTest class.
[Visual C#]
[TestMethod()]
public void ClassMultiplyMethodTest()
{
Calculator target = new Calculator();

Assert.IsNotNull(target);

int expected = 6;
int unexpected = 5;
int actual = target.Multiply(3, 2);

Assert.AreNotEqual(unexpected, actual);
}

[TestMethod()]
public void ClassSubtractMethodTest()
{


int expected = 1;
int unexpected = 6;
int actual = target.Subtract(3, 2);

}

[Visual Basic]
<TestMethod()>
Public Sub ClassMultiplyMethodTest()
Dim target As New Calculator()

Assert.IsNotNull(target)

Dim unexpected As Integer = 5
Dim actual As Integer = target.Multiply(3, 2)

Assert.AreNotEqual(unexpected, actual)
End Sub

<TestMethod()>
Public Sub ClassSubtractMethodTest()


Dim actual As Integer = target.Subtract(3, 2)

End Sub
3. Save the CalculatorTest.cs or CalculatorTest.vb file.
Task 3: Create method stub
1. Open the Calculator.cs or Calculator.vb file in the ClassLibrary project.
2. Add the following code to the Calculator class.
[Visual C#]
public int Multiply(int p1, int p2)
{
throw new NotImplementedException();
}

public int Subtract(int p1, int p2)
{
}

[Visual Basic]
Public Function Multiply(ByVal p1 As Integer, ByVal p2 As Integer) As Integer
Throw New NotImplementedException()
End Function

Public Function Subtract(ByVal p1 As Integer, ByVal p2 As Integer) As Integer
End Function
3. Build the solution and fix any errors.
1. Open the CalculatorTest.cs or CalculatorTest.vb file.
2. Start the ClassMultiplyMethodTest test.
Note: In the Test Result window, you can see that the ClassMultiplyMethodTest test failed.
3. Start the ClassSubtractMethodTest test.
Note: In the Test Result window, you can see that the ClassSubtractMethodTest test failed.
4. Close the CalculatorTest.cs or CalculatorTest.vb file.
Task 5: Add logic to the stub methods
1. Replace the Multiply method in the Calculator class with following code.
[Visual C#]
{
return p1 * p2;
}

[Visual Basic]
Public Function Multiply (ByVal p1 As Integer, ByVal p2 As Integer) As Integer
Return p1 * p2
End Function
2. Replace the Subtract method in the Calculator class with following code.
[Visual C#]
{
return p1 - p2;
}

[Visual Basic]
Return p1 - p2
End Function
Note: In the Test Result window, you can see that the ClassMultiplyMethodTest test passed.
Note: In the Test Result window, you can see that the ClassSubtractMethodTest test passed.
Turn Off.
Revert.
Results: After this exercise, you should have experience creating tests first, and then implementing
methods.

Lab Instructions: Securing a Web Application 1
Module 10
Lab Instructions: Securing a Web Application
Contents:
Exercise 1: Configuring ASP.NET Membership and Roles 4
Exercise 2: Authentication 6
Exercise 3: Authorization 10

2 Lab Instructions: Securin ng a Web Application
LLab 10: Securinng a We
O
A

In
In
us
le

Objectives
fter completin
Create and
Implement
Create acce
ntroduction
n this lab you w
sing the Login
earn to create a
ng this lab, you
manage users
the Login con
ess rules
n
will learn how
n control. You
an email passw

eb Appliication

u will be able tto:
using the ASP s and roles by P.NET Web Sitee Administratioon Tool
ntrol
to use the ASP
will also imple
word recovery
P.NET Web Sit
ement custom
page. Finally,
e Administrati
logic to expire
you will learn
on Tool, authe
e the password
how to create
enticate users
d in 90 days, a
e access rules.
by
and
Lab Instructions: Securingg a Web Application 3
L
Th
au
Th
au

Lab Scen
he Adventure
uthenticated u
his means you
uthentication a
nario

Works Sales te
users are able t
eam has reque
to access the s
ested that area
secure areas of
as of the websi
f the site.
ite be protecteed so that onlyy
must configu
and authorizat
re ASP.NET M
tion, impleme
embership, cre
nt Login contr
eate users, cre
rols, and test th
eate and assign
he web applica
n roles, implem
ation.
ment

4 Lab Instructions: Securing a Web Application
Exercise 1: Configuring ASP.NET Membership and Roles
Open an existing ASP.NET web application.
Open the ASP.NET Web Site Administration Tool.
Add Users.
Add Roles.
Assign Roles to Users.
Task 2: Open the ASP.NET Web Site Administration Tool
1. In Solution Explorer, click AdventureWorks.
3. In Solution Explorer, click the ASP.NET Configuration button.
4. Change the authentication type from local to Internet (Windows to Forms), by using the Security
page.
5. Click Select authentication type.
6. Click From the internet, and then click Done.
Task 3: Add users
1. Click Create user.
2. Fill out the information to create a new user, using the following information.
User
Name Password E-mail
Security
Question Security Answer
Mary Pa$$w0rd mary@adventureworks.com Favorite pet Cat

3. Click Create User.
4. Click Continue.
User
Security
John Pa$$w0rd john@adventureworks.com High School Central
7. Click Continue.
Task 4: Add roles
1. In the ASP.NET Web Site Administration Tool, click Security.
2. Click Enable roles.
3. Click Create or Manage roles.
4. In the New role name box, type Administration, and then click Add Role.
5. In the New role name box, type Contributor, and then click Add Role.
Task 5: Assign roles to users
1. Click Manage for the Contributor role.
2. Type * in the for box, and then click Find User.
3. Select the User Is In Role check box next to user Mary.
4. Click Back.
5. Click Manage for the Administration role.
7. Select the User Is In Role check boxes next to users John and Mary.
8. Close the ASP.NET Web Site Administration Tool.
Result: In this exercise, you should have learned how to configure ASP.NET Membership provider by
using the ASP.NET Web Site Administration Tool. You should also have learned how to create users
and role for an ASP.NET web application.

Exercise 2: Authentication
Configure an application to use Forms authentication.
Use the Login control.
Set the password options.
Configure password recovery.
Task 2: Configure an application to use Forms authentication
2. Ensure that the value of the mode attribute it set to Forms, in the self-closing authentication
element.
<authentication mode="Forms" />
Note: When changing the authentication type in the ASP.NET Web Site Administration Tool to
From the internet, the Web.config file is updated automatically.
3. Add a redirect to the existing Login.aspx Web Form in the Account folder, by modifying the self-
closing authentication tag.
</authentication>
Task 3: Use the Login control
1. In Solution Explorer, expand the Account folder.
2. Open the Login.aspx Web Form.
3. Examine the markup for the Login control, including the UserName and Password TextBox
controls, as well as the RememberMe CheckBox control.
<asp:Login ID="LoginUser" runat="server" EnableViewState="false"
RenderOuterTable="false">
<LayoutTemplate>
<span class="failureNotification">
<asp:Literal ID="FailureText" runat="server"></asp:Literal>
</span>
<asp:ValidationSummary ID="LoginUserValidationSummary" runat="server"
CssClass="failureNotification"
ValidationGroup="LoginUserValidationGroup"/>
<div class="accountInfo">
<fieldset class="login">
<legend>Account Information</legend>
<p>
<asp:Label ID="UserNameLabel" runat="server"
AssociatedControlID="UserName">Username:</asp:Label>
<asp:TextBox ID="UserName" runat="server"
CssClass="textEntry"></asp:TextBox>
<asp:RequiredFieldValidator ID="UserNameRequired" runat="server"
ControlToValidate="UserName"
CssClass="failureNotification" ErrorMessage="User Name is
required." ToolTip="User Name is required."

ValidationGroup="LoginUserValidationGroup">*</asp:RequiredFieldValidator>
</p>
<p>
<asp:Label ID="PasswordLabel" runat="server"
AssociatedControlID="Password">Password:</asp:Label>
<asp:TextBox ID="Password" runat="server"
CssClass="passwordEntry" TextMode="Password"></asp:TextBox>
<asp:RequiredFieldValidator ID="PasswordRequired" runat="server"
ControlToValidate="Password"
CssClass="failureNotification" ErrorMessage="Password is
required." ToolTip="Password is required."

</p>
<p>
<asp:CheckBox ID="RememberMe" runat="server"/>
<asp:Label ID="RememberMeLabel" runat="server"
AssociatedControlID="RememberMe" CssClass="inline">Keep me logged in</asp:Label>
</p>
</fieldset>
<p class="submitButton">
<asp:Button ID="LoginButton" runat="server" CommandName="Login"
Text="Log In" ValidationGroup="LoginUserValidationGroup"/>
</p>
</div>
</LayoutTemplate>
</asp:Login>
4. Add a redirect to the EmailPassword.aspx Web Form in the Account folder, by adding the following
markup above the PasswordLabel control.
<asp:HyperLink ID="EmailPasswordHyperLink" runat="server"
NavigateUrl="~/Account/EmailPassword.aspx">Forgot Password?</asp:HyperLink>
Note: The EmailPassword.aspx Web Form has not yet been created.
Task 4: Set the password options
1. Open Login.aspx in Code view.
2. Import the System.Web.Security namespace.
[Visual C#]
using System.Web.Security;

[Visual Basic]
Imports System.Web.Security
3. Add the following code to the Login class to handle the Authenticate event for the LoginUser
server control.
[Visual C#]
protected void LoginUser_Authenticate(object sender, AuthenticateEventArgs e)
{
// Get the membership details for the user
MembershipUser user = Membership.GetUser(LoginUser.UserName.Trim());

// Did we find the user?
if (user != null)
{
// Check if the user password has expired after 90 days
if (DateTime.Now.Subtract(user.LastPasswordChangedDate).TotalDays >= 90)
{
Response.Redirect("PasswordExpired.aspx");
}
else
{
// Authenticate user
if (Membership.ValidateUser(LoginUser.UserName.Trim(),
LoginUser.Password.Trim()))
e.Authenticated = true;
}
}

[Visual Basic]
Protected Sub LoginUser_Authenticate(ByVal sender As Object, ByVal e As
AuthenticateEventArgs) Handles LoginUser.Authenticate
' Get the membership details for the user
Dim user As MembershipUser = Membership.GetUser(LoginUser.UserName.Trim())

' Did we find the user?
If Not user Is Nothing Then
' Check if the user password has expired after 90 days
If DateTime.Now.Subtract(user.LastPasswordChangedDate).TotalDays >= 90 Then
Response.Redirect("PasswordExpired.aspx")
Else
' Authenticate user
If Membership.ValidateUser(LoginUser.UserName.Trim(),
LoginUser.Password.Trim()) Then
e.Authenticated = True
End If
End If
End If
End Sub
5. Close the Login.aspx code-behind file.
6. Close the Login.aspx Web Form.
Task 5: Configure password recovery
1. Add a new Web Form named EmailPassword to the Account folder. The Web Form must be based
on the Site.Master master page.
2. Drag a PasswordRecovery server control from the Login section of the Toolbox to the
EmailPassword.aspx Web Form, in the Content2 Content control. Keep the default settings.
<asp:PasswordRecovery ID="PasswordRecovery1" runat="server">
</asp:PasswordRecovery>
</asp:Content>
3. Configure the Web.config file to use the mail settings as shown.
<system.net>
<mailSettings>
<smtp from="someone@adventureworks.com">
<network host="yourhost" userName="hostusername" password="hostpassword" />
</smtp>
</mailSettings>
</system.net>
Result: In this exercise, you should have configured the web application to use Forms authentication,
and how to use the Login controls, including the Login and PasswordRecovery server controls.

Exercise 3: Authorization
Allow anonymous access to the EmailPassword Web Form.
Create the secured portion of the site.
Test the web application.
Task 2: Allow anonymous access to the EmailPassword Web Form
1. Open the Web.config file in the Account folder.
2. Add the following markup to the Web.config file, above the existing location element.
<location path="EmailPassword.aspx">
<system.web>
<authorization>
<allow users="*"/>
</authorization>
</system.web>
</location>
Task 3: Create the secured portion of the site
1. Create a new folder named Contributors.
2. Add a new Web Form named Home.aspx in the Contributors folder. The Web Form should be
based on the Site.Master master page.
3. Add the following header to the Home.aspx Web Form.
<h2>Contributors Home section</h2>
</asp:Content>
4. Save and close the Home.aspx file.
6. Add the following markup to the Web.config file, above the opening connectionStrings tag.
<location path="Contributors">
<system.web>
<authorization>
<allow roles="Contributor"/>
<deny users="*"/>
</authorization>
</system.web>
</location>
3. On the Home page, click Log In.
4. On the Login page, click Forgot Password?.
Note: You have access to the EmailPassword Web Form as an anonymous user.
Note: The Login is displayed.
6. Log on using John as the username and Pa$$w0rd as the password.
7. Access the Contributors/Home.aspx Web Form by typing in the following URL in the Internet
Explorer Address bar, and then press ENTER.
[Visual C#]
http://localhost:4378/Contributors/Home.aspx

[Visual Basic]
Note: You are denied access, because the user John is not authorized to access the Contributors
folder.
8. Log on using Mary as the username and Pa$$w0rd as the password.
Note: You are now redirected to the Contributors/Home.aspx Web Form, because the user Mary
is authorized to access the Contributors folder.
Turn Off.
Revert.
Result: In this exercise, you should have configured authorization for web application, including a
Contributors folder and the EmailPassword.aspx specifically, and tested the web application.
Lab Instructions: Applying Master Pages and CSS 1
Module 11
Lab Instructions: Applying Master Pages and CSS
Contents:
Exercise 1: Modify a Master Page 4
Exercise 2: Create a Nested Master Page 6
Exercise 3: Integrate a Master Page 9
Exercise 4: Implement Control Skins 12
Exercise 5: Apply Styles and Themes 13

2 Lab Instructions: Applyin ng Master Pages and CSS
L
N
O
A

In
In
Co
cr
w
ex
th
Lab 11: A
Note: Tasks in
Objectives:
fter completin
Modify a m
Create nest
Apply mast
Apply Them
ntroduction
n this lab, you w
ontentPlaceH
reate an area i
will then create
xisting CSS sty
heme in the W
Applyin
this lab will b
ng this lab, you
master page.
ted master pag
ter pages.
mes, Skins, and
n
will first modif
Holder for the
n the existing
two control sk
yles, create two
Web.config file
ng Mast
e the same, re
u will be able t
ges.
d Styles.
fy the existing
footer conten
master page f
kins and apply
o themes for th
e.
ter Pagees and CCSS

egardless of th
to:
master page f
nt, and implem
for status mess
y them to cont
he website bas
e programmin
for the Advent
ment it in the A
sages and imp
trols in the exis
sed on the exis
ng language yoour solution iss using.
tureWorks web
About.aspx pa
plement it for a
sting website.
sting styles, an
bsite, add a ne
age. You will th
all child pages
You will also m
nd implement
ew
hen
. You
modify
one
Lab Instruuctions: Applying Maaster Pages and CSS 3
L
A
op
fu
Yo
ne
Lab Scen
dventure Wor
ptions using th
uture changes
ou will also ad
eed to implem
nario

ks is redesigni
he new color p
to the look-an
ng their Webs
palette, taking
nd-feel easy to
site in a corpor
advantage of
o perform.
rate branding
the theme an
initiative. You
d skin feature
will present tw
s of ASP.NET t
wo
to make
dd an applicati
ment this messa
on-wide locat
aging location
ion for reporti
n consistently a
ng errors and
across the app
sending mess
plication.
You sages to users.
4 Lab Instructions: Applying Master Pages and CSS
Exercise 1: Modify a Master Page
2. Add a third ContentPlaceHolder control.
3. Open the About.aspx page.
4. Add a new Content control to About.aspx.
5. Add the string Copyright notice to the control.
6. Test the About.aspx page.
Task 2: Open the Site.Master master page
Open the Site.Master file in the root of the AdventureWorks project.
Task 3: Add a third ContentPlaceHolder control
Add the following markup to the Site.Master file to add the new ContentPlaceHolder with an ID
attribute value of FooterContent.
<div class="footer">
<asp:ContentPlaceHolder ID="FooterContent" runat="server" />
</div>
Task 4: Open the About.aspx page
Open the About.aspx file in the root of the AdventureWorks project.
Task 5: Add a new Content control to About.aspx
Add the following markup to the About.aspx file to add the Content control in the bottom of the
page.
<asp:Content ID="PageFooterContent" runat="server"
ContentPlaceHolderID="FooterContent">

</asp:Content>
Task 6: Add the string Copyright notice to the control
Add the following text to the Content control.
<asp:Content ID="PageFooterContent" runat=server
Copyright AdventureWorks
</asp:Content>
Task 7: Test the About.aspx page
Run the application to test the page by pressing CTRL+F5.
Note: The rendered page should appear as follows. Notice the text you added at the bottom of the
image.

Results: After completing this exercise, you should have added a new ContentPlaceHolder in the
Site.Master master page, and added a new Content control in the About.aspx page displaying a
copyright string for the application using the new ContentPlaceHolder we added to the master page.

Exercise 2: Create a Nested Master Page
1. Create a nested master page.
2. Add two ContentPlaceHolder controls.
3. Add footer content.
4. Change the Default.aspx page Web Form to use the Nested.master page.
5. Test the Default.aspx page.
Task 2: Create a Nested Master page
1. Add a nested master page named Nested.master to the project. It should be based on the
Site.Master master page.
2. Rename each of the three Content controls to Header, Main, and Footer.
[Visual C#]
<%@ Master Language="C#" MasterPageFile="~/Site.Master" AutoEventWireup="true"
CodeBehind="Nested.master.cs" Inherits="AdventureWorks.Nested" %>
<asp:Content ID="Header" ContentPlaceHolderID="HeadContent" runat="server">
</asp:Content>
<asp:Content ID="Main" ContentPlaceHolderID="MainContent" runat="server">
</asp:Content>
<asp:Content ID="Footer" ContentPlaceHolderID="FooterContent" runat="server">
</asp:Content>

[Visual Basic]
<%@ Master Language="VB" MasterPageFile="~/Site.Master" AutoEventWireup="false"
CodeBehind="Nested.master.vb" Inherits="AdventureWorks.Nested" %>
</asp:Content>
</asp:Content>
</asp:Content>
Task 3: Add two ContentPlaceHolder controls
To add two ContentPlaceHolder controls to the Nested.master file, add the following markup, in
the Main Content control.
<div class="left">
<asp:ContentPlaceHolder ID="LeftContent" runat="server" />
</div>
<div class="right">
<asp:ContentPlaceHolder ID="RightContent" runat="server" />
</div>
</asp:Content>
Task 4: Add footer content
To add the footer content to the Nested.master file, add the following markup in the Footer
Content control.
</asp:Content>
Task 5: Change the Default.aspx page Web Form to use the Nested.master page
1. Modify the Page directive in the Default.aspx file, by adding following markup to change the master
page.
[Visual C#]
<%@ Page Title="Home Page" Language="C#" MasterPageFile="~/Nested.master"
AutoEventWireup="true"
CodeBehind="Default.aspx.cs" Inherits="AdventureWorks._Default" %>

[Visual Basic]
<%@ Page Title="Home Page" Language="vb" MasterPageFile="~/Nested.master"
AutoEventWireup="false"
CodeBehind="Default.aspx.vb" Inherits="AdventureWorks._Default" %>
2. Change the ContentPlaceHolder controls to which the Content controls refer to RightContent and
LeftContent. Rename the Content controls to RightBodyContent and LeftBodyContent.
<asp:Content ID="RightBodyContent" runat="server"
ContentPlaceHolderID="RightContent">
...
<asp:Content ID="LeftBodyContent" runat="server" ContentPlaceHolderID="LeftContent">
3. Add the following markup to the Content control with an ID attribute value of RightBodyContent.
<p>
Right Content
</p>
</asp:Content>
4. Move the Content control with an ID attribute value of RightBodyContent to after the Content
control with an ID attribute value of LeftBodyContent.
<h2>
Welcome to AdventureWorks!
</h2>
<p>
Product Categories
<br />
Height="270px" Width="186px"></asp:ListBox>
<br />
<asp:Button ID="btnCategory" runat="server" Text="Submit"></asp:Button>
</p>
</asp:Content>
<p>
Right Content
</p>
</asp:Content>
Task 5: Test the Default.aspx page
Test the page by pressing CTRL+F5.
Note: The rendered page should appear as follows. Notice the content displayed in two columns.

Results: After completing this exercise, you should have added a new nested master page to the
project, configured the master page to have two new ContentPlaceHolder controls, configured the
Default.aspx page to use the new nested master page, and added configured the content in the page
to use the new ContentPlaceHolder controls.
Exercise 3: Integrate a Master Page
2. Create an area on the master page to display status messages.
3. Create a property that populates the status area.
4. Set the status property in child pages.
Open the Site.Master file.
Task 3: Create an area on the master page to display status messages
Create a Label control named StatusMessageLabel in the div element with a class attribute value of
main.
<div class="main">
<asp:ContentPlaceHolder ID="MainContent" runat="server"/>
<asp:Label ID="StatusMessageLabel" runat="server" />
</div>
Task 4: Create a property that populates the status area
1. Open the Site.Master master page in Code view.
2. Create a new property named StatusMessage in the SiteMaster or Site class.
[Visual C#]
public string StatusMessage
{
get { return StatusMessageLabel.Text; }
set { StatusMessageLabel.Text = value; }
}

[Visual Basic]
Public Property StatusMessage() As String
Get
Return StatusMessageLabel.Text
End Get
StatusMessageLabel.Text = value
End Set
End Property
Task 5: Set the status property in child pages
1. To allow for the About.aspx and Products.aspx pages to access properties on the master using a
strongly typed reference, add a MasterType directive.
[Visual C#]
<%@ MasterType TypeName="AdventureWorks.SiteMaster" %>

[Visual Basic]
<%@ MasterType TypeName="AdventureWorks.Site" %>
2. In the Page_Load event handler for the About.aspx page, set the StatusMessage property.
[Visual C#]
{
Master.StatusMessage = "You are on the About page";
}

[Visual Basic]
Protected Sub Page_Load(ByVal sender As Object, ByVal e As EventArgs)
Master.StatusMessage = "You are on the About page"
End Sub
3. In the Page_Load event handler for the Products.aspx page, set the StatusMessage property.
[Visual C#]
{
{
string categoryName;
string categoryId = "5";

{
}

categoryName =

var data =

}

Master.StatusMessage = "You are on the Products page";
}

[Visual Basic]
Me.Load
Dim categoryID As String = "5"

End If

categoryName =

Dim data =
AdventureWorks.DataAccessLayer.Products.GetProductsByCategory(Integer.Parse(categoryI
D))
End If

Master.StatusMessage = "You are on the Products page"
End Sub
4. Run the application by pressing CTRL+F5.
5. On the Products page, scroll down to see the status message.
6. Open the About page.
7. On the About page, notice the status message.
Results: After completing this exercise, you should have added a Label control in the Site.Master
master page to display status messages to users, created a property in the Site.Master master page to
set the value of the Label control, and set the value of the property on two pages consuming the
Exercise 4: Implement Control Skins
1. Create a new theme named Default.
2. Create a Controls.skin file in the Default theme.
3. Create two standard control skins.
4. Apply one skin to a ListBox control.
Task 2: Create a new theme named Default
Add new theme folder named Default to project.
Task 3: Create a Controls.skin file in the Default theme
Add a new skin file named Controls.skin to the Default theme folder.
Task 4: Create two standard control skins
1. Replace the existing markup in the Controls.skin file with the following markup.
<asp:ListBox runat="server" SkinID="BlueListBox" Height="270px" Width="186px"
BackColor="AliceBlue" ForeColor="Black"/>

<asp:ListBox runat="server" SkinID="RedListBox" Height="270px" Width="186px"
BackColor="DarkCyan" ForeColor="White"/>
2. Save and close the Controls.skin file.
Task 5: Apply one skin to a ListBox control
2. Add the following markup to the Page directive.
<%@ Page Title="Home Page" ... Theme="Default" %>
3. Add the SkinId attribute to the lbCategories ListBox control.
DataValueField="ProductCategoryID" Height="270px" Width="186px" SkinID="BlueListBox">
Note: Observe the light blue background color in the ListBox control.
Results: After completing this exercise, you should have created a new theme, added a skin file to the
theme containing two named skins for the ListBox control, and applied a named skin to the ListBox
control on the Default.aspx Web Form.
Exercise 5: Apply Styles and Themes
1. Add existing style sheets to project.
2. Modify the existing styles.
3. Create two themes based on existing styles.
4. Change the theme in Web.config.
5. Test the new theme.
Task 2: Add existing style sheets to project
Add the files StyleA.css and StyleB.css to the Styles folder. The files are located in the D:\Lab
Files\CS\Lab 11\Starter\Exercise 05 or D:\Lab Files\VB\Lab 11\Starter\Exercise 05 folder.
Task 3: Modify the existing styles
1. Open the StyleB.css file.
2. In the CSS Outline window, modify the .header, class, by using the Modify Style dialog box.

3. In the Modify Style dialog box, select the Background category.
4. Change the background color to Red, and close the Modify Style dialog box.
5. Save and close the StyleB.css file.
Task 4: Create two themes based on existing styles
1. Create two new folders named Blue and Red, in the App_Themes folder.
2. Move the StyleA.css file to the Blue folder.
3. Move the StyleB.css file to the Red folder.
5. Remove the SkinId attribute and value from the ListBox control.
SkinID="BlueListBox"
6. Remove the theme attribute and value from the Page directive.
Theme="Default"
7. Save and close the Default.aspx file.
Task 5: Change the theme in the Web.config file
2. Set the global page theme to the Red, by adding the pages element with the theme attribute to the
system.web element.
<pages theme="Red"/>
</system.web>
Task 6: Test the new theme
Note: Observe the new colors and slightly different layout.
Turn Off.
Revert.
Results: After completing this exercise, you should have applied styles to existing elements and
implemented a theme in your application.

Lab Instructions: Developing Client-side Scripts and Services 1
Module 12
Lab Instructions: Developing Client-side Scripts and Services
Contents:
Exercise 1: Using jQuery 4
Exercise 2: Using Advanced jQuery 7
Exercise 3: Creating a WCF Service 9

2 Lab Instructions: Develop ping Client-side Scrippts and Services
LLab 12: Creating Clien
O
A

In
In
jQ
in
Objectives
fter completin
Enable clien
Use jQuery
Embed jQu
Create a W
ntroduction
n this lab, you w
Query. You will
nvoke it using t
ng this lab, you
nt-side sorting
selectors.
uery visual effe
WCF Service and
n
will enhance t
l also embed jQ
the client-side
t-side SScripts aand Servvices

u will be able tto:
g.
ects.
d invoke it usinng the client-sside code.
he shopping c
Query visual e
e code.
cart interface t
effects in your
o support clie
application, cr
nt-side sorting
reate a WCF se
g, and use sele
ervice, and the
ectors in
en
Lab Instructions: Devveloping Client-side Scripts and Services 3
L
A
or
ite
Yo
ho
pr

Lab Scen
dventure Wor
r her shopping
ems in the car
ou have also b
over the mous
roducts, and t
nario

ks has designe
g cart. After th
rt.
ed a shopping
e products are
cart applicatio
e added, the u
on that allows
ser can click o
the user to ad
on the Cart lin
dd products in
k to view the c
to his
current
been requested
se over the pro
he service mus

d to display ad
oduct name. In
st be callable f
dvertisement in
n addition, you
from client-sid
nformation ab
u must create a
de code.
bout the produ
a WCF service
ucts when the
for retrieving
users
4 Lab Instructions: Developing Client-side Scripts and Services
Exercise 1: Using jQuery
The main tasks for this lab are as follows:
Register a jQuery library in the HTML header.
Use selectors and events.
Use the tableSorter jQuery library to allow client-side sorting.
Task 2: Register a jQuery library in the HTML header
2. Ensure that the jquery-1.4.1.js and jquery.tablesorter.min.js file are located in the Scripts folder.
3. In the head element of the Site.Master file, add the following script elements.
<head runat="server">
<title></title>
<link href="~/Styles/Site.css" rel="stylesheet" type="text/css" />
<script src='<%= ResolveUrl("~/Scripts/jquery-1.4.1.js") %>'
type="text/javascript"></script>
<script src='<%= ResolveUrl("~/Scripts/jquery.tablesorter.min.js") %>'
<asp:ContentPlaceHolder ID="HeadContent" runat="server">
</asp:ContentPlaceHolder>
</head>
Note: Make sure that you add the closing script tag (</script>) and not the self-closing script tag
(</>). The self-closing tag for the script references is not recognized by the browsers.

Best Practices: For Web Forms applications, you can use the ResolveUrl method, which correctly
resolves the URL relative to the request.
Task 3: Use selectors and events
2. Select the Bike Stands product category and click Submit.
3. Select the All-Purpose Bike Stand product.
4. Add the product to the shopping cart.
5. View the source for the rendered page.
6. Locate the gvCart GridView control, and note the ID for the rendered server control.
<table cellspacing="0" rules="all" border="1" id="MainContent_gvCart" style="border-
collapse:collapse;">
7. Close the source window.
9. In the Site.Master master page, insert the following JavaScript element, after the closing html tag.
<script type="text/javascript">
$(document).ready(function () {
$("#MainContent_gvCart").tablesorter();
});
</script>
Task 4: Use the tableSorter jQuery library to allow client-side sorting
1. Open the ShoppingCart.aspx Web Form in Code view.
2. Update the Page_Load method to reflect the following code. (This ensures that the thead and tbody
HTML elements are rendered with the GridView control.)
[Visual C#]
{
{
if (Session["_cart"] != null)
{
List<clsShoppingCart> cart = (List<clsShoppingCart>) Session["_cart"];
gvCart.DataBind();
}
else
{
lblMessage.Text = "Your cart is empty";
btnPlaceOrder.Visible = false;
}
}

if (this.gvCart.Rows.Count > 0)
{
gvCart.UseAccessibleHeader = true;
gvCart.HeaderRow.TableSection = TableRowSection.TableHeader;
gvCart.FooterRow.TableSection = TableRowSection.TableFooter;
}
}

[Visual Basic]
Me.Load
If Not Session("_cart") Is Nothing Then
Dim cart = CType(Session("_cart"), List(Of clsShoppingCart))
gvCart.DataBind()
Else
lblMessage.Text = "Your cart is empty"
btnPlaceOrder.Visible = False
End If

If gvCart.Rows.Count > 0 Then
gvCart.UseAccessibleHeader = True
gvCart.HeaderRow.TableSection = TableRowSection.TableHeader
gvCart.FooterRow.TableSection = TableRowSection.TableFooter
End If
End Sub
4. Select the Bike Stands product category, and then click Submit.
8. Select the Bib-Shorts product category, and then click Submit.
9. Select the Men's Bib-Shorts, L product.
12. Locate the gvCart GridView control, and note that the thead and tbody HTML elements are
rendered.
<thead>
<tr>
<th scope="col">ID</th><th scope="col">Name</th><th
scope="col">Price</th><th scope="col">Quantity</th>
</tr>
</thead><tbody>
<tr>
<td>879</td><td>All-Purpose Bike Stand</td><td>1</td><td>159</td>
</tr>
</tbody><tfoot>
14. Click the ID column header.
Note: Notice how the rows are sorted ascending according to the value of the ID column for the
individual rows.
Result: At the end of this exercise, you should have enhanced the ShoppingCart interface to support
client-side sorting. You also learned how to perform script reference and use selectors in jQuery.

Exercise 2: Using Advanced jQuery
1. Implement jQuery events and effects.
2. Create a custom plug-in.
Task 2: Implement jQuery events and effects
1. Open the Products.aspx Web Form.
2. Locate the markup for the GridView control named gvProducts.
3. Append a custom TemplateField column to the Columns element of the gvProducts GridView
control.
<asp:BoundField DataField="ListPrice" HeaderText="List Price"
DataFormatString="{0:c}" />
<asp:TemplateField HeaderText="Ad">
<ItemTemplate>
<div style="display: none">
Advertisement for
<%# Eval("Name") %>
</div>
</ItemTemplate>
</Columns>
4. Append the following script element to the Products.aspx Web Form, at the end of the Content
control with an ID attribute value of BodyContent.
$("a").mouseover(function () {
var divs = $(this).closest("tr").find("div").fadeIn("slow");
});

$("a").mouseout(function () {
var divs = $(this).closest("tr").find("div").fadeOut("slow");
});
});
</script>
</asp:Content>
6. On the Products page, hover the mouse over the name of the product.
Note: The custom advertisement message is displayed in the rightmost column.
Task 3: Create a custom plug-in
1. Add the following markup and code in the script element in the Products.aspx Web Form.
});

});
});

jQuery.fn.fadeInFadeOut = function (speed) {
$(this).fadeIn(speed, function () {
$(this).fadeOut(speed);
});
}

$(this).closest("tr").find("div").fadeInFadeOut("slow");
});
});
</script>
Note: The custom advertisement message is displayed in the rightmost column, but now it closes after
a short period.
Result: After this exercise, you should be able to embed jQuery effects in your application.

Exercise 3: Creating a WCF Service
1. Create an Ajax-enabled WCF service.
2. Add logic to the query, and return a random product from the database.
3. Examine the service configuration in the Web.config file.
4. Invoke WCF service using client-side code from the master page.
Task 2: Create an Ajax-enabled WCF service
Add a new Ajax-enabled WCF service named ProductsService to the project.
Task 3: Add Logic to the query and return a random product from the database
1. Remove the default DoWork method and comments from the service class.
[Visual C#]
// To use HTTP GET, add [WebGet] attribute. (Default ResponseFormat is
WebMessageFormat.Json)
// To create an operation that returns XML,
// add [WebGet(ResponseFormat=WebMessageFormat.Xml)],
// and include the following line in the operation body:
// WebOperationContext.Current.OutgoingResponse.ContentType = "text/xml";
[OperationContract]
public void DoWork()
{
// Add your operation implementation here
return;
}

// Add more operations here and mark them with [OperationContract]

[Visual Basic]
' To use HTTP GET, add <WebGet()> attribute. (Default ResponseFormat is
' To create an operation that returns XML,
' add <WebGet(ResponseFormat:=WebMessageFormat.Xml)>,
' and include the following line in the operation body:
' WebOperationContext.Current.OutgoingResponse.ContentType = "text/xml"
<OperationContract()>
Public Sub DoWork()
' Add your operation implementation here
End Sub

' Add more operations here and mark them with <OperationContract()>
2. Add the following GetRandomProduct method to the ProductsService.svc file.
[Visual C#]
public class ProductsService
{
[OperationContract]
public string GetRandomProduct()
{
var random = new Random();
using (var db = new AdventureWorksEntities())
{
var randomNumber = random.Next(1, db.Products.Count() + 1);
var randomProduct = (from p in db.Products
where p.ProductID == randomNumber
select new { p.Name, p.ListPrice, p.ProductNumber
}).FirstOrDefault();
return new
System.Web.Script.Serialization.JavaScriptSerializer().Serialize(randomProduct);
}
}
}

[Visual Basic]
Public Class ProductsService
Public Function GetRandomProduct() As String
Dim random = New Random()

Using db = New AdventureWorksEntities()
Dim randomNumber = random.[Next](1, db.Products.Count() + 1)

Dim randomProduct = (From p In db.Products
Where p.ProductID = randomNumber
Select New With {p.Name, p.ListPrice,
p.ProductNumber}).FirstOrDefault()

Return New
System.Web.Script.Serialization.JavaScriptSerializer().Serialize(randomProduct)
End Using
End Function
End Class
Note: We are invoking the ProductsService from the client side. Hence, we want the returned format
to be XML or Json. For this reason, we are using the JavaScriptSerializer class to serialize the class into
a valid Json format.
Task 4: Examine the service configuration in the Web.config file
2. Examine the configuration markup in the system.serviceModel element, which has been created by
the Ajax-enabled WCF service project item template.
<system.serviceModel>
<behaviors>
<endpointBehaviors>
<behavior name="AdventureWorks.ProductsServiceAspNetAjaxBehavior">
<enableWebScript />
</behavior>
</endpointBehaviors>
</behaviors>
<serviceHostingEnvironment aspNetCompatibilityEnabled="true"
multipleSiteBindingsEnabled="true" />
<services>
<service name="AdventureWorks.ProductsService">
<endpoint address=""
behaviorConfiguration="AdventureWorks.ProductsServiceAspNetAjaxBehavior"
binding="webHttpBinding" contract="AdventureWorks.ProductsService" />
</service>
</services>
</system.serviceModel>
Task 5: Invoke WCF service using client-side code from the master page
2. Add a reference to the ProductsService WCF by adding a ScriptManager control.
<asp:ScriptManager ID="ScriptManager1" runat="server">
<Services>
<asp:ServiceReference Path="~/ProductsService.svc" />
</Services>
</asp:ScriptManager>
3. Add the following code to the Site.Master master page, after the closing html tag, at the end of the
script element.
getRandomProduct();

function getRandomProduct() {
ProductsService.GetRandomProduct(function (response) {
var product = eval('(' + response + ')');

document.getElementById("ProductName").innerHTML = product.Name;
document.getElementById("ProductNumber").innerHTML = product.ProductNumber;
document.getElementById("ProductPrice").innerHTML = product.ListPrice;
});
}
4. Add the following markup after the MainContent ContentPlaceHolder control.
<div class="main">
<asp:ContentPlaceHolder ID="MainContent" runat="server" />
<div style="margin: 10px 10px 10px 10px; padding: 10px 10px 10px 10px; border:
solid 2px black;
float: right; top: 150px; left: 500px; position: absolute;">
<h3>
FEATURED PRODUCT</h3>
Product Name:
<label id="ProductName">
</label>
<br />
Product Number:
<label id="ProductNumber">
</label>
<br />
Product Price: $<label id="ProductPrice"></label>
<br />
</div>
</div>
<div class="clear">
</div>
Note: The random product is displayed on the right side.

Turn Off.
Revert.
Result: After this exercise, you should have created a WCF service and invoked it using the client-side
code.

Lab Instructions: Implementing Advanced Ajax in a Web Application 1
Module 13
Lab Instructions: Implementing Advanced Ajax in a Web
Application
Contents:
Exercise 1: Using Microsoft Ajax in an MVC Page 4
Exercise 2: Using jQuery in an MVC View 7
Exercise 3: Handling Events 9

2 Lab Instructions: Implem menting Advanced Aja ax in a Web Application
L
A
Lab 13:
Adventu
Implem
ureWor
menting
ks Web
Advan
b Applic
ced Aja
cation
ax for thhe

Lab Insttructions: Implementing Advanced Ajax inn a Web Application 3
L
A
as
M
en
In
th
To
w
In
th
O
A

In
In
Yo

Lab Scen
dding the pro
sked to enhan
Management w
ncourage purc
n addition, they
he user selects
o do this, whe
when the user c
n this lab, you w
he different cli
Objectives
fter completin
Dynamicall
Dynamicall
Add Ajax ev
ntroduction
n this lab, you w
ou will also use
nario

duct catalog t
ce the usabilit
o the Adventu
y of the catalo
ureWorks webs
og.
site has been aa success. Noww, you have beeen
would like to d
chases.
isplay two Featured Productts when a user clicks a produuct category, too
y would like to
a category.
o show all of thhe products annd product cattegories on thhe same page wwhen
n a user clicks
clicks the Subm
and a category, yo
mit button, yo
ou will need to
ou will need to
o load the prod
load all produ
ducts featured
ucts.
d dynamically,
will explore th
ent events.
he features of jQuery and Aja ax in an MVC aapplication. Yoou will also exaamine
ng this lab, studdents will be aable to:
y load contentt into a view uusing Microsoftt Ajax Library.
y load contentt into a view uusing jQuery Ajjax.
vent handlers using jQuery AAjax.
n
will add Ajax l
e jQuery in an

ibraries to the
MVC view, an
pages and ma
nd handle even
view. aster page, an
nts using jQue
d create a par
ery.
rtial Ajax MVC
4 Lab Instructions: Implementing Advanced Ajax in a Web Application
Exercise 1: Using Microsoft Ajax in an MVC Page
1. Add the Ajax libraries to the pages.
2. Update the Index action method.
3. Create an Ajax Product Categories partial view.
4. Render the Partial view on the Index view.
3. Open the AdventureWorksMvc solution from the D:\Lab Files\CS\Lab 13\Starter\Exercise 01 or
D:\Lab Files\VB\Lab 13\Starter\Exercise 01 folder.
Task 2: Add the Ajax libraries to the pages
1. Open the Site.Master file, located in the Views/Shared folder.
2. At the top of the Site.Master file, in the head element, add a reference to the Microsoft Ajax
libraries.
<script src="<%= Url.Content("~/Scripts/MicrosoftAjax.debug.js") %>"
<script src="<%= Url.Content("~/Scripts/MicrosoftMvcAjax.debug.js") %>"
Task 3: Update the Index action method
1. Locate the Index action method in the Products controller.
2. Return the product categories from the Index action method by modifying the existing code.
[Visual C#]
public ActionResult Index(string CategoryID)
{
int id = int.Parse(CategoryID);
var prodCategories = pr.GetCategories();

return View(prodCategories);
}
[Visual Basic]
Public Function Index(ByVal CategoryID As String) As ActionResult
Dim id As Integer = CInt(CategoryID)
Dim prodCategories = pr.GetCategories()

Return View(prodCategories)
End Function
Task 4: Create an Ajax Product Categories partial view
1. Create a strongly typed, partial view named _AjaxProductCategories, based on the
IEnumerable<AdventureWorksMvc.Models.ProductCategory> or IEnumerable(Of
AdventureWorksMvc.Models.ProductCategory) data class.

2. Insert the following markup and code in the _AjaxProductCategories.ascx file, after the Control
directive.
[Visual C#]
<% using (Ajax.BeginForm(new AjaxOptions { UpdateTargetId = "productCategories" }))
{ %>
<select size="4" id="CategoryID" name="CategoryID" style="height: 270px; width: 186px;">
<% foreach (var ProductCategory in Model)
{ %>
<option value="<%= ProductCategory.ProductCategoryID %>">
<%= Html.Encode(ProductCategory.Name)%>
</option>
<% } %>
</select>
<div id="productCategories">
</div>
<% } %>
[Visual Basic]
<% Using (Ajax.BeginForm(New AjaxOptions With {.UpdateTargetId = "productCategories"
}))%>
<select size="4" id="CategoryID" name="CategoryID" style="height: 270px; width: 186px;">
<% For Each ProductCategory In Model%>
</option>
<% Next%>
</select>
</div>
<% End Using%>
Task 5: Render the Partial view on the Index view
1. Open the Index.aspx view in the Views/Products folder.
2. Delete the existing markup in the Content2 Content control.
3. Add the following markup to the Index view, at the top of the Content2 Content control.
[Visual C#]
<h2>
Product Catalog</h2>
<label>
Choose a Category:</label>
<br />
<% Html.RenderPartial("_AjaxProductCategories", Model);%>
[Visual Basic]
<h2>
<label>
Choose a category:</label>
<br />
<% Html.RenderPartial("_AjaxProductCategories", Model)%>
Products
6. Base the Index view on a different data class, by modifying the Inherits attribute value in the Page
directive.
[Visual C#]
Inherits="System.Web.Mvc.ViewPage<IEnumerable<AdventureWorksMvc.Mo
dels.ProductCategory>>"

[Visual Basic]
Inherits="System.Web.Mvc.ViewPage(Of IEnumerable (Of
AdventureWorksMvc.ProductCategory))"
Results: After this exercise, you should have added the product line to the index view using the
Microsoft Ajax Library.

Exercise 2: Using jQuery in an MVC View
1. Add the jQuery library to the pages.
2. Create a Featured Products action.
3. Load the Featured Products when a category is clicked.
Task 2: Add the jQuery library to the pages
libraries.
<script src="<%= Url.Content("~/Scripts/jquery-1.4.1.min.js") %>"
Task 3: Create the Featured Products action
1. Open the ProductsController.cs or ProductsController.vb file in the Controllers folder.
2. Create an action for the Ajax method to call. The following code returns a view populated with
products.
[Visual C#]
public ViewResult FeaturedProducts(string CategoryId)
{
int id = int.Parse(CategoryId);
var products = pr.GetProductsByCategory(id);

return View("_FeaturedProducts", products);
}
[Visual Basic]
Public Function FeaturedProducts(ByVal CategoryId As String) As ViewResult
Dim id As Integer = Integer.Parse(CategoryId)
Dim products = pr.GetProductsByCategory(id)

Return View("_FeaturedProducts", products)
End Function
Task 4: Load the Featured Products when a category is clicked
2. The Ajax method needs a place to put the results from the called function. Add a div element at the
bottom of the page, before the closing Content tag.
<br />
<div id="featured-products"></div>
3. Create the Ajax method call. This function calls the controller action, and then returns the results into
the featured products div created earlier. Add the following markup to handle the click event for
the rendered select element, at the bottom of the page, before the closing Content tag.
$("#CategoryID").click(function () {
var id = $(this).val();
$("#featured-products").load('<%= Url.Action("FeaturedProducts") %>', {
CategoryId: id });
});
});
</script>
5. In Windows Internet Explorer, click Submit.
6. In Windows Internet Explorer, in the Choose a category list, click Bib-shorts.
Note: The products for the chosen category are displayed below the list.
Results: After this exercise, you should have added a "Featured Products" section to the Index.aspx
page. Using jQuery, the page should update the featured products based on the selection in the
Product Categories list.

Exercise 3: Handling Events
1. Display a status message.
2. Alert the user when an error occurs.
3. Test the Index view.
Task 2: Display a status message
1. Open the Index.aspx page in the Views/Products folder.
2. Before the featured-products div element, add a div to display the Ajax status messages.
<div class="log"></div>
3. After the featured-products div element, add a div to display the Ajax error messages.
<div class="error"></div>
4. In the $(document).ready jQuery function, add the following functions to display and hide the status
messages.
CategoryId: id });
});
$('.log').ajaxStart(function () {
$(this).text('Loading...');
$('.error').text('');
});
$('.log').ajaxComplete(function () {
$(this).text('');
});
});
Task 3: Alert the user when an error occurs
1. After the .ajaxComplete function, add the following function to display the alert.
$('.error').ajaxError(function () {
$(this).text('There was an error! Please try again later...');
});
2. Ensure that the Index view page matches the following.
[Visual C#]
Inherits="System.Web.Mvc.ViewPage<IEnumerable<AdventureWorksMvc.Models.ProductCategory>>
" %>

Products
</asp:Content>
<h2>
<label>
<br />
<br />
<div class="log">
</div>
<div id="featured-products">
</div>
<div class="error">
</div>
CategoryId: id });
});
});
$(this).text('');
});
});
});
</script>
</asp:Content>

[Visual Basic]
AdventureWorksMvc.ProductCategory))" %>

Products
</asp:Content>
<h2>
<label>
<br />
<br />
<div class="log">
</div>
</div>
<div class="error">
</div>
CategoryId: id });
});
});
$(this).text('');
});
});
});
</script>
</asp:Content>
Task 4: Test the Index view
Note: The products for the chosen category are displayed below the list, but first you see the
Loading... notice.
Turn Off.
Revert.
Results: After this exercise, you should have used jQuery to provide feedback on the page.

Lab Instructions: ASP.NET Deployments 1
Module 14
Lab Instructions: ASP.NET Deployments
Contents:
Exercise 1: Creating a Profile for Deploying a Web Application Project
Using One-Click Publish 4
Exercise 2: Creating a Web Deployment Package 7

2 Lab Instructions: ASP.NE ET Deployments
LLab 14: Deploy
N
pr
O
A
In
In
w

Note: You can
rogramming la
Objectives
fter completin
Create
Create
ntroduction
n this lab, you w
will also create
ying AdvventureeWorks

perform the ta
anguage.
ng this lab, you
a One-Click P
and deploy a
n
will create ap
a web deploym

asks in this lab
u will be able t
Publish profile
web deploym
profile for depl
ment package
b by using eithe
to:
e.
ment package.
loying a web a
and use it to
er Visual C#
oor Visual Basicc
as your
application pro
deploy a web
oject using one
application to
e-click publish
o IIS.
h. You
L
A
de
di

Lab Scen
dventureWork
eployment. Yo
isadvantages o
nario
ks is preparing
ou will investig
of each.
to deploy the
gate the differe
e application to
ent methods o
o the different
of deployment

t servers for te
and the advan
sting, staging,
ntages and
and

4 Lab Instructions: ASP.NET Deployments
Using One-Click Publish
1. Create a new ASP.NET web application.
2. Create an ASP.NET Application Services database.
3. Set the active build configuration.
4. Specify which files and IIS settings to deploy.
5. Specify which SQL Server scripts run during deployment.
6. Update the connection string in the Web.config file by creating a transform file.
7. Create a publish profile.
Task 1: Create a new ASP.NET web application
3. Create a new ASP.NET Web Application named Deployment in the D:\Lab Files\CS\Lab
Task 2: Create an ASP.NET Application Services database
1. View the Account\Register.aspx Web Form in Windows Internet Explorer.
2. On the Create New Account page, type the following information, and then click Create User.
User Name: Student
E-mail: student@adventureworks.com
Password: Pa$$w0rd
Confirm Password: Pa$$w0rd
Note: An ASP.NET Application Services SQL Server database file ASPNETDB.MDF is created in the
App_Data folder, and the values that you entered have been saved to it.
Task 3: Set the active build configuration
1. In Solution Explorer, click Deployment.
2. On the Solutions Configuration list, click Release.
Task 4: Specify which files and IIS settings to deploy
1. Open the Project Designer for the Deployment project.
2. Select the Package/Publish Web tab.
3. Ensure that Active (Release) is selected in the Configuration list.
4. Select the Exclude generated debug symbols check box.
5. Ensure that the Include all databases configured in Package/Publish SQL tab check box is
selected.
6. Save the changes.
Task 5: Specify which SQL Server scripts run during deployment
1. Select the Package/Publish SQL tab.
2. Import the database settings from the Web.config file.
3. In the Connection string for destination database box, type Data
Source=.\SQLEXPRESS;AttachDbFilename=|DataDirectory|\aspnetdb.mdf;Integrated
Security=True;User Instance=True. You can optionally copy the connection string from the
Connection string for source database box.
4. Ensure that the Pull data and/or schema from an existing database check box is selected.
5. Set the database scripting options to Schema and Data.
Task 6: Update the connection string in the Web.config file by creating a transform file
1. [Visual Basic] Show all files for the Deployment project in Solution Explorer.
2. Expand the Web.config file.
3. Open the Web.Release.config file.
4. Examine and delete the block of comments that contains a connectionStrings element.
5. Insert the following markup after the opening configuration element.
<connectionStrings>
<add name="ApplicationServices"
connectionString="Data
Security=True;User Instance=True"
providerName="System.Data.SqlClient"
xdt:Transform="SetAttributes" xdt:Locator="Match(name)" />
Note: If you were not using a database file, as in this case, you would typically use the connection
string that you received from your hosting company.
6. Save and close the Web.Release.config file.
Task 7: Create a publish profile
1. Open the Publish Web dialog box, by clicking Publish Deployment on the Build menu.
2. Mark the web application as an IIS application on the destination server.
Note: If your hosting company advises you to allow untrusted certificates, select the Allow untrusted
certificate check box.
3. Enter the credentials for the local user admin.
4. Select the Save password check box.
5. Set the service URL to localhost.
6. Set the site/application URL to Default Web Site/Deployment.
7. Save the profile and close the Publish Web dialog box.
Results: After this exercise, you should have created a profile to deploy your web application project
using one-click publish.

Exercise 2: Creating a Web Deployment Package
1. Open an existing ASP.NET web application.
2. Add an existing database and configure an ASP.NET web application.
3. Create a destination database.
4. Specify deployment packaging settings.
5. Specify SQL Server scripts to run during deployment.
6. Specify the scripts not to run in a transaction.
7. Change the connection string in the deployed Web.config file.
8. Create a package and import it into IIS.
9. Test the web application.
2. Open the Deployment solution from the D:\Lab Files\CS\Lab 14\Starter\Exercise 02 or D:\Lab
Task 2: Add an existing database and configure an ASP.NET web application
1. Add the existing AdventureWorksLT2008R2_Data.mdf SQL Server database file to the App_Data
folder. The file is located in the D:\Lab Files\CS\Lab 14\Starter or D:\Lab Files\VB\Lab 14\Starter
folder.
3. In the connectionStrings element, add a connection string for the new database.
<connectionStrings>
connectionString="data source=.\SQLEXPRESS;Integrated
<add name="AW"
Source=.\SQLEXPRESS;AttachDbFilename=|DataDirectory|\AdventureWorksLT2008R2_Data.mdf;I
ntegrated Security=True;Connect Timeout=30;User
Instance=True;MultipleActiveResultSets=True"
6. Click the Log In link.
7. Enter credentials for the user student with a password of Pa$$w0rd, and then log in.
Task 3: Create a destination database
1. Open Server Explorer.
2. In Server Explorer, right-click Data Connections, and then click Create New SQL Server Database.
3. In the Create New SQL Server Database dialog box, enter the following information, and then click
OK.
Server name: 10264a-gen-dev\SQLEXPRESS
New database name: DeploymentTest
Task 4: Specify deployment packaging settings
3. Ensure that the following settings have been specified:
Active (Debug) is selected in the Configuration list.
Only files needed to run this application is selected in the list in the Items to deploy (applies
to all deployment methods) section.
The Exclude generated debug symbols check box is cleared.
The Exclude files from the App_Data folder check box is selected.
The Include all databases configured in Package/Publish SQL tab check box is selected.
The Create deployment package as a zip file check box is selected.
The Location where package will be created box contains the following value.
obj\Debug\Package\Deployment.zip
4. In the IIS Web site/application name to use on the destination server box, type Default Web
Site/Deployment.
Task 5: Specify SQL Server scripts to run during deployment
2. Ensure that All Configurations is selected in the Configuration list.
4. Ensure that Active (Debug) is selected in the Configuration list.
5. Ensure that the ApplicationServices-Deployment row is selected in the Database Entries list.
6. In Server Explorer, expand the Data Connections folder and select the 10264a-gen-
dev\sqlexpress.DeploymentTest.dbo database.
7. Copy the value of the Connection String property from the Properties window.
8. In the Project Designer, in the Connection string for destination database box, paste the copied
value, Data Source=10264A-GEN-DEV\SQLEXPRESS;Initial Catalog=DeploymentTest;Integrated
Security=True;Pooling=False.
11. Ensure that the AW-Deployment row is selected in the Database Entries list.
12. In the Connection string for destination database box, paste the copied value, Data
Source=10264A-GEN-DEV\SQLEXPRESS;Initial Catalog=DeploymentTest;Integrated
Note: You are using the same destination connection string for both local databases. Therefore, during
deployment, the scripts that create and populate database objects will all run in the same database.
14. In the Connection string for source database box, type Data
Source=.\SQLEXPRESS;AttachDbFilename=|DataDirectory|\AdventureWorksLT2008R2_Data.m
df;Integrated Security=True;Connect Timeout=30;User Instance=True.
16. Add the D:\Lab Files\CS\Lab 14\Starter\DeploymentGrant.sql or D:\Lab Files\VB\Lab
14\Starter\DeploymentGrant.sql script, by clicking Add Script.
Task 6: Specify the scripts not to run in a transaction
1. Open the D:\Lab Files\CS\Lab 14\Starter\Exercise 02\Deployment\Deployment.csproj or the
D:\Lab Files\VB\Lab 14\Starter\Exercise 02\Deployment\Deployment.vbproj file in Notepad.
2. Open the Replace dialog box.
3. In the Replace dialog box, search for Transacted="True" and replace with Transacted="False".
Replace all instances.
4. Save the changes and close the project file.
5. When Visual Studio asks if you want to reload the project, click the Reload button.
Task 7: Change the connection string in the deployed Web.config file
3. Open the Web.Debug.config file.
<connectionStrings>
connectionString="Data Source=10264A-GEN-DEV\SQLEXPRESS;Initial
Catalog=DeploymentTest;Integrated Security=True;Pooling=False"
providerName="System.Data.SqlClient" xdt:Transform="SetAttributes"
xdt:Locator="Match(name)" />
<add name="AW"
6. Save and close the Web.Debug.config file.
Task 8: Create a package and import it into IIS
1. Build a deployment package by using the Project menu.
Note: Visual Studio builds the project and creates the deployment package, displaying a log in the
Output window. As part of the package creation process, the Web Deploy dbFullSQL provider
creates two SQL server scriptsone for each source database. There is only one destination
database, and both of these scripts will run in that database when you import the package.
ENTER.
6. In Internet Information Services (IIS) Manager, expand 10264A-GEN-DEV (10264A-GEN-
DEV\Admin), expand Sites, and then click Default Web Site.
7. In the Actions pane, under Deploy, click Import Application.
8. In the Import Application Package wizard, use the D:\Lab Files\CS\Lab 14\Starter\Exercise
02\Deployment\obj\Debug\Package\Deployment.zip or D:\Lab Files\VB\Lab
14\Starter\Exercise 02\Deployment\obj\Debug\Package\Deployment.zip package.
9. Accept the default selected contents of the package.
10. Accept the default application paths and connection strings.
11. Click Finish.
1. Open Windows Internet Explorer, and browse to the following URL.
http://localhost/Deployment
Note: The Default.aspx page is displayed. It looks the same as it does when you run it in Visual
Studio 2010.
Note: The Default.aspx page is displayed, with Welcome student! next to the Log Out link. This
demonstrates that the ASP.NET membership database was deployed successfully.
Turn Off.
Revert.
Results: After this exercise, you should have created and deployed a Web Application using a Web
Deployment Package.

Lab Instructions: Developing a Web Application by Using Silverlight 1

Module 15
Lab Instructions: Developing a Web Application by Using
Silverlight
Contents:
Exercise 1: Creating a Silverlight Project 5
Exercise 2: Creating a Silverlight WCF Service 6
Exercise 3: Displaying Data by Using Silverlight Controls 8

2 Lab Instructions: Develop ping a Web Applicatiion by Using Silverligght
LLab 15: A Addingg Silverliight to
O
A

In
In
Si
Si

Objectives
fter completin
Create a Sil
Create a Sil
Display dat
ntroduction
n this lab, you w
ilverlight appli
ilverlight contr
ng this lab, you
verlight projec
verlight WCF
ta by using Silv
n
will learn how
cation will be
rol.

u will be able t
ct.
service.
verlight contro
to add Silverl
used to consu
a Web Applicaation

to:
ols.
ight to an exis
ume a WCF Ser
sting Adventur
rvice and displ
reWorks web a
lay the data by
application. Th
y using the Da
he
ataGrid
Lab Instructions: Developingg a Web Application by Using Silverlight 3
L
So
M
de
si
Lab Scen
ome of Adven
Management w
eveloping the
mple prototyp
nario
tureWorks co
wants to explor
AdventureWo
pe. The resultin
mpetitors are
re the feasibilit
orks web site in
ng prototype s

experiencing
ty of using RIA
n future. For th
should look sim
higher web tra
A technology t
his purpose, yo
milar to the fo
affic than Adve
o increase use
ou have been t
llowing screen
entureWorks.
er stickiness wh
tasked with cr
nshot.
hen
eating a
4 Lab Instructions: Developing a Web Application by Using Silverlight

Exercise 1: Creating a Silverlight Project
Add a new Silverlight project.
Task 2: Add a new Silverlight project
1. Add a new Microsoft
Silverlight
application project named AdventureWorksSL to the solution. The

Silverlight project should be hosted in the AdventureWorks project.

3. Save the solution changes.
Results: After this exercise, you should have created a Silverlight project and also have become familiar
with how to host a Silverlight project.

Exercise 2: Creating a Silverlight WCF Service
1. Create a Silverlight WCF Service.
2. Create methods that return a list of product categories, and a list of products by category.
Task 1: Open an existing solution
Task 2: Create a Silverlight WCF service
Add a new Silverlight WCF service named ProductServiceSL to the AdventureWorks project.
Task 3: Create methods that return a list of product categories, and a list of products by
category
1. Delete the stub method DoWork from the code file.
2. Import the System.Collections.Generic namespace.
3. Add the following method, which returns a list of product categories, to the ProductServiceSL class.
[Visual C#]
[OperationContract]
public IEnumerable<ProductCategory> GetProductCategories()
{
return DataAccessLayer.Products.GetCategories();
}
[Visual Basic]
<OperationContract>
Public Function GetProductCategories() As IEnumerable(Of
ProductCategory)
Return AdventureWorks.DataAccessLayer.Products.GetCategories()
End Function
4. Add the following method that returns a list of products by category, to the ProductServiceSL class.
[Visual C#]
[OperationContract]
public IEnumerable<Product> GetProductsByCategory(int
ProductCategoryID)
{
return DataAccessLayer.Products.GetProductsByCategory(ProductCategoryID);
}
[Visual Basic]
<OperationContract>
Public Function GetProductsByCategory(ProductCategoryID As Integer) As
IEnumerable(Of Product)
Return AdventureWorks.DataAccessLayer.Products.GetProductsByCategory(Prod
uctCategoryID)
End Function
Results: After this exercise, you should have created a Silverlight WCF service and added some code to
return product categories and products from the database.

Exercise 3: Displaying Data by Using Silverlight Controls
1. Add a WCF service reference.
2. Create Silverlight controls to display the data.
3. Call the service asynchronously.
4. Bind the data returned from the services to the grids.
5. Test the application.
Task 2: Add a WCF Service reference
2. In the AdventureWorksSL project, add a service reference to the ProductServiceSL.svc WCF service,
with a namespace of AdventureWorks.
Task 3: Create Silverlight controls to display the data
1. Open MainPage.xaml in the Designer.
2. From the Toolbox, drag a Silverlight DataGrid control to the left side of the page.
3. Change the height and width of the UserControl and the Grid control to the following values.
Height: 400
Width: 600
4. Make the following property changes to the DataGrid control.
Name: CategoriesDataGrid
Height: 156
Width: 100
AutoGenerateColumns: False
5. From the Toolbox, drag a Silverlight DataGrid control to the right of the CategoriesDataGrid control
on the page.
Name: ProductsDataGrid
Height: 300
Width: 370
7. Drag two Silverlight Label controls onto the page. Position them directly above the two DataGrid
controls.
8. Make the following changes to the left-most Labels control.
Name: CategoryLabel
Height: 14
Width: 100
Content: Categories
9. Make the following changes to the right-most Labels control.
Name: ProductLabel
Height: 14
Width: 100
Content: Products
10. The final result will look something like this:

11. Examine the markup in XAML view.
<UserControl x:Class="AdventureWorksSL.MainPage"

xmlns="http://schemas.microsoft.com/winfx/2006/xaml/presentation"
xmlns:x="http://schemas.microsoft.com/winfx/2006/xaml"
xmlns:d="http://schemas.microsoft.com/expression/blend/2008"
xmlns:mc="http://schemas.openxmlformats.org/markup-
compatibility/2006"
mc:Ignorable="d"
d:DesignHeight="300" d:DesignWidth="400"
xmlns:sdk="http://schemas.microsoft.com/winfx/2006/xaml/presentati
on/sdk" Height="400" Width="600">

<Grid x:Name="LayoutRoot" Background="White" Width="600"
Height="400">
<sdk:DataGrid AutoGenerateColumns="False" Height="156"
HorizontalAlignment="Left" Name="CategoriesDataGrid"
VerticalAlignment="Top" Width="100" Margin="5,30,0,0" />
HorizontalAlignment="Left" Margin="106,30,0,0"
Name="ProductsDataGrid" VerticalAlignment="Top" Width="370" />
<sdk:Label Height="14" HorizontalAlignment="Left"
Name="CategoryLabel" VerticalAlignment="Top" Width="100"
Margin="6,1,0,0" Content="Categories" />
<sdk:Label Height="14" HorizontalAlignment="Left"
Margin="106,1,0,0" Name="ProductLabel" VerticalAlignment="Top"
Width="100" Content="Products" />
</Grid>
</UserControl>
12. Configure the CategoriesDataGrid control to display the necessary columns returned from the
GetProductCategories service method, by adding a DataGrid.Columns element to the
CategoriesDataGrid control.
HorizontalAlignment="Left" Name="CategoriesDataGrid"
VerticalAlignment="Top" Width="100" Margin="5,30,0,0">
<sdk:DataGrid.Columns>
<sdk:DataGridTextColumn Binding="{Binding
ProductCategoryID}" Header="ID" Visibility="Collapsed" />
<sdk:DataGridTextColumn Binding="{Binding Name}"
Header="Name" />
</sdk:DataGrid.Columns>
</sdk:DataGrid>
13. Configure the ProductsDataGrid control to display the necessary columns returned from the
GetProductByCategory service method, by adding a DataGrid.Columns element to the
ProductsDataGrid control.
HorizontalAlignment="Left" Margin="106,30,0,0"
Name="ProductsDataGrid" VerticalAlignment="Top" Width="370" />
<sdk:DataGridTextColumn Binding="{Binding Name}"
Header="Name" />
<sdk:DataGridTextColumn Binding="{Binding ProductNumber}"
Header="Product Number" />
<sdk:DataGridTextColumn Binding="{Binding Color}"
Header="Color" />
<sdk:DataGridTextColumn Binding="{Binding Size}"
Header="Size" />
</sdk:DataGrid>
Task 4: Call the services asynchronously
1. In the Designer, double-click the CategoriesDataGrid control.
Note: This creates an event handler named
CategoriesDataGrid_SelectionChanged in the MainPage.xaml.cs or
MainPage.xaml.vb code-behind file.
[Visual C#]
private void CategoriesDataGrid_SelectionChanged(object sender,
SelectionChangedEventArgs e)
{

}

[Visual Basic]
Private Sub CategoriesDataGrid_SelectionChanged(ByVal sender As
System.Object, ByVal e As
System.Windows.Controls.SelectionChangedEventArgs) Handles
CategoriesDataGrid.SelectionChanged

End Sub
2. In the MainPage class, create a protected variable for the ProductServiceSLClient object.
[Visual C#]
public partial class MainPage : UserControl
{
protected AdventureWorks.ProductServiceSLClient productService
= new AdventureWorks.ProductServiceSLClient();

...
[Visual Basic]
Public Partial Class MainPage
Inherits UserControl

Protected productService As New
AdventureWorks.ProductServiceSLClient()
...
3. In the MainPage class constructor, wire up event handlers for the two Web service methods.
[Visual C#]
public MainPage()
{
InitializeComponent();

productService.GetProductCategoriesCompleted += new
EventHandler<AdventureWorks.GetProductCategoriesCompletedEventArgs
>(productService_GetProductCategoriesCompleted);
productService.GetProductsByCategoryCompleted += new
EventHandler<AdventureWorks.GetProductsByCategoryCompletedEventArg
s>(productService_GetProductsByCategoryCompleted);
}
[Visual Basic]
Public Sub New()
InitializeComponent()

AddHandler productService.GetProductCategoriesCompleted,
AddressOf productService_GetProductCategoriesCompleted
AddHandler productService.GetProductsByCategoryCompleted,
AddressOf productService_GetProductsByCategoryCompleted
End Sub
4. Each event handler needs a method to execute once the asynchronous call completes.
[Visual C#]
void productService_GetProductsByCategoryCompleted(object sender,
AdventureWorks.GetProductsByCategoryCompletedEventArgs e)
{

}

void productService_GetProductCategoriesCompleted(object sender,
AdventureWorks.GetProductCategoriesCompletedEventArgs e)
{

}
[Visual Basic]
Private Sub productService_GetProductCategoriesCompleted(ByVal
sender As Object, ByVal e As
AdventureWorks.GetProductCategoriesCompletedEventArgs)

End Sub

Private Sub productService_GetProductsByCategoryCompleted(ByVal
AdventureWorks.GetProductsByCategoryCompletedEventArgs)

End Sub
5. When the page loads, the CategoriesDataGrid control must be populated. In the class constructor,
add a call to the service method GetProductCategoriesAsync.
[Visual C#]
public MainPage()
{

EventHandler<AdventureWorks.GetProductsByCategoryCompletedEventArgs
>(productService_GetProductsByCategoryCompleted);
productService.GetProductCategoriesAsync();
}
[Visual Basic]
Public Sub New()
AddHandler productService.GetProductCategoriesCompleted,
AddressOf productService_GetProductCategoriesCompleted
AddHandler productService.GetProductsByCategoryCompleted,
AddressOf productService_GetProductsByCategoryCompleted
productService.GetProductCategoriesAsync()
End Sub
Task 5: Bind the data returned from the services to the grids
1. The initial call to GetProductCategoriesAsync returns to
productService_GetProductCategoriesCompleted. In the
productService_GetProductCategoriesCompleted method, bind the results using the ItemsSource
property returned by the service to the grid.
[Visual C#]
{
CategoriesDataGrid.ItemsSource = e.Result;
}
[Visual Basic]
Sub productService_GetProductCategoriesCompleted(sender As Object,
e As AdventureWorks.GetProductCategoriesCompletedEventArgs)
CategoriesDataGrid.ItemsSource = e.Result
End Sub
2. In the CategoriesDataGrid_SelectionChanged event handler, get the selected category, and retrieve
the products by category.
[Visual C#]
{
AdventureWorks.ProductCategory category =
CategoriesDataGrid.SelectedItem as AdventureWorks.ProductCategory;

productService.GetProductsByCategoryAsync(category.ProductCategory
ID);
}

[Visual Basic]
Private Sub CategoriesDataGrid_SelectionChanged(sender As Object,
e As SelectionChangedEventArgs)
Dim category As AdventureWorks.ProductCategory =
TryCast(CategoriesDataGrid.SelectedItem,
AdventureWorks.ProductCategory)

ID)
End Sub
The call to GetProductsByCategoryAsync returns to the
productService_GetProductsByCategoryCompleted method, where the results returned by the
service should be bound to the ItemsSource property of the grid.
[Visual C#]
{
ProductsDataGrid.ItemsSource = e.Result;
}
[Visual Basic]
Sub productService_GetProductsByCategoryCompleted(sender As
Object, e As
ProductsDataGrid.ItemsSource = e.Result
End Sub
The final code should like this.
[Visual C#]
{
protected AdventureWorks.ProductServiceSLClient
productService = new AdventureWorks.ProductServiceSLClient();

public MainPage()
{
EventHandler<AdventureWorks.GetProductsByCategoryCompletedEventArg
s>(productService_GetProductsByCategoryCompleted);
}

private void CategoriesDataGrid_SelectionChanged(object
sender, SelectionChangedEventArgs e)
{
AdventureWorks.ProductCategory category =
CategoriesDataGrid.SelectedItem as AdventureWorks.ProductCategory;
ID);
}

void productService_GetProductsByCategoryCompleted(object
sender, AdventureWorks.GetProductsByCategoryCompletedEventArgs e)
{
}

void productService_GetProductCategoriesCompleted(object
sender, AdventureWorks.GetProductCategoriesCompletedEventArgs e)
{
}
}
[Visual Basic]
Partial Public Class MainPage
Protected productService As New
AdventureWorks.ProductServiceSLClient()

Public Sub New()
AddHandler productService.GetProductCategoriesCompleted
, AddressOf productService_GetProductCategoriesCompleted
AddHandler productService.GetProductsByCategoryCompleted
, AddressOf productService_GetProductsByCategoryCompleted
End Sub

Private Sub CategoriesDataGrid_SelectionChanged(ByVal sender
As System.Object, ByVal e As
System.Windows.Controls.SelectionChangedEventArgs)
TryCast(CategoriesDataGrid.SelectedItem,
AdventureWorks.ProductCategory)

productService.GetProductsByCategoryAsync(category.ParentProductCa
tegoryID)
End Sub

Private Sub productService_GetProductCategoriesCompleted(ByVal
End Sub

Private Sub productService_GetProductsByCategoryCompleted(ByVal sender As
Object, ByVal e As
End Sub

End Class
1. Set AdventureWorksSLTestPage.aspx as the start page.
Note: It might take a while to load the data from the WCF service.
3. Select the Bib-Shorts category.
Note: Notice how the Products list is populated with all the products for the selected category.
Turn Off.
Revert.
Results: After this exercise, you should be able to consume a Silverlight WCF service from a Silverlight
application.

Lab Answer Key: Overview of Web Application Architecture and Design 1
Module 1
Lab Answer Key: Overview of Web Application Architecture
and Design
Contents:
Exercise 1: Exploring the Adventure Works Website 2
Exercise 2: Comparing Web Forms and MVC 5
Exercise 3: Working with the Request Life Cycle 6

2 Lab Answer Key: Overview of Web Application Architecture and Design

Lab 1: Exploring the Adventure Works Website
Exercise 1: Exploring the Adventure Works Website
Microsoft Visual C# D:\Lab Files\CS\Lab 01\Starter\WebForms
Microsoft Visual Basic D:\Lab Files\VB\Lab 01\Starter\WebForms
a. In the Start Page Microsoft Visual Studio window, on the File menu, click Open Project,
or press CTRL+SHIFT+O.
b. In the Open Project dialog box, in the File name box, type D:\Lab Files\CS\Lab
01\Starter\WebForms\AdventureWorks.sln or D:\Lab Files\VB\Lab
01\Starter\WebForms\AdventureWorks.sln, and then click Open.
Task 2: Start the web application
Run the AdventureWorks solution in Debug mode.
In the AdventureWorks Microsoft Visual Studio window, on the Debug menu, click Start
Debugging, or press F5.
Task 3: Browse the products list
In the Product Categories list, select Bib-Shorts, and then click the Submit button.
In the Home Page Windows Internet Explorer window, in the Product Categories list, click
Bib-Shorts, and then click Submit.
Note: Observe the products available in the Bib-Shorts product category.
Task 4: Add products to the shopping cart
1. Add one pair of Mens Bib-Shorts, size M, to the shopping cart.
a. In the http://localhost:xxxx/Products.aspx?id=22 Windows Internet Explorer window, in
the Products list, click Mens Bib-Shorts, M.
b. In the http://localhost:xxxx/ProductDetail.aspx?id=856 Windows Internet Explorer
window, click Order.
In the http://localhost:xxxx/ShoppingCart.aspx Windows Internet Explorer window, click
Continue Shopping.
Task 5: Place an order
1. Open the shopping cart.
In the Home Page Windows Internet Explorer window, on the menu, click Cart.
2. Place the order.
In the http://localhost:xxxx/ShoppingCart.aspx Windows Internet Explorer window, click
Place Order.
1. Switch to Visual Studio 2010, with the AdventureWorks solution open.
On the Windows taskbar, click AdventureWorks (Running) - Microsoft Visual Studio.
In Solution Explorer, right-click Default.aspx, and then click View Code.
3. Place a breakpoint at the beginning of the Page_Load method.
In the Default.aspx.cs or Default.aspx.vb window, locate the Page_Load method, click the first
line of code, and then press F9.
4. Switch to Windows Internet Explorer.
On the Windows taskbar, click http://localhost:xxxx/ThankYou.aspx Windows Internet
Explorer.
5. Open the Home page.
In the http://localhost:xxxx/ThankYou.aspx Windows Internet Explorer window, on the
menu, click Home.
Note: The debugger reaches your breakpoint in the Page_Load method.
6. Step through the web application startup until you reach the end of Page_Load method.
a. On the Debug menu, click Step Over, or press F10.
b. [Visual C#] Repeat step a six times.
[Visual Basic] Repeat step a four times.
On the Debug menu, click Continue, or press F5.
Note: The URL displayed in the address bar of Internet Explorer includes the name of the Web
Form or page (Default.aspx) displayed.
In the Home Page Windows Internet Explorer window, on the menu, click the Close button.
1. Open a second instance of Microsoft Visual Studio 2010.

Microsoft Visual C# D:\Lab Files\CS\Lab 01\Starter\MVC
Microsoft Visual Basic D:\Lab Files\VB\Lab 01\Starter\MVC
a. In the Microsoft Visual Studio window, on the File menu, click Open Project, or press
CTRL+SHIFT+O.
01\Starter\MVC\AdventureWorksMvc.sln or D:\Lab Files\VB\Lab
01\Starter\MVC\AdventureWorksMvc.sln, and then click Open.
Task 8: Explore the life cycle of an MVC request
1. In the Controllers folder, open the HomeController.cs or HomeController.vb file.
HomeController.vb.
2. Notice the methods that are available, and the way they relate to the actions that are available to the
user.
In the HomeController.cs or HomeController.vb window, notice the Index and About action
methods.
3. Close the HomeController.cs or HomeController.vb file.
In the HomeController.cs or HomeController.vb window, click the Close button.
5. Place a breakpoint at the beginning of the Application_Start method.
In the Global.asax.cs or Global.asax.vb window, locate the Application_Start method, click the
first line of code, and then press F9.
6. Run the AdventureWorksMvc solution in Debug mode.
In the AdventureWorksMvc Microsoft Visual Studio window, on the Debug menu, click
Start Debugging, or press F5.
Note: The debugger reaches the breakpoint in the Application_Start method.
Examine the static/Shared RegisterRoutes method.
a. In the Global.asax.cs or Global.asax.vb window, locate the RegisterRoutes method above the
Application_Start method.
b. Notice how the MapRoute method is used to register the Default route to map to the Home
controller and the Index action method.
7. Step through the web application startup until you reach the last line of code in the Index action
method of the Home controller.
a. On the Debug menu, click Step Over, or press F10.
b. [Visual C#] Repeat step a five times.
[Visual Basic] Repeat step a six times.
On the Debug menu, click Continue, or press F5.
Note: The URL displayed in the address bar of Internet Explorer does not include the name of the
page (Index.aspx) displayed.
In the Welcome to AdventureWorks Windows Internet Explorer window, on the menu, click
the Close button.
Exercise 2: Comparing Web Forms and MVC
Task 1: View the AdventureWorks solution in Visual Studio 2010
Switch to the Visual Studio 2010 instance with the AdventureWorks solution open.
On the Windows taskbar, click AdventureWorks - Microsoft Visual Studio.
Task 2: Examine the markup and code found in the Default.aspx Web Forms page
1. Examine the code in the Default.aspx.cs or Default.aspx.vb code file.
In the Default.aspx.cs or Default.aspx.vb window, notice the code in the Page_Load event
handler, including the Page.IsPostBack property and the Response.Redirect method.
2. Examine the markup in the Default.aspx Web Form.
a. In Solution Explorer, double-click Default.aspx.
b. In the Default.aspx window, notice the markup, including the use of a master page, Content
controls, and ListBox and Button server controls.
Task 3: View AdventureWorksMvc solution in Visual Studio 2010
Switch to the Visual Studio 2010 instance with the AdventureWorksMvc solution open.
On the Windows taskbar, click AdventureWorksMvc - Microsoft Visual Studio.
Task 4: Examine the markup and code used for rendering the default MVC page
1. Open the Adventure Works MVC project at the following location:
Language Location
Microsoft C# D:\Lab Files\CS\Lab 01\Starter\MVC
Microsoft Visual Basic D:\Lab Files\VB\Lab 01\Starter\MVC
2. Examine the code in the HomeController.cs or HomeController.vb code file.
In the HomeController.cs or HomeController.vb window, notice the code in the Index and
About action methods, including how a view is returned.

3. Examine the markup in the Index.aspx page.
a. In Solution Explorer, expand Views, expand Home, and then double-click Index.aspx.
b. In the Index.aspx window, notice the markup, including the use of a master page, the Content
controls, the pure select and input HTML controls, and the Html.BeginForm and Html.Encode
MVC helper methods.
Task 5: Discuss as a group the differences in the way Web Forms and MVC responds and
delivers content to a request
In the classroom, discuss the differences between the page life cycles of the two different web
application models, Web Forms, and MVC, including the page-centric Web Forms request vs. the
MVC routing, the use of server controls in Web Forms vs. HTML controls, and MVC helper methods.
Exercise 3: Working with the Request Life Cycle
On the Windows taskbar, click AdventureWorks - Microsoft Visual Studio.
2. View the Default.aspx Web Form.
If not already open and displayed, in Solution Explorer, double-click Default.aspx.
3. Locate the control with the label ASP:Content, which has the ContentPlaceHolderID property set to
MainContent.
4. Add the following Label control markup before any other content in the Content control.
<asp:Label ID="lblAdvertisement" runat="server" />
5. View the code-behind file for the Default Web Form.
If not already open and displayed, in Solution Explorer, right-click Default.aspx, and then click
View Code.
6. In the Page_Load method, add the following code at the beginning of the method.
[Visual C#]
lblAdvertisement.Text = "My advertisement here";
[Visual Basic]
lblAdvertisement.Text = "My advertisement here"
7. Run the web application and view the rendered Default.aspx page.
On the Debug menu, click Start Without Debugging or click CTRL+F5.
Note: During the pages Load event, the text is added to the lblAdvertisement Label control.
In the Home Page Windows Internet Explorer window, on the menu, click the Close button.
In the AdventureWorks Microsoft Visual Studio window, click the Close button.
Task 2: Explore the life cycle of a MVC request
On the Windows taskbar, click AdventureWorksMvc - Microsoft Visual Studio.
2. Open the Views\Home\Index.aspx view.
In Solution Explorer, expand Views, expand Home, and then double-click Index.aspx.
3. Locate the Content control with the ContentPlaceHolderID property value of MainContent.
4. Add the following code before any content in the Content control.
[Visual C#]
<p><%= ViewData["Advertisement"] %></p>
[Visual Basic]
<p><%: ViewData("Advertisement") %></p>
5. Open the file Controllers\HomeController.cs or Controllers\HomeController.vb.
HomeController.vb.
6. Locate the Index method in the file.
7. Add the following code at the beginning of the Index method.
[Visual C#]
ViewData["Advertisement"] = "My advertisement here";
[Visual Basic]
ViewData("Advertisement") = "My advertisement here"
8. Run the web application and view the rendered Index.aspx view.
On the Debug menu, click Start Without Debugging or click CTRL+F5.
Note: During the controllers Index action method, the text is added to Index view by using the
ViewData.
In the Welcome to AdventureWorks Windows Internet Explorer window, on the menu, click
the Close button.
In the AdventureWorksMvc Microsoft Visual Studio window, click the Close button.

Revert.

Lab Answer Key: Designing a Web Application 1
Module 2
Lab Answer Key: Designing a Web Application
Contents:
Exercise 1: Reviewing the Adventure Works Website Structure 2
Exercise 2: Redesign the AdventureWorks Website 2
Exercise 3: Add MVC Capabilities to the AdventureWorks Website 4

2 Lab Answer Key: Designing a Web Application
Lab 2: Redesigning the Adventure Works
Website
Exercise 1: Review the Adventure Works Website Structure
2. Open Microsoft
Visual Studio
2010.
Microsoft Visual C#
D:\Lab Files\CS\Lab 02\Solution\Exercise 01

Microsoft Visual Basic
D:\Lab Files\VB\Lab 02\Solution\Exercise 01

a. In the Start Page Microsoft Visual Studio window, on the File menu, click Open Project, or
press CTRL+SHIFT+O.
02\Solution\Exercise 01\AdventureWorks.sln or D:\Lab Files\VB\Lab 02\Solution\Exercise
01\AdventureWorks.sln and then click Open.
Task 2: Examine the code and markup location and purpose
Analyze the solution and determine its intent and structure.
a. Expand and look at the content of various folders, Account, DataAccessLayer, and Styles.
b. Look at the various files in the root folder, including the Web Forms, master page, Global
Application class, Entity Data Model, and Web.config file(s).
Task 3: Draw a diagram showing the overall architecture
On a sheet of paper, draw a diagram describing the overall AdventureWorks website architecture,
Task 4: Draw a diagram showing the page flow
On a sheet of paper, draw a diagram showing the page flow of the AdventureWorks web application,
Task 5: Discuss your findings with the class
Discuss together with the class the diagrams created.
Exercise 2: Redesign the AdventureWorks Website
Task 1: Read the requirements document
The redesigned AdventureWorks web application must meet the requirements as set by
management, and as listed in the following sections.
Business Requirements and Considerations
Build a responsive, rich, and interactive UI
Enhance the performance of existing pages and resolve errors
Use URLs that are search engine friendly and facilitate indexing of products by search engines
Include a section for blogs
Include an administration section to enable the Sales team to manage information stored in the
database
Secure the blog management pages and the administration section
Functional Requirements: Shopping Cart
List product categories
Click on a category to display products
Display products in a detailed view
Add products to the shopping cart
Remove products from the shopping cart
Submit the shopping cart
Functional Requirements: Blogs
Add a new blog entry
Edit and delete blog entries
Add anonymous comments
Approve comments
Functional Requirements: Administration Section
Manage products
Manage product categories
Manage sales order headers
Manage customers
User Interface Requirements
Display a welcome message on the home page in English or French (Canada)
Minimize page refreshes
Provide support for easily changing the overall look of the application
Reflect the corporate branding and propose two styles based on the corporate colors
Display a marketing message on the Product Detail page
Display a product advertisement on the blog pages
Display a ticker showing biking-related news headlines on the blog pages
Task 2: Determine which pages will use Web Forms and which will use MVC
Based on the requirements given, determine and document which pages will remain as Web Forms
pages and which will be implemented in MVC.
Task 3: Discuss your recommendations and their rationale with the class
Discuss the recommendations created with the class.
Exercise 3: Add MVC Capabilities to the AdventureWorks Website
Microsoft Visual C#
D:\Lab Files\CS\Lab 02\Starter\Exercise 03

Microsoft Visual Basic
D:\Lab Files\VB\Lab 02\Starter\Exercise 03

press CTRL+SHIFT+O.
02\Starter\Exercise 03\AdventureWorks.sln or D:\Lab Files\VB\Lab 02\Starter\Exercise
Task 2: Add required assemblies to the project
1. Add references to the System.Web.Abstractions assembly to the project.
a. In Solution Explorer, right-click AdventureWorks, and then click Add Reference.
b. Click.NET.
c. In the list, click System.Web.Abstractions, and then click OK.
2. Add references to the System.Web.MVC and System.Web.Routing assemblies to the project.
b. Click .NET.
c. In the list, click System.Web.MVC, press and hold down CTRL, click System.Web.Routing, and
then click OK.
Task 3: Add the MVC Assembly references and namespaces to the Web.config file
1. Open the Web.config file in the root AdventureWorks folder.
In Solution Explorer, double-click Web.config.
2. Add the following text to your Web.config file in their proper sections as shown, this adds the
appropriate assemblies to your project and configures special MVC handlers:
<system.web>
<assemblies>
...
</assemblies>
</compilation>
...
<pages>
<namespaces>
</namespaces>
</pages>
<httpHandlers>
</httpHandlers>
</system.web>
<system.webServer>
...
<handlers>
</handlers>
</system.webServer>
<runtime>
<dependentAssembly>
</assemblyBinding>
</runtime>
a. In the Web.config file, locate the assemblies element in the compilation element.
<compilation ... targetFramework="4.0">
<assemblies>
...
</assemblies>
</compilation>
b. Append the following markup to the assemblies element.
c. In the Web.config file, locate the closing system.web tag.
</system.web>
d. Add opening and closing pages tags, just before the closing system.web tag.
<pages>
</pages>
</system.web>
e. Ad losing namespaces tags to the pages element. d opening and c
<pages>
<namespaces>
</namespaces>
</pages>
f. App following markup to the namespaces element. end the
g. Ad ust before the closing system.web tag. d opening and closing httpHandlers tags, j
<httpHandlers>
</httpHandlers>
</system.web>
h. App ng markup to the httpHandlers element. end the followi
i. In the ebServer tag. Web.config file, locate the closing system.w
</system.webServer>
j. App p to the system.webServer element. end the following marku
<system.webServer>
<handlers>
<add name="MvcHttpHandler" preCondition="integratedMode" verb="*"
path="*.mvc" type="System.Web.Mvc.MvcHttpHandler"/>
</handlers>
</system.webServer>
k. Ad runtime tags, just before the closing configuration tag. d opening and closing
<runtime>
</runtime>
</configuration>
l. App markup to the runtime element. end the following
<dependentAssembly>
</assemblyBinding>
</runtime>
3. Save ig file.
In the Web.config window, on the File menu, click Save Web.config, or press CTRL+S.
4. The final Web.config file should appear as follows:
the Web.conf
[Visual C#]
<?xml version="1.0"?>
<configuration>
<appSettings />
<connectionStrings>
connectionString="metadata=res://*/mdlAdventureWorks.csdl|res://*/mdlAdventureWorks.s
sdl|res://*/mdlAdventureWorks.msl;provider=System.Data.SqlClient;provider connection
<system.web>
<assemblies>
</assemblies>
</compilation>
</authentication>
<membership>
<providers>
<clear />
</providers>
</membership>
<profile>
<providers>
<clear />
</providers>
</profile>
<providers>
<clear />
</providers>
</roleManager>
<pages>
<namespaces>
</namespaces>
</pages>
<httpHandlers>
</httpHandlers>
</system.web>
<system.webServer>
<handlers>
</handlers>
</system.webServer>
<runtime>
<dependentAssembly>
</assemblyBinding>
</runtime>
</configuration>

[Visual Basic]

<configuration>
<connectionStrings>
connectionString="metadata=res://*/mdlAdventureWorks.csdl|res://*/mdlAdventureWorks.s
sdl|res://*/mdlAdventureWorks.msl;provider=System.Data.SqlClient;provider connection
<system.web>
<compilation debug="true" strict="false" explicit="true" targetFramework="4.0">
<assemblies>
</assemblies>
</compilation>
</authentication>
<membership>
<providers>
<clear />
</providers>
</membership>
<profile>
<providers>
<clear />
</providers>
</profile>
<providers>
<clear />
</providers>
</roleManager>
<pages>
<namespaces>
</namespaces>
</pages>
<httpHandlers>
<add verb="*" path=".mvc" validate="false"
</httpHandlers>
</system.web>
<system.webServer>
<handlers>
<add name="MvcHttpHandler" preCondition="integratedMode" verb="*" path=".mvc"
</handlers>
</system.webServer>
<runtime>
<dependentAssembly>
<assemblyIdentity name="System.Web.Mvc" PublicKeyToken="31BF3856AD364E35"/>
</assemblyBinding>
</runtime>
</configuration>
Task 4: Map the default MVC request routes
outing namespaces in Global.asax to support 1. Import the System.Web.Mvc and System.Web.R
MVC request routing.
[Visual C#]

[Visual Basic]
a. lick Global.asax.
, at the very top, type the following code.
In Solution Explorer, double-c
b. In the Global.asax.cs or Global.asax.vb window
[Visual C#]

[Visual Basic]
2. Creat tes to register the MVC routes and exclude routes for existing e a method named RegisterRou
Web Form pages, handlers, and WCF services.
[Visual C#]
{

routes.MapRoute(
new { controller = "Home", action = "Index", id = "" } // Parameter defaults
);
}

[Visual Basic]

routes.MapRoute(
"Default",
)
End Sub
asax.cs or Global.asax.vb window, in the Global_asax class, type the following In the Global.
code.
[Visual C#]
{

routes.MapRoute(
new { controller = "Home", action = "Index", id = "" } // Parameter
defaults
);
}

[Visual Basic]

routes.MapRoute(
"Default",
)
End Sub
3. Call t Routes in the Application_Start method. he Register
[Visual C#]
protected void Application_Start(object sender, EventArgs e)
{
}

[Visual Basic]
End Sub
asax.cs or Global.asax.vb window, in the Application_Start method, type the In the Global.
following code.
[Visual C#]

[Visual Basic]
4. Save the Global.asax file.
In the Global.asax.cs or Global.asax.vb window, on the File menu, click Save Global.asax.cs or
Task 5: Change project to reflect an MVC Project
Works.vbproj file in Notepad for direct
a. In Solution Explorer, right-click AdventureWorks, and then click Open Folder in Windows
b. In Windows Explorer, right-click AdventureWorks.csproj or AdventureWorks.vbproj , point to
c. In the Open with dialog box, expand Other programs, select Notepad, clear the Always use
2. Locate the ProjectTypeGuids element.
Save Global.asax.vb, or press CTRL+S.

1. Open the project, AdventureWorks.csproj or Adventure
editing.
Explorer.
Open with, and then click Choose default program.
the selected program to open this kind of file check box, and then click OK.
[Visual C#]
<ProjectTypeGuids>{349c5851-65df-11da-9384-00065b846f21};{fae04ec0-301f-11d3-bf4b-
00c04f79efbc}</ProjectTypeGuids>

[Visual Basic]
In the AdventureWorks.csproj - Notepad or AdventureWorks.vbproj - Notepad window,
locate the ProjectTypeGuids element at the top of the project file.
[Visual C#]
<ProjectTypeGuids>{349c5851-65df-11da-9384-00065b846f21};{fae04ec0-301f-11d3-
bf4b-00c04f79efbc}</ProjectTypeGuids>

[Visual Basic]
3. Add the following markup at the beginning of the ProjectTypeGuids element.
{F85E285D-A4E0-4152-9332-AB1D724D3325};
Note: The top of the project file should look like this.
[Visual C#]
<PropertyGroup>
...
<ProjectGuid>{A8D6241C-680E-42BA-884B-501CC08D3FA9}</ProjectGuid>
<ProjectTypeGuids>{F85E285D-A4E0-4152-9332-AB1D724D3325};{349c5851-65df-11da-
9384-00065b846f21};{fae04ec0-301f-11d3-bf4b-00c04f79efbc}</ProjectTypeGuids>
...
[Visual Basic]
<PropertyGroup>
...
<ProjectGuid>{F9BE0786-D923-4DF0-9483-CE13D5D26A1F}</ProjectGuid>
<ProjectTypeGuids>{F85E285D-A4E0-4152-9332-AB1D724D3325{349c5851-65df-11da-9384-
00065b846f21};{F184B08F-C81C-45F6-A57F-5ABD9991F28F}</ProjectTypeGuids>
...
4. Save the project file.
In the AdventureWorks.csproj - Notepad or AdventureWorks.vbproj - Notepad window, on
5. Reload the AdventureWorks project.
In the File Modification Detected dialog box, click the Reload button.
6. Test the new project type by opening the Add New Item dialog box.
In Solution Explorer, right-click AdventureWorks, point to Add, and then click New Item, or
In the Add New Item - AdventureWorks dialog box, notice the addition of the MVC2 project
In the Add New Item - AdventureWorks dialog box, click Cancel.
ht-click 10264A-GEN-DEV, and

the File menu, click Save, or press CTRL+S.
press CTRL+SHIFT+A.
item templates.

1. In Microsoft Hyper-V Manager, in the Virtual Machines pane, rig

Revert.
Lab Answer Key: Developing MVC Models 1
Module 3
Lab Answer Key: Developing MVC Models
Contents:
Exercise 1: Exploring the AdventureWorks Database 2
Exercise 2: Adding an ADO.NET Entity Data Model 4
Exercise 3: Model Data Validation 10

2 Lab Answer Key: Developing MVC Models
Lab 3: Creating MVC Models
Exercise 1: Exploring the AdventureWorks Database
2. Open Microsoft
Visual Studio
2010.
Visual C#

Visual Basic

press CTRL+SHIFT+O.
03\Starter\Exercise 01\AdventureWorksMvc.sln or D:\Lab Files\VB\Lab 03\Starter\Exercise
01\AdventureWorksMvc.sln and then click Open.
Task 2: Open the AdventureWorks database
Open the AdventureWorksLT2008R2 database by using Server Explorer.
a. In the AdventureWorksMvc Microsoft Visual Studio window, on the View menu, click
Server Explorer, or press CTRL+ALT+S.
b. In Server Explorer, right-click Data Connections, and then click Add Connection.
c. In the Choose Data Source dialog box, in the Data source list, click SQL Server, and then click
Continue.
d. In the Add Connection dialog box, in the Server name box, type 10264A-GEN-
DEV\SQLExpress, in the Select or enter a database name list, click
AdventureWorksLT2008R2, and then click OK.
e. In Server Explorer, expand 10264a-gen-dev\sqlexpress.AdventureWorksLT2008R2.SalesLT.
Task 3: Examine the table schemas
1. Display the list of tables.
In Server Explorer, expand Tables.
2. Open the Customer (SalesLT) table in the Table Designer.
Right-click Customer (SalesLT), and then click Open Table Definition.

3. Examine the schema of the table.
4. Close the Table Designer.
In the SalesLT.Customer: Table(10264a-gen-dev\sqlexpress.AdventureWorksLT2008R2)
window, click the Close button.
Task 4: Add relationships between tables using Diagrams
1. Create a new database diagram containing the Customer and CustomerAddress tables.
a. In Server Explorer, right-click Database Diagrams, and then click Add New Diagram.
b. In the Microsoft Visual Studio dialog box, click Yes.
c. In the Add Table dialog box, click Customer, press and hold down CTRL, click
CustomerAddress, and then click Add.
d. Click Close.
Note: The relationship between the Customer and CustomerAddress table is one-to-many, which
means that a single customer can have multiple addresses.

2. Close the Database Designer and do not save the diagram.
a. In the 10264A-GEN-DEV\Student.Diagram1: Diagram(10264a-gev-
dev\sqlexpress.AdventureWorksLT2008R2) window, click the Close button.
b. In the Microsoft Visual Studio dialog box, click No.
Exercise 2: Adding an ADO.NET Entity Data Model
press CTRL+SHIFT+O.
Task 2: Add Entity Data Model to the web application
1. Add a new ADO.NET Entity Data Model named AdventureWorks.edmx to the project, and then
generate the model from database. The model must be added to the Models folder.

a. In Solution Explorer, right-click Models, point to Add, and then click New Item.
b. In the Add New Item AdventureWorksMvc dialog box, in the left pane, click Data.
c. In the middle pane, click ADO.NET Entity Data Model, in the Name box, type
AdventureWorks.edmx, and then click Add.
d. In the Entity Data Model Wizard, on the Choose Model Contents page, click Generate from
database, and then click Next.
2. Use the existing AdventureWorksLT2008ConnectionString connection string to connect to the
database, and save the connection settings in the Web.config file as AdventureWorksEntities.

On the Choose Your Data Connection page, in the Which data connection should your
application use to connect to the database? list, click
AdventureWorksLT2008ConnectionString (Settings), in the Save entity connection settings
in Web.config as box, type AdventureWorksEntities, and then click Next.
3. Select the Blog and Blogger tables from the database and name the model namespace
AdventureWorksModel.

On the Choose Your Database Objects page, in the Which database objects do you want to
include in your model list, expand Tables, select the Blog and Blogger check boxes, in the
Model Namespace box, type AdventureWorksModel, and then click Finish.
In the AdventureWorksMvc Microsoft Visual Studio window, on the Build menu, click Build
Solution, or press CTRL+SHIFT+B.
Task 3: Add data repository
Add a new data repository class named BlogRepository to the Models folder.
b. In the Add New Item AdventureWorksMvc dialog box, in the left pane, click Visual C# or
Visual Basic.
c. In the middle pane, click Class, in the Name box, type BlogRepository, and then click Add.
Task 4: Implement list, select, insert, update, and delete operations
1. Declare and instantiate a private AdventureWorksEntities object named db in the BlogRepository
class.
[Visual C#]
[Visual Basic]
a. In the BlogRepository.cs or BlogRepository.vb window, at the top of the BlogRepository
class, type the following code.
[Visual C#]
[Visual Basic]
2. Add the following method to the BlogRepository class to return a list of all of the blogs.
[Visual C#]
public IQueryable<Blog> GetAllBlogs()
{
return db.Blogs;
}
[Visual Basic]
Public Function GetAllBlogs() As IQueryable(Of Blog)
Return db.Blogs
End Function
3. Add the following method to the BlogRepository class to return a list of all of the blogs for a specific
blogger.
[Visual C#]
public IQueryable<Blog> GetAllBlogs(int id)
{
return from blog in db.Blogs
where blog.BloggerID == id
select blog;
}
[Visual Basic]
Public Function GetAllBlogs(ByVal id As Integer) As IQueryable(Of Blog)
Return From blog In db.Blogs
Where blog.BloggerID = id
Select blog
End Function
4. Add the following method to the BlogRepository class to return a specific blog.
[Visual C#]
public Blog GetBlog(int id)
{
return (from blog in db.Blogs
where blog.BlogID == id
select blog).SingleOrDefault();
}
[Visual Basic]
Public Function GetBlog(ByVal id As Integer) As Blog
Return (From blog In db.Blogs
Where blog.BlogID = id
Select blog).SingleOrDefault()
End Function
5. Add the following method to the BlogRepository class to return the name of the blogger.
[Visual C#]
public string GetBloggerName(int id)
{
var bloggerName = (from blogger in db.Bloggers
where blogger.BloggerID == id
select blogger.Name).FirstOrDefault();

return bloggerName;
}
[Visual Basic]
Public Function GetBloggerName(ByVal id As Integer) As String
Dim bloggerName = (From blogger In db.Bloggers
Where blogger.BloggerID = id
Select blogger.Name).FirstOrDefault

Return bloggerName
End Function
6. Add the following methods to the BlogRepository class to add, update, delete, and save individual
blogs.
[Visual C#]
public void AddBlog(Blog blog)
{
db.Blogs.AddObject(blog);
}

public void UpdateBlog(Blog blog)
{
db.Blogs.ApplyCurrentValues(blog);
}

public void DeleteBlog(Blog blog)
{
db.Blogs.DeleteObject(blog);
}

public void Save()
{
db.SaveChanges();
}
[Visual Basic]
Public Sub AddBlog(ByVal blg As Blog)
db.Blogs.AddObject(blg)
End Sub

Public Sub UpdateBlog(ByVal blg As Blog)
db.Blogs.ApplyCurrentValues(blg)
End Sub

Public Sub DeleteBlog(ByVal blg As Blog)
db.Blogs.DeleteObject(blg)
End Sub

Public Sub Save()
db.SaveChanges()
End Sub
7. Save all modified files.
In the AdventureWorksMvc Microsoft Visual Studio window, on the File menu, click Save
All, or press CTRL+SHIFT+S.
Exercise 3: Model Data Validation
press CTRL+SHIFT+O.
Task 2: Add a partial class to the Models folder
1. Add a new class named Blog to the Models folder.
b. In the Add New Item AdventureWorksMvc dialog box, in the left pane, click Visual C# or
Visual Basic.
c. In the middle pane, click Class, in the Name box, type Blog, and then click Add.
2. Make the Blog class partial, by prefixing with the keyword partial/Partial.
[Visual C#]
[Visual Basic]
3. Import the System.ComponentModel and System.ComponentModel.DataAnnotations
namespaces.
[Visual C#]
[Visual Basic]
a. In the Blog.cs or Blog.vb window, add the following code at the top.
[Visual C#]
[Visual Basic]
Task 3: Add business rules validation
1. Add another class named BlogMetadata to the Blog.cs or Blog.vb code file.
[Visual C#]
{


[Required]

[Required]
}
[Visual Basic]
<DisplayName("Blog ID")>

<DisplayName("Date Posted")>
<DisplayFormat(DataFormatString:="{0:d}")>

<Required()>

<Required()> <DisplayName("Blog Entry")>
End Class
In the Blog.cs or Blog.vb window, add the following code at the bottom.
[Visual C#]
{


[Required]

[Required]
}
[Visual Basic]
<DisplayName("Blog ID")>

<DisplayName("Date Posted")>
<DisplayFormat(DataFormatString:="{0:d}")>

<Required()>

<Required()> <DisplayName("Blog Entry")>
End Class
2. Apply the MetadataType attribute to the Blog class, and reference the Blog_Metadata type as the
[Visual C#]
metadata type.
[Visual Basic]
indow, add the following above the class declaration. In the Blog.cs or Blog.vb w
[Visual C#]
[Visual Basic]
3. B
B.

uild the solution, and fix any errors.
Solution, or press CTRL+SHIFT+
Revert.

Lab Answer Key: Developing MVC Controllers 1
Module 4
Lab Answer Key: Developing MVC Controllers
Contents:
Exercise 1: Creating an MVC Controller 2
Exercise 2: Adding code to list the existing blog entries 3
Exercise 3: Adding code to create a new blog entry 7
Exercise 4: Adding code to edit a blog entry 10
Exercise 5: Adding code to delete a blog entry 14

2 Lab Answer Key: Developing MVC Controllers

Lab 4: Developing MVC Controllers
Exercise 1: Creating an MVC Controller
2. Open Microsoft
Visual Studio
2010.

press CTRL+SHIFT+O.
Task 2: Create a controller named BlogController
1. Create a controller named BlogController in the Controllers folder. The controller should not
include action methods for create, update, delete, and details scenarios.
a. In Solution Explorer, right-click Controllers, point to Add, and then click Controller.
b. In the Add Controller dialog box, in the Controller Name box, type BlogController, and then
click Add.
2. Add the HandleErrorAttribute attribute to the BlogController class.
[Visual C#]
[HandleError]

[Visual Basic]
<HandleError()>
Annotate the BlogController with the following attribute.
[Visual C#]
[HandleError]

[Visual Basic]
<HandleError()>
3. Verify that the code in the BlogController code file matches the following code.
[Visual C#]
using System;
using System.Linq;
using System.Web;

namespace AdventureWorksMvc.Controllers
{
[HandleError]
public class BlogController : Controller
{
//
// GET: /Blog/
{
return View();
}
}
}

[Visual Basic]
Namespace AdventureWorksMvc
<HandleError()>
Public Class BlogController
Inherits System.Web.Mvc.Controller
'
' GET: /Blog

Return View()
End Function
End Class
End Namespace
Exercise 2: Adding code to list the existing blog entries
press CTRL+SHIFT+O.
Task 2: Add a blogRepository object
1. Import the AdventureWorksMvc.Models namespace in the BlogController code file.
[Visual C#]

[Visual Basic]
Not applicable
a. In Solution Explorer, expand Controllers, and then double-click BlogController.cs or
BlogController.vb.
b. In the BlogController code file, insert the following code at the top of the file.
[Visual C#]

[Visual Basic]
Not applicable
2. Declare and instantiate a private BlogRepository object at the top of the BlogController class.
[Visual C#]
private BlogRepository blogRepository = new BlogRepository();

[Visual Basic]
Private blogRepository As New BlogRepository()
Task 3: Add code to the Index action method
1. Replace the existing code in the Index action method with code that returns all of the blog entries to
the view, by calling the GetAllBlogs method of the blogRepository object.
[Visual C#]

return View(blogs);

[Visual Basic]

Return View(blogs)
2. Verify that the final Index action method matches the following code:
[Visual C#]
{

return View(blogs);
}
[Visual Basic]

Return View(blogs)
End Function

1. Add a Blogger action method that takes the ID
Task 4: Create a Blogger action method
of the blogger as the only parameter.
[Visual C#]
{
}

[Visual Basic]
End Function
2. Add code to the Blogger action method to return only the blog entries for the indicated blogger to
the view.
[Visual C#]

return View(blogs);

[Visual Basic]

Return View(blogs)
3. Verify that the final Blogger action method matches the following code.
[Visual C#]
{

return View(blogs);
}

[Visual Basic]

Return View(blogs)
End Function
Task 5: Create a Details action method
1. Add a Details action method that takes the ID of the blog entry as its one parameter.
[Visual C#]
{
}

[Visual Basic]
End Function
2. Add code to the Details action method to return only the indicated blog entry, to the view. However,
if the blog entry no longer exists, redirect the user to the Index view.
[Visual C#]



[Visual Basic]

End If


3. Verify that the final Details action method matches the following code.
[Visual C#]
{


}

[Visual Basic]

End If

End Function
Exercise 3: Adding code to create a new blog entry


a. In the Start Page Microsoft Visual Studio en Project, or
og box, in the File name box, type D:\Lab Files\CS\Lab
arter\Exercise
Task 2: Create a Create action method
ntroller class.
window, on the File menu, click Op
press CTRL+SHIFT+O.
b. In the Open Project dial
04\Starter\Exercise 03\AdventureWorksMvc.sln or D:\Lab Files\VB\Lab 04\St

1. Add a Create action method in the BlogCo
[Visual C#]
{
}

[Visual Basic]
End Function
r code file, add the following method to the BlogController class.
BlogController.vb.
b. In the BlogControlle
[Visual C#]
{
}

[Visual Basic]
End Function
2. Add code to the Create action method to return an empty ActionResult, to the view.
[Visual C#]
return View();

[Visual Basic]
Return View()
3. Verify that the final Create action method matches the following code:
[Visual C#]
{
return View();
}

[Visual Basic]
Return View()
End Function

1. Add a Create action method for an HTTP Post request that takes a Blog o
Task 3: Create a Create action method for an HTTP Post request
bject as the only parameter.
[Visual C#]
[HttpPost]
{
}

[Visual Basic]
<HttpPost()>
End Function
2. Add code to the Create action method to save the new Blog object and redirect the user to the
Index view. However, if the call to the Save method fails, return the user to the Create view.
[Visual C#]
return View(blog);

try
{


}
catch (Exception)
{
return View(blog);
};

[Visual Basic]
Try


Catch
Return View(blg)
End Try
End If

Return View(blg)
3. Verify that the final Create action method that for the HTTP Post request matches the following code.
[Visual C#]
[HttpPost]
{
return View(blog);

try
{


}
catch (Exception)
{
return View(blog);
};
}

[Visual Basic]
<HttpPost()>
Try


Catch
Return View(blg)
End Try
End If

Return View(blg)
End Function
Exercise 4: Adding code to edit a blog entry



arter\Exercise
Task 2: Create an Edit action method
ID of a blog entry as the only parameter. The method
press CTRL+SHIFT+O.

1. Add an Edit action method that takes the
[Visual C#]
{
}

[Visual Basic]
End Function
b. In the BlogController code file, add the following method to the BlogController class.
BlogController.vb.
[Visual C#]
{
}

[Visual Basic]
End Function
2. Add code to the Edit action method to return the indicated Blog entry, to the view. However, if the
blog entry no longer exists, redirect the user to the Index view.
[Visual C#]

if (blog == null)

return View(blog);

[Visual Basic]

End If

3. Verify that the final Edit action method matches the following code.
[Visual C#]
{

if (blog == null)

return View(blog);
}
[Visual Basic]

End If

End Function

1. Add an Edit action method for an HTTP Post request that takes the ID o
Task 3: Create an Edit action method for an HTTP Post request
f the blog entry and the
FormCollection as the two parameters.
[Visual C#]
[HttpPost]
{
}

[Visual Basic]
<HttpPost()>
Function Edit(ByVal id As Integer, ByVal collection As FormCollection) As
ActionResult
End Function
2. Add code to the Edit action method to save the blog entry and redirect the user to the Index view.
However, if the call to the Save method fails, return the user to the Edit view. Also, if the blog entry
no longer exists, redirect the user to the Index view.
[Visual C#]

if (blog == null)

try
{


}
catch (Exception)
{
return View(blog);
};

[Visual Basic]

End If

Try


Catch
End Try
3. Verify that the final Edit action method for an HTTP Post request matches the following code.
[Visual C#]
[HttpPost]
{

if (blog == null)

try
{


}
catch (Exception)
{
return View(blog);
};
}

[Visual Basic]
<HttpPost()>
Function Edit(ByVal id As Integer, ByVal collection As FormCollection) As
ActionResult

End If

Try


Catch
End Try
End Function

Ex
al Studio 2010
EN-DEV, point to All Programs, click Microsoft Visual Studio
location.
ercise 5: Adding code to delete a blog entry
Task 1: Open the AdventureWorksMvc solution in Visu
On the Start menu of 10264A-G
2. Open the AdventureWorksMvc solution from the following
I ge Microsoft Visual Stud oject, or press
Task 2
a blog entry as the only parameter. The method
n the Start Pa io window, on the File menu, click Open Pr
CTRL+SHIFT+O.
In the Open Project dialog box, in the File name box, type D:\Lab Files\CS\Lab 04\Starter\Exercise
05\AdventureWorksMvc.sln or D:\Lab Files\VB\Lab 04\Starter\Exercise
: Create a Delete action method
1. Add a Delete action method that takes the ID of
[Visual C#]
{
}

[Visual Basic]
End Function
a. er, expand Controllers, and then double-click BlogController.cs or
r code file, add the following method to the BlogController class.
In Solution Explor
BlogController.vb.
b. In the BlogControlle
[Visual C#]
{
}

[Visual Basic]
End Function
2. Add co action method to redirect to the Index view. de to the Delete
[Visual C#]

if (blog == null)

return View(blog);

[Visual Basic]

End If

3. V ction method matches the following code. erify that the final Delete a
[Visual C#]
{

if (blog == null)

return View(blog);
}

[Visual Basic]

End If

End Function
Task 3: Create a Delete action method for an HTTP Post request
f the blog entry and a 1. Add a Delete action method for an HTTP Post request that takes the ID o
confirmation string as the two parameters.
[Visual C#]
[HttpPost]
{
}

[Visual Basic]
<HttpPost()>
End Function
2. Add code to the Delete action method to delete the blog entry and redirect the user to the Index
view.
[Visual C#]

if (blog == null)




[Visual Basic]

End If



3. Verify that the final Delete action method for an HTTP Post request matches the following code.
[Visual C#]
[HttpPost]
{

if (blog == null)



}

[Visual Basic]
<HttpPost()>

End If



End Function
Revert.

Lab Answer Key: Developing MVC Views 1
Module 5
Lab Answer Key: Developing MVC Views
Contents:
Exercise 1: Develop a List MVC View 4
Exercise 2: Develop a Details MVC view 5
Exercise 3: Develop a Create MVC view 7
Exercise 4: Develop an Edit MVC view 13
Exercise 5: Develop a Delete MVC view 19

2 Lab Answer Key: Developing MVC Views

Lab 5: Developing MVC Views
Exercise 1: Develop a List MVC View
2. Open Microsoft
Visual Studio
2010.

press CTRL+SHIFT+O.
Task 2: Add a Blog menu item to the Site.Master page
1. Open the Site.Master page.
a. In Solution Explorer, expand Views, and then expand Shared.
b. Right-click Site.Master, and then click Open.
2. Add a menu item to the menu on the Site.Master master page, by using an Html.ActionLink
method wrapped in a li HTML element within the ul element with an id attribute value of menu. Add
the new menu item between the Home and About menu items.
[Visual C#]

[Visual Basic]
3. Verify that the ul element matches the following markup.
[Visual C#]
<ul id="menu">
<li><%= Html.ActionLink("Home", "Index", "Home")%></li>
<li><%= Html.ActionLink("About", "About", "Home")%></li>
/ul>

[Visual Basic]
<ul id="menu">
<li><%: Html.ActionLink("Home", "Index", "Home")%></li>
<li><%: Html.ActionLink("About", "About", "Home")%></li>
</ul>

1. Add a Blog subfolder to the Views folder.
Task 3: Add a view to display the complete list of blogs
a. In Solution Explorer, right-click Views, and then point to Add, and then click New Folder.
b. In Solution Explorer, in the new folder, type Blog, and then press ENTER.
2. d an empty view named Index.aspx, based on the Site.Master page, to the Blog folder.
a. In Solution Explorer, right-click Blog, point to Add, and then click View.
b. In the Add View dialog box, in the View name box, type Index, ensure the Select master page
3. Update the new view to a strongly-typed view of type
reWorksMvc.Models.Blog>> or
Update the Inherits property of the Page directive to the following.

Ad

check box is selected, and then click Add.
System.Web.Mvc.ViewPage<IEnumerable<Adventu
System.Web.Mvc.ViewPage(Of IEnumerable (Of AdventureWorksMvc.Blog)).
[Visual C#]
System.Web.Mvc.ViewPage<IEnumerable<AdventureWorksMvc.Models.Blog>
>

[Visual Basic]
System.Web.Mvc.ViewPage(Of IEnumerable (Of
AdventureWorksMvc.Blog))
4. Add the following markup and code to the Index view in the Content2 Content control,
[Visual C#]
{ %>
<div>
-
<%: item.Title %>
</div>
<% } %>

[Visual Basic]
<div>
-
<%: item.Title %>
</div>
<% Next%>

[Visual C#]

Index
</asp:Content>
<h2>
Index</h2>
{ %>
<div>
-
<%: item.Title %>
</div>
<% } %>
</asp:Content>

[Visual Basic]

Index
</asp:Content>
<h2>
Index</h2>
<div>
-
<%: item.Title %>
</div>
<% Next%>
</asp:Content>
Task 4: Test the new view
a. In Solution Explorer, click AdventureWorksMvc.
b. In the AdventureWorksMvc Microsoft Visual Studio window, on the Debug menu, click
Start Without Debugging, or press CTRL+F5.
2. Display the Blog view.
In the Welcome to AdventureWorks Windows Internet Explorer window, click Blog.
3. Close Windows
Internet Explorer
.
In the Index Windows Internet Explorer window, click the Close button.
Exercise 2: Develop a Details MVC view

press CTRL+SHIFT+O.
Task 2: Add a strongly-typed details view named Details
1. Add an empty, strongly-typed view of type Blog, named Details based on the Site.Master master
page, to the Blog folder.
a. In Solution Explorer, expand Views, right-click Blog, point to Add, and then click View.
b. [Visual C#] In the Add View dialog box, in the View name box, type Details, select the Create a
strongly-typed view check box, in the View data class box, type
AdventureWorksMvc.Models.Blog, and then click Add.
-or-
[Visual Basic] In the Add View dialog box, in the View name box, type Details, select the
Create a strongly-typed view check box, in the View data class box, type
AdventureWorksMvc.Blog, and then click Add.
2. Add the following markup and code to the Details view in the Content2 Content control,
Blogger:
DatePosted:
<h3>
<p>
</p>

3. Verify that the markup and code in the Details view matches the following.
[Visual C#]

Details
</asp:Content>
<h2>
Details</h2>
Blogger:
DatePosted:
<h3>
<p>
</p>
</asp:Content>

[Visual Basic]

Details
</asp:Content>
<h2>
Details</h2>
Blogger:
DatePosted:
<h3>
<p>
</p>
</asp:Content>
4. Test the Details view.
c. In the Welcome to AdventureWorks Windows Internet Explorer window, click Blog.
d. In the Index Windows Internet Explorer window, click Details.
In the Details Windows Internet Explorer window, click the Close button.
Exercise 3: Develop a Create MVC view

press CTRL+SHIFT+O.
Task 2: Add a strongly-typed view named Blogger to list all of the blogs for a particular
blogger
1. Add an empty, strongly-typed view named Blogger based on the Site.Master master page, to the
Blog folder.
b. In the Add View dialog box, in the View name box, type Blogger, and then click Add.
2. Update the Blogger view to a strongly-typed view of type IEnumerable of type Blog.
[Visual C#]

[Visual Basic]
Update the Inherits property of the Page directive to the following.
[Visual C#]

[Visual Basic]
3. Add the following markup and code to the Blogger view in the Content2 Content control,
[Visual C#]

{ %>
<div>
-
<%: item.Title %>
</div>
<% } %>
<p>
</p>

[Visual Basic]
<div>
-
<%: item.Title %>
</div>
<% Next%>
<p>
</p>
4. Verify that the markup and code in the Blogger view matches the following.
[Visual C#]

Blogger
</asp:Content>
<h2>
Blogger</h2>
{ %>
<div>
-
<%: item.Title %>
</div>
<% } %>
<p>
</p>
</asp:Content>

[Visual Basic]
Blogger
</asp:Content>
<h2>
Blogger</h2>
<div>
-
<%: item.Title %>
</div>
<% Next%>
<p>
</p>
</asp:Content>
Task 3: Add a strongly-typed view named Create
1. Add an empty, strongly-typed view named Create based on the Site.Master master page, to the
Blog folder.
b. [Visual C#] In the Add View dialog box, in the View name box, type Create, select the Create a
-or-
[Visual Basic] In the Add View dialog box, in the View name box, type Create, select the
Create a strongly-typed view check box, in the View data class box, type
AdventureWorksMvc.Blog, and then click Add.
2. Add the following markup and code to the Create view in the Content2 Content control,
[Visual C#]
{%>
<fieldset>
</div>
</div>
</div>
</div>
</fieldset>
<% } %>

<div>
</div>

[Visual Basic]
<fieldset>
</div>
</div>
</div>
</div>
</fieldset>
<% End Using%>
<div>
</div>
[Visual C#]

Create
</asp:Content>
<h2>
Create</h2>
{%>
<fieldset>
</div>
</div>
</div>
</div>
</fieldset>
<% } %>
<div>
</div>
</asp:Content>

[Visual Basic]

Create
</asp:Content>
<h2>
Create</h2>
<fieldset>
</div>
</div>
</div>
</div>
</fieldset>
<% End Using%>
<div>
</div>
</asp:Content>
blog/blogger/1
In the Welcome to AdventureWorks Windows Internet Explorer window, in the address bar,
append the following text.
blog/blogger/1
6. Add a blog entry.

a. In the Blogger Windows Internet Explorer window, click Create New.
b. In the Create Windows Internet Explorer window, in the Title box, type New Entry, in the
Blog Entry box, type This is a new blog entry, and then click Submit.
Task 4: Use TempData to add a confirmation message to the Index view
1. Open the Index view.
In Solution Explorer, in the Views\Blog folder, double-click Index.aspx.
2. Add the following markup and code to the Index view, right below the h2 element.
[Visual C#]
{ %>
</div>
<% } %>

[Visual Basic]
</div>
<% End If%>
[Visual C#]

Index
</asp:Content>
<h2>
Index</h2>
{ %>
</div>
<% } %>
{ %>
<div>
-
<%: item.Title %>
</div>
<% } %>
</asp:Content>

Index
</asp:Content>
<h2>
Index</h2>
</div>
<% End If%>
<div>
-
<%: item.Title %>
</div>
<% Next%>
</asp:Content>
blog/blogger/1
blog/blogger/1
b. In the Create Windows Internet Explorer window, in the Title box, type Another New Entry,
in the Blog Entry box, type This is another new blog entry, and then click Submit.
Exercise 4: Develop an Edit MVC view

press CTRL+SHIFT+O.
Task 2: Create a partial view named Blog
2. Add an empty, strongly-typed partial view of type Blog, named Blog, to the Blog folder.
b. [Visual C#] In the Add View dialog box, in the View name box, type Blog, select the Create a
partial view (.ascx) and Create a strongly-typed view check boxes, in the View data class
box, type AdventureWorksMvc.Models.Blog, and then click Add.
-or-
[Visual Basic] In the Add View dialog box, in the View name box, type Blog, select the Create
a partial view (.ascx) and Create a strongly-typed view check boxes, in the View data class
box, type AdventureWorksMvc.Blog, and then click Add.
3. Copy all of the markup and code from the Content2 Content element in the Create view to the
partial Blog view.
a. In Solution Explorer, in the Views\Blog folder, double-click Create.aspx.
b. Select the markup and code from immediately after the h2 element, till the closing the Content
element, and then press CTRL+C.
[Visual C#]
{%>
<fieldset>
</div>
</div>
</div>
</div>
</fieldset>
<% } %>
<div>
<div>

[Visual Basic]
<fieldset>
</div>
</div>
</div>
</div>
</fieldset>
<% End Using%>
<div>
</div>
a. In the AdventureWorks Microsoft Visual Studio window, click Blog.ascx.
b. In the Blog.ascx window, place the cursor on the line following the Page directive, and press
4. Verify that the markup and code in the partial Blog view matches the following.

CTRL+V.
[Visual C#]
<%@ Control Language="C#"
Inherits="System.Web.Mvc.ViewUserControl<AdventureWorksMvc.Models.Blog>" %>
{%>
<fieldset>
</div>
</div>
</div>
</div>
</fieldset>

<% } %>
<div>
</div>

[Visual Basic]
<%@ Control Language="VB" Inherits="System.Web.Mvc.ViewUserControl(Of
AdventureWorksMvc.Blog)" %>
<fieldset>
</div>
</div>
</div>
</div>
</fieldset>
<% End Using%>
<div>
</div>

1. Add an empty, strongly-typed view of type Blog, named Edit, based on the Site.M
Task 3: Create an edit view, named Edit, that uses the Blog partial view
aster master page,
b. [Visual C#] In the Add View dialog box, in the View name box, type Edit, select the Create a
-or-
al Basic] In the Add View dialog box, in the View name box, type Edit, select the Create a
2. Add the following markup and code to the Edit view in the Content2 Content control, immediately
to the Blog folder.

[Visu
strongly-typed view check box, in the View data class box, type AdventureWorksMvc.Blog,
and then click Add.
[Visual C#]

[Visual Basic]
3. Verify that the markup and code in the Edit view matches the following.
[Visual C#]

Edit
</asp:Content>
<h2>
Edit</h2>
</asp:Content>

[Visual Basic]

Edit
</asp:Content>
<h2>
Edit</h2>
</asp:Content>

Task 4: Edit a blog entry

blog/blogger/1
blog/blogger/1
a. In the Blogger Windows Internet Explorer window, next to the first blog entry from the top,
b. In the Edit Windows Internet Explorer window, in the Title box, type Modified Entry, in the
c. If the AutoComplete dialog box appears, in the AutoComplete dialog box, click No.
click Edit.
Blog Entry box, type This entry has been modified, and then click Submit.

Task 5: Update the Create view to use the Blog partial view.
Content element in the Create 1. Replace the markup and code after the h2 element in the Content2
view with the following.
[Visual C#]

[Visual Basic]
a. Visual Studio window, click Create.aspx.
g the Content
In the AdventureWorks Microsoft
b. Select the markup and code from immediately after the h2 element, till the closin
element, and then type the following.
[Visual C#]

[Visual Basic]
2. Verify e view matches the following. that the markup and code in the Creat
[Visual C#]
<%@ Page Title="" Language="C#"
MasterPageFile="~/Views/Shared/Site.Master"
Inherits="System.Web.Mvc.ViewPage<AdventureWorksMvc.Models.Blog>"
%>

<asp:Content ID="Content1" ContentPlaceHolderID="TitleContent"
runat="server">
Create
</asp:Content>
<asp:Content ID="Content2" ContentPlaceHolderID="MainContent"
runat="server">
<h2>
Create</h2>
</asp:Content>

[Visual Basic]
<%@ Page Title="" Language="VB"
MasterPageFile="~/Views/Shared/Site.Master"

<asp:Content ID="Content1" ContentPlaceHolderID="TitleContent"
runat="server">
Create
</asp:Content>
<asp:Content ID="Content2" ContentPlaceHolderID="MainContent"
runat="server">
<h2>
Create</h2>
</asp:Content>

blog/blogger/1
blog/blogger/1
b. In the Create Windows Internet Explorer window, in the Title box, type Yet Another Entry,
c. If the AutoComplete dialog box appears, in the AutoComplete dialog box, click No.
Exercise 5: Develop a Delete MVC view

in the Blog Entry box, type This is yet another blog entry, and then click Submit.



arter\Exercise
press CTRL+SHIFT+O.

Task 2: Add a strongly-typed view named Delete that uses the default markup provided
by the Add View dialog box
2. Add a delete, strongly-typed view of type Blog, named Delete, based on the Site.Master master
page, to the Blog folder. The view should use the default content supplied for a Delete operation.
b. [Visual C#] In the Add View dialog box, in the View name box, type Delete, select the Create a
strongly-typed view check box, in the View data class list, click
AdventureWorksMvc.Models.Blog, in the View content list, click Delete, and then click Add.
-or-
[Visual Basic] In the Add View dialog box, in the View name box, type Delete, select the
Create a strongly-typed view check box, in the View data class list, click
AdventureWorksMvc.Blog, in the View content list, click Delete, and then click Add.
3. Update the markup and code that renders the Back to List link to match the following.
a. In the Delete.aspx window, locate the call to the Html.ActionLink method at the bottom of the
markup.
b. Select the following markup and code.
c. Replace the selected text with the following.
4. Verify that the markup and code in the Delete view matches the following.
[Visual C#]

Delete
</asp:Content>
<h2>
Delete</h2>
<h3>
<fieldset>
BlogID</div>
BloggerID</div>
DatePosted</div>
Title</div>
BlogEntry</div>
</fieldset>
{ %>
<p>
|
</p>
<% } %>
</asp:Content>

[Visual Basic]

Delete
</asp:Content>
<h2>
Delete</h2>
<h3>
<fieldset>
BlogID</div>
BloggerID</div>
DatePosted</div>
Title</div>
BlogEntry</div>
</fieldset>
<% Using Html.BeginForm()%>
<p>
|

</p>
<% End Using%>
</asp:Content>

Task 3: Delete a blog entry

blog/blogger/1
blog/blogger/1
3. Select a blog entry.
a. In the Blogger Windows Internet Explorer window, next to the first blog entry from the top,
b. In the Delete Windows Internet Explorer window, click Delete.
4. l se Internet Explorer.
ht-click 10264A-GEN-DEV, and

click Delete.
C o

1. In Microsoft Hyper-V Manager, in the Virtual Machines pane, rig

Revert.

Lab Answer Key: Designing for Discoverability 1
Module 6
Lab Answer Key: Designing for Discoverability
Contents:
Exercise 1: Mapping URLs of Web Forms Pages 2
Exercise 2: Creating a Sitemap File 7
Exercise 3: Building the Application Infrastructure 8

2 Lab Answer Key: Designing for Discoverability
Lab 6: Designing for Discoverability
Exercise 1: Mapping URLs of Web Forms Pages
2. Open Microsoft
Visual Studio
2010.
Visual C#

Visual Basic

press CTRL+SHIFT+O.
Task 2: Add and verify a reference to the System.Web.Routing assembly
1. Add reference to the System.Web.Routing assembly.
b. In the Add Reference dialog box, click .NET.
In the list, click System.Web.Routing, and then click OK.
2. Verify reference to the System.Web.Routing assembly.
a. [Visual Basic] In Solution Explorer, click AdventureWorks, and then click the Show All Files
button.
b. In Solution Explorer, expand References.
c. Verify that the System.Web.Routing assembly is shown.
Task 3: Map the page listing products by category
2. Import the System.Web.Routing namespace in the Global.asax code file.
At the top of the Global.asax.cs or Global.asax.vb code file, add the following code.
[Visual C#]

[Visual Basic]
3. Add a RegisterRoutes method as shown.
[Visual C#]
{
);
}

[Visual Basic]
' Route name
End Sub
In the Global.asax.cs or Global.asax.vb window, in the Global class, add the following code.
[Visual C#]
{
);
}

[Visual Basic]
' Route name
routes.MapPageRoute("products-browse", "products/{category}",
"~/Products.aspx")
End Sub
4. Modify the Application_Start method as shown.
[Visual C#]
void Application_Start()
{
}

[Visual Basic]
Private Sub Application_Start()
End Sub
5. Open the Products.aspx.cs or Products.aspx.vb code file.
In Solution Explorer, right-click Products.aspx, and then click View Code.
6. Modify the Page_Load method in the Products class as shown.
[Visual C#]
{
{
string categoryName = null;
string categoryId;

// Retrieve category param from "/Products/{Category}" URL
categoryId = Page.RouteData.Values["category"].ToString();

categoryName =

var data =

}
}

[Visual Basic]
Protected Sub Page_Load(ByVal sender As Object, ByVal e As EventArgs) Handles Me.Load
Dim categoryId As String

' Retrieve category param from "/Products/{Category}" URL
categoryId = Page.RouteData.Values("category").ToString()

categoryName =
AdventureWorks.DataAccessLayer.Products.GetCategoryName(Integer.Parse(categoryId))

Dim data =
d))
End If
End Sub
a. In Solution Explorer, click AdventureWorks.
b. In the AdventureWorks Microsoft Visual Studio window, on the Debug menu, click Start
Without Debugging, or press CTRL+F5.
2. Navigate directly to the Products page by using the following route.
products/1
In the Home Page Windows Internet Explorer window, in the address bar, append the
following text.
products/1
Note: A grid should render with a single row containing products for the product category, with an ID
value of 1.
3. Close Windows

Internet Explorer
.
In the http://localhost:xxxx/products/1 Windows Internet Explorer window, click the Close
button.
Task 5: Add a second route to map a URL to a product ID
In the AdventureWorks Microsoft Visual Studio window, click Global.asax.cs or
Global.asax.vb.
2. Modify the RegisterRoutes method as shown.
[Visual C#]
{
);

"product-browse", // Route name
"product/{id}", // URL with parameters
"~/ProductDetail.aspx" // Web forms page to handle it
);
}

[Visual Basic]
' Route name

' Route name
routes.MapPageRoute("product-browse", "product/{id}", "~/ProductDetail.aspx")
End Sub

3. Open the ProductDetail.aspx.cs or ProductDetail.aspx.vb code file.
In Solution Explorer, right-click ProductDetail.aspx, and then click View Code.
4. Modify the Page_Load method in the ProductDetail class as shown.
[Visual C#]
{
{
string productId;

// Retrieve id param from /Products/{Id} URL
productId = Page.RouteData.Values["id"].ToString();

var data = DataAccessLayer.Products.GetProduct(int.Parse(productId));

lblName.Text = data.Name;
lblId.Text = data.ProductID.ToString();
lblColor.Text = data.Color;
lblSize.Text = data.Size;
lblWeight.Text = data.Weight.ToString();
lblListPrice.Text = data.ListPrice.ToString();
hdnProductId.Value = data.ProductID.ToString();
hdnProductName.Value = data.Name;
hdnListPrice.Value = data.ListPrice.ToString();
}
}

[Visual Basic]
Me.Load
Dim productID As String = Nothing

' Retrieve id param from /Products/{Id} URL
productID = Page.RouteData.Values("id").ToString()
Dim data =
AdventureWorks.DataAccessLayer.Products.GetProduct(Integer.Parse(productID))

lblName.Text = data.Name
lblId.Text = data.ProductID.ToString()
lblColor.Text = data.Color
lblSize.Text = data.Size
lblWeight.Text = data.Weight.ToString()
lblListPrice.Text = data.ListPrice.ToString()
hdnProductId.Value = data.ProductID.ToString()
hdnProductName.Value = data.Name
hdnListPrice.Value = data.ListPrice.ToString()
End If
End Sub
sk 6: Test the pages Ta
2. Navigate directly to the ProductDetail page by using the following route.
product/680
In the Home Page Windows Internet Explorer window, in the address bar, append the
following text.
product/680
Note: A grid should render with a single row containing details of the product with an ID value of
680.
button.
Exercise 2: Creating a Sitemap File
Task 1: Create a sitemap file to list products
On the Start menu, click Control Panel.
ENTER.
In the right pane, in the Management Group section, double-click Search Engine
Optimization.
6. Create a new sitemap for the default website, in a file named Sitemap.xml. Set the change frequency
to Daily, do not record the last modified date and time, and set the priority to 1.
a. In the Search Engine Optimization pane, in the Sitemaps and Sitemap Indexes section, click
Create a new sitemap.
b. In the Choose Site dialog box, in the Site list, click Default Web Site, and then click OK.
c. In the Add Sitemap dialog box, in the File Name box, type Sitemap.xml, and then click OK.
d. In the Add URLs dialog box, in the URL Paths list, click Default Web Site, in the Change
Frequency list, click Daily, in the Last Modified list, click Do Not Set, in the Priority list, click 1,
and then click OK.
Task 2: Modify the robots.txt file to include the sitemap
1. Select the default website.
In the Connections pane, click Default Web Site.
In the right pane, in the Management Group section, double-click Search Engine
Optimization.
3. Add a new allow rule for the default website and Sitemap.xml file.
a. In the Search Engine Optimization pane, in the Robots Exclusion section, click Add a new
allow rule.
b. In the Add Allow Rules dialog box, in the URL Paths list, select the Default Web Site and
Sitemap.xml check boxes, and then click OK.
In the Internet Information Services (IIS) Manager window, click the Close button.
5. Close Administrative Tools.
In the Control Panel\System and Security\Administrative Tools window, click the Close
button.
6. Close System and Security.
In the Control Panel\System and Security window, click the Close button.
Exercise 3: Building the Application Infrastructure

press CTRL+SHIFT+O.
Task 2: Add Navigation Controls to the web application
1. Create a Web.sitemap file in the root directory of the website.
a. In Solution Explorer, right-click AdventureWorks, point to Add, and then click New Item.
b. In the Add New Item dialog box, in the middle pane, click Site Map, and then click OK.
2. Replace the existing content of the Web.sitemap file with the following markup.
<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8" ?>
<siteMap xmlns="http://schemas.microsoft.com/AspNet/SiteMap-File-1.0" >
<siteMapNode roles="*">
<siteMapNode url="~/Default.aspx" title="Home" description="Home"></siteMapNode>
<siteMapNode url="~/ShoppingCart.aspx" title="Shopping"
description="Shopping"></siteMapNode>
<siteMapNode url="~/About.aspx" title="About" description="About"></siteMapNode>
</siteMapNode>
</siteMap>
3. Save and close the Web.sitemap file.
a. In the AdventureWorks Microsoft Visual Studio window, on the File menu, click Save
Web.sitemap, or press CTRL+S.
b. In the Web.sitemap window, click the Close button.
In Solution Explorer, double-click Site.Master.
5. Locate the div element with a class attribute value of clear hideSkiplink.
<asp:Menu ID="NavigationMenu" runat="server" CssClass="menu"
EnableViewState="false"
IncludeStyleBlock="false" Orientation="Horizontal">
<Items>
<asp:MenuItem NavigateUrl="~/Default.aspx" Text="Home" />
<asp:MenuItem NavigateUrl="~/ShoppingCart.aspx" Text="Cart" />
<asp:MenuItem NavigateUrl="~/About.aspx" Text="About" />
</Items>
</asp:Menu>
</div>
6. Replace the content of the div element with a class attribute value of clear hideSkiplink, with the
following markup.
<asp:SiteMapDataSource runat="server" ID="siteMapDataSource"
ShowStartingNode="false" />
<asp:Menu runat="server" ID="MainMenu" Orientation="Horizontal"
DataSourceID="siteMapDataSource" />
</div>
7. Save and close the Site.Master file.
Site.Master, or press CTRL+S.
b. In the Site.Master window, click the Close button.
button.
Task 3: Use the FindControl function to locate a control
1. Open the Site.Master code-behind file.
In Solution Explorer, right-click Site.Master, and then click View Code.
2. In the Page_Load method add the following code.
[Visual C#]
Menu NavigationMenu = (Menu)this.FindControl("NavigationMenu");

[Visual Basic]
3. Place Breakpoint on the new line of code.
In the Site.Master.cs or Site.Master.vb window, in the Page_Load method, place the cursor on
the following line of code, and press F9.
[Visual C#]
Menu NavigationMenu = (Menu) this.FindControl("NavigationMenu");

[Visual Basic]
4. Debug the application.
Debugging, or press F5.
5. Single-step over the selected line of code.
In the Site.Master.cs or Site.Master.vb window, on the Debug menu, click Step Over, or press
F10.
6. Hover the mouse over the NavigationMenu variable.
Note: IntelliSense
will show you details about the Menu control. You can expand the different levels
by clicking the +-sign.
7. Stop debugging.
In the AdventureWorks Microsoft Visual Studio window, on the Debug menu, click Stop
Debugging, or press SHIFT+F5.
Revert.

Lab Answer Key: Writing Server-Side Code for Web Forms 1
Module 7
Lab Answer Key: Writing Server-Side Code for Web Forms
Contents:
Exercise 1: Modifying a Web Forms Page to Display Localized Content 2
Exercise 2: Persisting Data on Web Forms Pages 7
Exercise 3: Utilizing View State Effectively 13

2 Lab Answer Key: Writing Server-Side Code for Web Forms

Lab 7: Writing Server-Side Code for Web Forms
Exercise 1: Modifying a Web Forms Page to Display Localized Content
2. Open Microsoft
Visual Studio
2010.
Visual C#

Visual Basic

press CTRL+SHIFT+O.
Task 2: Create resource files for Default.aspx
1. Analyze the markup in Default.aspx.
b. Analyze the content of the Default.aspx file.
2. Generate local resources for Default.aspx, by using the Generate Local Resource functionality
available in Design view.
a. In the Default.aspx window, click Design.
b. In the AdventureWorks Microsoft Visual Studio window, on the Tools menu, click Generate
Local Resource.
Note: This automatically creates the App_LocalResources folder in the root of your web application, if
one does not already exist. The process also creates a resource file called Default.aspx.resx, in the
App_LocalResources folder.
3. Switch back to Source view of Default.aspx.
In the Default.aspx window, click Source.
4. Notice that both the lbCategories and btnCategory server controls have had an extra attribute
called meta:resourcekey added to the existing markup.
<asp:Button ... meta:resourcekey="btnCategoryResource1"></asp:Button>
<asp:ListBox ... meta:resourcekey="lbCategoriesResource1"></asp:ListBox>
Note: The values of these attributes are used to find the localized values for the properties of the
localizable controls in the Default.aspx.resx file.
5. Notice that the Page directive at the top of the page now contains the following information.
<%@ Page ... culture="auto" meta:resourcekey="PageResource1" uiculture="auto" %>
6. Open Default.aspx.resx.
In Solution Explorer, in App_LocalResources, double-click Default.aspx.resx.
Note: In the Resource Editor, you will see a list with all the localizable properties of the localizable
controls from the Default.aspx page.
7. Switch back to Default.aspx.
In the AdventureWorks Microsoft Visual Studio window, click Default.aspx.
8. Notice that the text strings Welcome to AdventureWorks! and Product Categories were not
modified, and they were not added to the .resx file either. This is because they were hard-coded in
the Web Forms page.
9. Localize the hard-coded Welcome to AdventureWorks! text implicitly, by adding a Localize server
control within the h2 element, with the following attributes.
Attribute Value
ID lclWelcome
Text Welcome to AdventureWorks!
meta:resourcekey LocalizeResource1
a. Place the cursor within the h2 element, just before the text Welcome to AdventureWorks!.
b. Open the Toolbox, expand Standard, and then double-click Localize.
c. Modify the Localize server control to appear as follows.
<asp:Localize ID="lclWelcome" runat="server"
meta:resourcekey="lclWelcomeResource1" Text="Welcome to
AdventureWorks!"></asp:Localize>
10. Delete the text Welcome to AdventureWorks! from the h2 element.
Note: Make sure that you do not delete the text Welcome to AdventureWorks! from the Localize
server control.
11. Add a resource string named lclWelcomeResource1.Text to the Default.aspx.resx resource file. The
string must have the value of Welcome to AdventureWorks!.
a. In the AdventureWorks Microsoft Visual Studio window, click Default.aspx.resx.
b. In the bottom row of the Resource Editor, in the Name box, type lclWelcomeResource1.Text, in
the Value box, type Welcome to AdventureWorks!.

12. Localize the hard-coded Product Categories text explicitly, by adding a Literal server control within
the p element, with the following attributes.
Attribute Value
ID ProductCategoriesLiteral
Text <%$ Resources: ProductCategoriesLiteral.Text %>
a. In the AdventureWorks Microsoft Visual Studio window, click Default.aspx.
b. Place the cursor within the p element, just before the text Product Categories.
c. Open the Toolbox, expand Standard, and then double-click Literal.
d. Modify the Literal server control to appear as follows.
<asp:Literal ID="ProductCategoriesLiteral" runat="server" Text="<%$ Resources:
ProductCategoriesLiteral.Text %>"></asp:Literal>
13. Delete the text Product Categories from the p element.
Note: Make sure that you do not delete the text Product Categories from the Literal server control.
14. Add a resource string named ProductCategoriesLiteral.Text to the Default.aspx.resx resource file.
The string must have the value of Product Categories.
a. In the AdventureWorks Microsoft Visual Studio window, click Default.aspx.resx.
b. In the bottom row of the Resource Editor, in the Name box, type
ProductCategoriesLiteral.Text, in the Value box, type Product Categories.
16. Verify that Default.aspx Web Form looks the same as it did before you modified it.
17. Close Windows

Internet Explorer
.
In the Home Page Windows Internet Explorer window, click the Close button.
18. Add an existing German resource file for the Default.aspx Web Form to the App_LocalResources
folder. The file is named Default.aspx.de.resx and it is located in the D:\Lab Files\CS\Lab
a. In Solution Explorer, right-click App_LocalResources, point to Add, and then click Existing
Item.
b. In the Add Existing Item dialog box, in the File name box, type D:\Lab Files\CS\Lab
07\Starter\Exercise 01\Default.aspx.de.resx or D:\Lab Files\VB\Lab 07\Starter\Exercise
01\Default.aspx.de.resx, and then click Add.
Task 3: Localize the Site.Master master page
2. Localize the hard-coded Log In text, by adding a Literal server control within the a element, with the
following attributes.
Attribute Value
ID LoginLiteral
Text Log In
a. Place the cursor between the opening and closing a tags within the AnonymousTemplate
element, just before the text Log In.
b. Open the Toolbox, expand Standard, and then double-click Literal.
c. Modify the Literal server control to appear as follows.
<asp:Literal ID="LoginLiteral" runat="server" Text="Log In">
3. Delete the text Log In from the a element.
Note: Make sure that you do not delete the text Log In from the Literal server control.
4. Localize the hard-coded Welcome text, by adding a Literal server control within the
LoggedInTemplate element, with the following attributes.
Attribute Value
ID WelcomeLiteral
Text Welcome
a. Place the cursor between the opening and closing LoggedInTemplate tags, just before the text
Welcome.
b. Open the Toolbox, expand Standard, and then double-click Literal.
c. Modify the Literal server control to appear as follows.
<asp:Literal ID="WelcomeLiteral" runat="server" Text="Welcome"></asp:Literal>
5. Delete the text Welcome from the LoggedInTemplate element.
Note: Make sure that you do not delete the text Welcome from the Literal server control.
6. Open the Site.Master master page in Design view.
In the Site.Master window, click Design.
7. Generate local resources for Site.Master, by using the Generate Local Resource functionality.
In the AdventureWorks Microsoft Visual Studio window, on the Tools menu, click Generate
Local Resource.
Note: This generates a new file called Site.Master.resx in the App_LocalResources folder.

8. Add an existing German resource file for the Site.Master master page to the App_LocalResources
folder. The file is named Site.Master.de.resx and it is located in the D:\Lab Files\CS\Lab
a. In Solution Explorer, right-click App_LocalResources, point to Add, and then click Existing
Item.
b. In the Add Existing Item dialog box, in the File name box, type D:\Lab Files\CS\Lab
07\Starter\Exercise 01\Site.Master.de.resx or D:\Lab Files\VB\Lab 07\Starter\Exercise
01\Site.Master.de.resx, and then click Add.
2. Show the AdventureWorks home page in German, by changing the language preference in the
Internet Options dialog box.
a. In the Home Page - Windows Internet Explorer window, on the Tools menu, click Internet
Options.
b. In the Internet Options dialog box, click Languages.
c. In the Language Preference dialog box, click Add.
d. In the Add Language dialog box, in the Language list, click German (Germany) [de-DE], and
then click OK.
e. In the Language Preference dialog box, in the Language list, click German (Germany) [de-
DE], and then click Move up.

f. In the Language Preference dialog box, click OK.
g. In the Internet Options dialog box, click OK.
3. Refresh the page in Internet Explorer.
In the Home Page Windows Internet Explorer window, press F5.
Note: The page should now be shown in German.
In the Startseite Windows Internet Explorer window, click the Close button.
Exercise 2: Persisting Data on Web Forms Pages

press CTRL+SHIFT+O.
Task 2: Use a cookie collection to persist user information and set scope and lifetime to
save the last chosen category
In Solution Explorer, right-click Default.aspx, and then click View Code.
2. On postback, create a cookie object called Preferences that holds the current product category,
saved as a value named LastCategory. Make sure that the cookie will expire after one minute. The
cookie must be appended to the response.
[Visual C#]
else
{
{



Response.Redirect("/Products.aspx?id=" + category);
}
}

[Visual Basic]
Else


Response.Redirect("/Products.aspx?id=" & category, True)
End If
End If
In the Default/_Default class, add the following code to the Page_Load event handler.
[Visual C#]

[Visual Basic]
After the following code:
[Visual C#]
else
{
{

[Visual Basic]
Else
3. If the page is rendered for the first time, add code to check that a cookie named Preferences exists in
the request cookie collection, and if there is, read the LastCategory value from the cookie, and assign
it to the SelectedValue property of the ListBox control.
[Visual C#]
{


if (cookie != null)
{
}
}

[Visual Basic]


End If
In the Default/_Default class, add the following code to the Page_Load event handler.
[Visual C#]
if (cookie != null)
{
}

[Visual Basic]

End If
After the following code:
[Visual C#]
{


[Visual Basic]

In the AdventureWorks Microsoft Visual Studio window, on the Build menu, click Build
Task 3: Store system-wide information in the Application object
1. Open Global.asax in Code view.
In Solution Explorer, right-click Global.asax, and then click View Code.
2. In the Application_Start method, overwrite the existing code, by adding a new application variable
named OnlineVisitors, to the Application object. The variable must have a starting value of 0.
[Visual C#]
void Application_Start(object sender, EventArgs e)
{
Application["OnlineVisitors"] = 0;
}

[Visual Basic]
Application("OnlineVisitors") = 0
End Sub
3. In the Session_Start method increment the value of the OnlineVisitors application variable by 1.
Make sure you prevent multiple threads from writing to the application variable, by locking the
Application object before writing, and unlocking once you have finished writing to it.
[Visual C#]
void Session_Start(object sender, EventArgs e)
{
Application.Lock();
visitors++;
}

[Visual Basic]
Sub Session_Start(ByVal sender As Object, ByVal e As EventArgs)
Application.Lock()
visitors += 1
End Sub
4. In the Session_End decrement the value of the OnlineVisitors application variable by 1, if the
current value is not 0. Make sure you prevent multiple threads from writing to the application
variable, by locking the Application object before writing, and unlocking once you have finished
writing to it.
[Visual C#]
void Session_End(object sender, EventArgs e)
{
Application.Lock();
if (visitors > 0)
{
visitors++;
}

}

[Visual Basic]
Sub Session_End(ByVal sender As Object, ByVal e As EventArgs)
Application.Lock()

If visitors > 0 Then
visitors -= 1
End If

End Sub
Task 4: Use the session object to store the shopping cart
1. Open the ProductDetails Web Form in Code view.
In Solution Explorer, right-click ProductDetails.aspx, and then click View Code.
2. Upon postback, the Order button has been pressed, so the information entered in the Web Form is
persisted. In the Page_Load method, notice how the product ID, product name, and list price, which
are not displayed to the user, are saved to hidden fields. In the btnOrder_Click event handler, notice
that a new List object of type clsShoppingCart is created and saved to Session state. Finally, the user
is redirected to the ShoppingCart Web Form.

In Solution Explorer, right-click ShoppingCart.aspx, and then click View Code.
4. Analyze the code in the Page_Load method.
In the ShoppingCart.aspx.cs or ShoppingCart.aspx.vb window, check the code in the
Page_Load event handler method. A check to see if a Session object named _cart exists is
performed. If it does exist, the object is retrieved and assigned to the DataSource property of
gvCart GridView server control.
Task 5: Configure session state to run in SQL Server
2. Configure your application to use the local SQL Server
instance named SQLExpress, for persisting

session information instead of the default InProc mode.
<system.web>
...
</system.web>
In the Web.config window, add the following markup just before the end system.web tag.
3. Configure the local SQL Server instance SQLExpress to host the state database, by running the
following command from the Visual Studio Command Prompt (2010). The Visual Studio Command
Prompt (2010) must be run as an administrator.
aspnet_regsql -E -S .\SQLExpress -ssadd
a. In the Start menu, point to All Programs, expand Microsoft Visual Studio 2010, expand Visual
Studio Tools, right-click Visual Studio Command Prompt (2010), and then click Run as
administrator.
b. In the User Account Control dialog box, in the Password box, type Pa$$w0rd, and then click
Yes.
c. In the Visual Studio Command Prompt (2010) window, type the following, and then press
ENTER: aspnet_regsql -E -S .\SQLExpress -ssadd
4. Open the SQL Server Command Line Tool, by running the following command from the Visual
sqlcmd E S .\SQLExpress
In the Visual Studio Command Prompt (2010) window, type the following, and then press
ENTER: sqlcmd E S .\SQLExpress
5. Add permissions for the user Student to access the tempdb and ASPState database to use the new
SQL Server Session state, by running commands from the SQL Server Command Line Tool within
the Visual Studio Command Prompt (2010). The commands are saved in the D:\Lab Files\CS\Lab
07\Starter\Exercise 02\ASPState.txt or D:\Lab Files\VB\Lab 07\Starter\Exercise 02\ASPState.txt
file, from where you can copy them and paste them into the SQL Server Command Line Tool.
a. On the Start menu, click Run.
b. In the Run dialog box, in the Open box, type D:\Lab Files\CS\Lab 07\Starter\Exercise
02\ASPState.txt or D:\Lab Files\VB\Lab 07\Starter\Exercise 02\ASPState.txt, and then press
ENTER.
c. In the ASPState.txt Notepad window, on the Edit menu, click Select All, or press CTRL+A.
d. In the ASPState.txt Notepad window, on the Edit menu, click Copy, or press CTRL+C.
e. In the ASPState.txt Notepad window, click the Close button.
f. In the SQLCMD window, right-click next to line 1, and then click Paste.
6. Close the SQL Server Command Line Tool, by running the following command from the Visual
quit
In the SQLCMD window, type quit, and then press ENTER.
7. Close the Visual Studio Command Prompt (2010).
In the Visual Studio Command Prompt (2010) window, type exit, and then press ENTER.
Exercise 3: Utilizing View State Effectively

press CTRL+SHIFT+O.
Task 2: Configure view state to persist page data
functionality.

In the Home Page Windows Internet Explorer window, right-click the page, and then click
View Source.
3. Analyze the HTML code, and pay special attention to the __VIEWSTATE field.
In the HHhttp://localhost:xxxx/HH Original Source window, notice the size of the __VIEWSTATE
field.
In the HHhttp://localhost:xxxx/HH Original Source window, click the Close button.
In Solution Explorer, double-click Default.aspx.
7. Disable view state for the lbCategories server control.
Height="270px" Width="186px" EnableViewState="False"
></asp:ListBox>
a. In the Default.aspx window, place the cursor in the markup for the lbCategories server control.
b. In the Properties window, in the EnableViewState list, click False.
functionality.
In the Home Page Windows Internet Explorer window, right-click the page, and then click
View Source.
10. Analyze the HTML code, and pay special attention to the __VIEWSTATE field, which is now much
smaller, almost half the size.
In the HHhttp://localhost:xxxx/HH Original Source window, notice the size of the __VIEWSTATE
field.
In the HHhttp://localhost:xxxx/HH Original Source window, click the Close button.
12. Notice the effects of disabling view state for the lbCategories server control, by clicking Submit.
Note: The lbCategories server control is now empty because it is not being populated by the server
code on a postback.
Task 3: Disable view state and its effects
1. Disable view state for the Default Web Form by setting the EnableViewState property to False.
<%@ Page Title="Home Page" ... EnableViewState="False" %>
a. In the Default.aspx window, place the cursor in the markup for the Page directive.
b. In the Properties window, in the EnableViewState list, click False.
3. Click Submit.
Note: The lbCategories server control is now empty because it is not being populated by the server
code on a postback.
5. Enable view state for the lbCategories server control.
Height="270px" Width="186px" EnableViewState="True"
></asp:ListBox>
b. In the Properties window, in the EnableViewState list, click True.
7. Click Submit.
Note: The lbCategories server control is now empty, even if you enabled view state for the control.
This is because disabling view state for a control or page will disable the view state for all child controls.
9. Remove the EnableViewState attribute and value from the Page directive.
In the Default.aspx window, delete the following text from the markup for the Page directive.
EnableViewState="False"
10. Remove the EnableViewState attribute and value from the lbCategories server control.

In the Default.aspx window, delete the following text from the markup for the lbCategories
server control.
EnableViewState="True"
11. Disable view state for the Default Web Form by setting the ViewStateMode property to Disabled.
<%@ Page Title="Home Page" ... ViewStateMode="Disabled" %>
a. In the Default.aspx window, place the cursor in the markup for the Page directive.
b. In the Properties window, in the ViewStateMode list, click Disabled.
12. Enable view state for the lbCategories server control by setting the ViewStateMode property to
Enabled.
Height="270px" Width="186px" ViewStateMode="Enabled"></asp:ListBox>
b. In the Properties window, in the ViewStateMode list, click Enabled.
14. Click Submit.
Note: The lbCategories server control is still populated because view state has been enabled for the
server control.
Exercise 4: Adding Validation to Web Forms Pages
press CTRL+SHIFT+O.
Task 2: Add credit card fields to the check-out page
1. Open the ShoppingCart.aspx Web Form.
In Solution Explorer, double-click ShoppingCart.aspx.
2. Add a TextBox server control for the credit card field and name it txtCreditCard. Place the server
control below the gvCart GridView server control. Add describing text, Credit card number:, in
front of the server control.
<br />
Credit card number: <asp:TextBox runat="server" ID="txtCreditCard"/>
Task 3: Add and configure a RequiredFieldValidator control for the txtCreditCard control
1. Add a RequiredFieldValidator control named CreditCardRequiredFieldValidator to the
ShoppingCart Web Form, and place it immediately after the txtCreditCard control.
<asp:TextBox runat="server" ID="txtCreditCard" />
<asp:RequiredFieldValidator ID="CreditCardRequiredFieldValidator" runat="server">
ControlToValidate = txtCreditCard
ErrorMessage = Credit card number is required.
Text = *
<asp:RequiredFieldValidator ID="CreditCardRequiredFieldValidator" runat="server"
ControlToValidate="txtCreditCard" ErrorMessage="Credit card number is required."
Text="*">
Task 4: Add and configure a RegularExpressionValidator control for the credit card field
1. Add a RegularExpressionValidator control named CreditCardRegularExpressionValidator to the
ShoppingCart Web Form, and place it immediately after the CreditCardRequiredFieldValidator
control. Add a self-closing HTML br element after the RegularExpressionValidator control.
runat="server">
<br />
ControlToValidate = txtCreditCard
ErrorMessage = Please enter a valid credit card number.
Text = *

ValidationExpression= ^(?:4[0-9]{12}(?:[0-9]{3})?|5[1-5][0-9]{14}|3[47][0-9]{13})$
runat="server"
ControlToValidate="txtCreditCard" Text="*" ErrorMessage="Please enter a valid
credit card number."
ValidationExpression="^(?:4[0-9]{12}(?:[0-9]{3})?|5[1-5][0-9]{14}|3[47][0-
9]{13})$">
In the ShoppingCart.aspx window, right-click anywhere, and then click View Code.
4. Make sure that an order can be placed only if Page.IsValid is true. Add the check to the
btnPlaceOrder_Click event handler method.
[Visual C#]
protected void btnPlaceOrder_Click(object sender, EventArgs e)
{
if (Page.IsValid)
{
Session["_cart"] = null;
Response.Redirect("~/ThankYou.aspx", true);
}
}

[Visual Basic]
Protected Sub btnPlaceOrder_Click(ByVal sender As Object, ByVal e As
System.EventArgs) Handles btnPlaceOrder.Click
If Page.IsValid Then
Session("_cart") = Nothing
Response.Redirect("~/ThankYou.aspx", True)
End If
End Sub
6. Select Bib-Shorts on the Product Categories list, and click Submit.
7. On the Products page, click Men's Bib-Shorts, L.
8. On the Men's Bib-Shorts, L page, click Order.
9. On the Shopping Cart page, click Place Order.
Note: Observe that an asterisk (*) is placed next to txtCreditCard server control because you have not
filled in this field.
click Place Order.
Note: Observe that an asterisk (*) is placed next to txtCreditCard server control because you have not
entered a valid credit card number.
click Place Order.
Note: Observe that you are redirected to the ThankYou Web Form because you have filled in a valid
credit card number.
In the HHhttp://localhost:xxxx/ThankYou.aspxHH Windows Internet Explorer window, click the
Close button.
Revert.

Lab Answer Key: Optimizing Data Management for Web Forms 1
Module 8
Lab Answer Key: Optimizing Data Management for Web
Forms
Contents:
Lab 8A: Optimizing Data Management for Web Forms
Lab 8B: Optimizing Data Management for Web Forms

2 Lab 8A: Optimizing Data Management for Web Forms

Lab 8A: Optimizing Data Management for Web
Forms
3. Open the AdventureWorks solution from the D:\Lab Files\VB\Lab 08\Starter\Exercise 01 or
D:\Lab Files\CS\Lab 08\Starter\Exercise 01 folder.
a. In the Start Page Microsoft Visual Studio window, on the File menu, click Open Project.
b. In the Open Project dialog box, in the File name box, type D:\Lab Files\VB\Lab
08\Starter\Exercise 01\AdventureWorks.sln or D:\Lab Files\CS\Lab 08\Starter\Exercise
01\AdventureWorks.sln, and then click Open.
Task 2: Create a new Entity Framework Data Model
1. Add an ADO.NET Entity Data Model project item named AdventureWorks.edmx. The data model
b. In the Add New Item - AdventureWorks dialog box, in the left pane, click Data, in the middle
pane, click ADO.NET Entity Data Model.
c. In the Name box, type AdventureWorks.edmx, and then click Add.
d. In the Entity Data Model Wizard, on the Choose Model Contents page, click Generate from
e. On the Choose Your Data Connection page, in the Which data connection should your
application use to connect to the database? list, click AdventureWorksLT2008 (Settings),
and then click Next.
f. On the Choose Your Database Objects page, on the Which database objects do you want to
include in your model? list, expand Tables, click Tables, and then click BuildVersion (dbo).
g. Click Finish.
2. Save and close the ADO.NET Entity Data Model item.
a. In the AdventureWorks.edmx window, on the File menu, click the Save AdventureWorks.edmx,
or press CTRL+S.
b. In the AdventureWorks.edmx window, click the Close button.
AdventureWorks.
1. Create a new user control named Quantity.ascx.
b. In the Add New Item - AdventureWorks dialog box, in the left pane, click Web, in the middle
pane, click Web User Control.
c. In the Name box, type Quantity.ascx, and then click Add.
2. Add a TextBox control named QuantityTextBox to the user control.
In Quantity.ascx window, add the following markup.
<asp:TextBox ID="QuantityTextBox"
runat="server"></asp:TextBox>
3. Add a RequiredFieldValidator control named QuantityRequiredFieldValidator to the user control.
The RequiredFieldValidator control must validate the QuantityTextBox control, and display the
text You must fill in the Quantity. as the error message, if the user leaves the text box empty. The
display mode must be dynamic.
In Quantity.ascx window, add the following markup, below the QuantityTextBox control.
<asp:RequiredFieldValidator ID="QuantityRequiredFieldValidator"
runat="server" ErrorMessage="You must fill in the Quantity."
ControlToValidate="QuantityTextBox"
4. Add a public property named Text to the user control. The property must be of type String/string,
and get and set the Text property of the QuantityTextBox control.
[Visual Basic]
Get
End Get
End Set
End Property

[Visual C#]
public string Text
{
get
{
}
set
{
}
}
a. In Solution Explorer, right-click Quantity.ascx, and then click View Code.
b. In the Quantity.ascx.vb or Quantity.ascx.cs window, add the following code, at the top of the
Quantity class.
[Visual Basic]
Get
End Get
End Set
End Property
[Visual C#]
public string Text
{
get
{
}
set
{
}
}
5. Save and close the user control.
a. In the AdventureWorks Microsoft Visual Studio window, on the File menu, click Save All.
b. In the Quantity.ascx.vb or Quantity.ascx.cs window, click the Close button.
c. In the Quantity.ascx window, click the Close button.
AdventureWorks.
Task 3: Modify ShoppingCart entity class
1. Open the ShoppingCart.vb or ShoppingCart.cs class file.
In Solution Explorer, right-click ShoppingCart.vb or ShoppingCart.cs, and then click View
Code.
2. Add a private member variable named productQuantity of type Integer/int to the ShoppingCart
class.
[Visual Basic]
[Visual C#]
In the ShoppingCart.vb or ShoppingCart.cs window, add the following code, before the
Quantity property.
[Visual Basic]
[Visual C#]
3. Modify the auto-implemented Quantity property, to get and set the productQuantity member
variable.
[Visual Basic]
Get
End Get
Set
End Set
End Property
[Visual C#]
public int Quantity
{
get
{
}
set
{
}
}
In the ShoppingCart.vb or ShoppingCart.cs window, modify the auto-implemented
property to look like this.
[Visual Basic]

Get
End Get
Set
End Set
End Property
[Visual C#]
public int Quantity
{
get
{
}
set
{
}
}
4. Add an auto-implemented TotalPrice property, of type Decimal/decimal.
[Visual Basic]
[Visual C#]
In the ShoppingCart.vb or ShoppingCart.cs window, add the following code after the ListPrice
property.
[Visual Basic]
[Visual C#]
5. Update the TotalPrice property, when the Quantity property is set.
[Visual Basic]
[Visual C#]
In the ShoppingCart.vb or ShoppingCart.cs window, append the following code to the
Quantity property setter.
[Visual Basic]
[Visual C#]
6. Save and close the ShoppingCart entity class.
ShoppingCart.vb or Save ShoppingCart.cs.
b. In the ShoppingCart.vb or ShoppingCart.cs window, click the Close button.
AdventureWorks.
In Solution Explorer, right-click ShoppingCart.aspx, and then click View Designer.
In the ShoppingCart.aspx window, click gvCart.
3. Open the Fields dialog box for the GridView control, by using the Smart Tag.
a. On the GridView control, click the Smart Tag button.
b. In the GridView Tasks dialog box, click Edit Columns.
4. Convert the Quantity field to a template field.
a. In the Fields dialog box, in the Selected fields list, click Quantity.
b. Click Convert this field into a TemplateField.
Task 5: Add computed column to GridView control
1. Append a new template field with a HeaderText property value of Total Price and close the Fields
dialog box.
a. In the Fields dialog box, in the Available fields list, click TemplateField, and then click Add.
b. In the TemplateField properties list, in the HeaderText box, type Total Price, and then click
OK.
2. Open the ShoppingCart.aspx content page in Source view.
In the ShoppingCart.aspx window, click Source.
Note: Observe how the Quantity field/column has been converted into a TemplateField, and
the newly added Total Price TemplateField.
In the ShoppingCart.aspx window, click Design.

In the ShoppingCart.aspx window, click gvCart.
3. Set the AutoGenerateEditButton property to a value of True.
In the Properties window, on the AutoGenerateEditButton list, click True.
4. Add an event handler for the RowCancelingEdit event.
a. In the Properties window, click the Events button.
b. Double-click the text box for the RowCancelingEdit event.
5. Add an event handler for the RowEditing event.
a. In the AdventureWorks Microsoft Visual Studio window, click ShoppingCart.aspx.
b. Double-click the text box for the RowEditing event.
6. Add an event handler for the RowUpdating event.
a. In the AdventureWorks Microsoft Visual Studio window, click ShoppingCart.aspx.
b. Double-click the text box for the RowUpdating event.
7. Make the existing code in the Page_Load event handler execute only on first request by wrapping
the existing code in the Page_Load event handler in an If/if statement.
Wrap the existing code in the Page_Load event handler in the following If/if statement.
[Visual Basic]
If Not IsPostBack Then
End If
[Visual C#]
if (!IsPostBack)
{
}
8. Add a new Sub/void method named BindData to the ShoppingCart1 class.
[Visual Basic]
Dim cart As List(Of ShoppingCart) =
CType(Session("_cart"), List(Of ShoppingCart))
gvCart.DataBind()
End Sub
[Visual C#]
{
List<ShoppingCart> cart = (List<ShoppingCart>)
Session["_cart"];
gvCart.DataBind();
}
Add the following code to the ShoppingCart1 class.
[Visual Basic]
Dim cart As List(Of ShoppingCart) =
CType(Session("_cart"), List(Of ShoppingCart))
gvCart.DataBind()
End Sub
[Visual C#]
{
List<ShoppingCart> cart = (List<ShoppingCart>)
Session["_cart"];
gvCart.DataBind();
}
9. Add code to the gvCart_RowEditing method, for setting the edit index, and bind the data by
[Visual Basic]
Protected Sub gvCart_RowEditing(ByVal sender As Object, ByVal
e As System.Web.UI.WebControls.GridViewEditEventArgs) Handles
gvCart.RowEditing
' Set edit index
' Bind data
BindData()
End Sub
[Visual C#]
protected void gvCart_RowEditing(object sender,
GridViewEditEventArgs e)
{
// Set edit index
// Bind data
BindData();
}
Add the following code to the gvCart_RowEditing method.
[Visual Basic]
' Set edit index
' Bind data
BindData()
[Visual C#]
// Set edit index
// Bind data
BindData();
10. Add code to the gvCart_RowCancelingEdit method, for resetting the edit index and bind the

[Visual Basic]
Protected Sub gvCart_RowCancelingEdit(ByVal sender As Object,
ByVal e As
System.Web.UI.WebControls.GridViewCancelEditEventArgs) Handles
gvCart.RowCancelingEdit
' Reset edit index
' Bind data
BindData()
End Sub
[Visual C#]
protected void gvCart_RowCancelingEdit(object sender, GridViewCancelEditEventArgs
e)
{
// Reset edit index
// Bind data
BindData();
}
Add the following code to the gvCart_RowCancelingEdit method.
[Visual Basic]
' Reset edit index
' Bind data
BindData()
[Visual C#]
// Reset edit index
// Bind data
BindData();
11. Add code to the gvCart_RowUpdating method, for retrieving the existing cart from Session.
[Visual Basic]
Dim cart As List(Of ShoppingCart) = CType(Session("_cart"),
List(Of ShoppingCart))
[Visual C#]
Add the following code to the gvCart_RowUpdating method.
[Visual Basic]
Dim cart As List(Of ShoppingCart) = CType(Session("_cart"), List(Of
ShoppingCart))
[Visual C#]
12. Append code to the gvCart_RowUpdating method, for retrieving the current row from the
GridView control.
[Visual Basic]
' Get current row
[Visual C#]
// Get current row
Append the following code to the gvCart_RowUpdating method.
[Visual Basic]
' Get current row
[Visual C#]
// Get current row
13. Append code to the gvCart_RowUpdating method, for finding the matching row in the stored
[Visual Basic]
Dim cartToEdit As ShoppingCart =
cart.Find(Function(cartToFind) cartToFind.ProductId =
Integer.Parse(row.Cells(1).Text))
[Visual C#]
ShoppingCart cartToEdit = cart.Find((cartToFind) =>
cartToFind.ProductId == int.Parse(row.Cells[1].Text));
[Visual Basic]
Dim cartToEdit As ShoppingCart =
cart.Find(Function(cartToFind) cartToFind.ProductId =
Integer.Parse(row.Cells(1).Text))
[Visual C#]

ShoppingCart cartToEdit = cart.Find((cartToFind) =>
cartToFind.ProductId == int.Parse(row.Cells[1].Text));
14. Append code to the gvCart_RowUpdating method, for updating the quantity value of the
cartToEdit shopping cart with the value of the Text property of the Quantity user control,
located in the current row of the GridView control.
[Visual Basic]
' Update values
Dim qty As Quantity =
CType(gvCart.Rows(e.RowIndex).FindControl("Quantity1"),
Quantity)

[Visual C#]
// Update values
Quantity qty =
gvCart.Rows[e.RowIndex].FindControl("Quantity1") as Quantity;
[Visual Basic]
' Update values
Dim qty As Quantity =
CType(gvCart.Rows(e.RowIndex).FindControl("Quantity1"),
Quantity)
[Visual C#]
// Update values
Quantity qty =
gvCart.Rows[e.RowIndex].FindControl("Quantity1") as
Quantity;
15. Append code to the gvCart_RowUpdating method, to save the updated cart to Session state.
[Visual Basic]
[Visual C#]
[Visual Basic]
[Visual C#]
16. Append code to the gvCart_RowUpdating method, for resetting the edit index and bind the
[Visual Basic]
' Reset edit index
' Bind data
BindData()
[Visual C#]
// Reset edit index
// Bind data
BindData();
[Visual Basic]
' Reset edit index
' Bind data
BindData()
[Visual C#]
// Reset edit index
// Bind data
BindData();
17. Save and close the ShoppingCart code-behind file.
ShoppingCart.aspx.vb or Save ShoppingCart.aspx.cs.
b. In the ShoppingCart.aspx.vb or ShoppingCart.aspx.cs window, click the Close button.
AdventureWorks.
Task 7: Add user control to TemplateField
1. Add the user control to the Shopping Cart Web Form.
a. In Solution Explorer, click Quantity.ascx, and then drag it to the designer.
b. Open the ShoppingCart.aspx content page in Source view.
c. In the ShoppingCart.aspx window, click Source.

Note: Observe how the Quantity user control has been registered using the Register directive,
and the user control has been added to the web form.
2. Move the markup for the Quantity user control to the top of the EditItemTemplate element.
<EditItemTemplate>
<asp:TextBox ID="TextBox1" runat="server" Text='<%#
Bind("Quantity") %>'></asp:TextBox>
</EditItemTemplate>
a. In the ShoppingCart.aspx window, locate and select the markup for the Quantity user control.
<uc1:Quantity ID="Quantity1" runat="server"/>
b. Right-click the selection, and then click Cut.
c. Place the cursor after the opening EditItemTemplate tag, and then press ENTER.
d. Press CTRL+V.
3. Copy the Text attribute and value from the TextBox1 control to the Quantity1 control.
<uc1:Quantity ID="Quantity1" runat="server" Text='<%#
Bind("Quantity") %>' />
a. In the ShoppingCart.aspx window, locate the TextBox1 control, and select the markup for the
Text attribute.
Text='<%# Bind("Quantity") %>'
b. Right-click the selection, and then click Copy.
c. Place the cursor in the Quantity1 element, after the runat attribute, and then press CTRL+V.
4. Delete the TextBox1 control.
a. In the ShoppingCart.aspx window, locate and select the TextBox1 control.
<asp:TextBox ID="TextBox1" runat="server" Text='<%#
Bind("Quantity") %>'></asp:TextBox>
b. Right-click the selection, and then click Delete.
5. Make the ProductId BoundField control read-only.
In the ShoppingCart.aspx window, add the following markup to the BoundField element with a
DataField attribute value of ProductId.
ReadOnly="true"
6. Format the display of the ListPrice BoundField control using the DataFormatString attribute and a
value of {0:c}.
In the ShoppingCart.aspx window, add the following markup to the BoundField element with a
DataField attribute value of ListPrice.
DataFormatString="{0:c}"
7. Modify the format of the TemplateField control with a HeaderText attribute value of Total Price, to
appear as follows.
<ItemTemplate>
<asp:Label ID="Label1" runat="server" Text='<%#
Eval("TotalPrice") %>' DataFormatString="{0:c}"></asp:Label>
</ItemTemplate>
1. Set the AllowPaging property to true for GridView control.
a. In the ShoppingCart.aspx window, place the cursor in the opening tag for the GridView control.
b. In the Properties window, in the AllowPaging list, click True.
2. Set the PageSize property to 1 for GridView control.
a. In the ShoppingCart.aspx window, place the cursor in the opening tag for the GridView control.
b. In the Properties window, in the PageSize box, type 1, and then press ENTER.
3. Add an event handler for the PageIndexChanging event.
a. In the ShoppingCart.aspx window, click Design.
b. In the Properties window, click the Events button.
c. Double-click the text box for the PageIndexChanging event.
4. Add code to prevent page index to change, when in edit mode, and display an appropriate error
[Visual Basic]
e.Cancel = True

lblMessage.Text = "Update the item before moving to page " &
Else
' Set page index
BindData()
End If
[Visual C#]
{
e.Cancel = true;


lblMessage.Text = "Update the item before moving to page " +
}
else
{
// Set page index
BindData();
}
Add the following code to the gvCart_PageIndexChanging method.
[Visual Basic]
e.Cancel = True

lblMessage.Text = "Update the item before moving to
page " &
Else
' Set page index
BindData()
End If
[Visual C#]
{
e.Cancel = true;

lblMessage.Text = "Update the item before moving to
page " +
}
else
{
// Set page index
BindData();
}
5. Save and close the ShoppingCart files.
a. In the AdventureWorks Microsoft Visual Studio window, on the File menu, click Save All.
b. In the ShoppingCart.aspx.vb or ShoppingCart.aspx.cs window, click the Close button.
c. In the ShoppingCart.aspx window, click the Close button.
AdventureWorks.
Task 9: Test GridView control
Press CTRL+F5.
2. On the Home page, in the Product Categories list, click Bike Stands, and then click Submit.
3. On the Products page, in the Bike Stands list, click All-Purpose Bike Stand.
4. On the Product Detail page, click Order.
5. On the Shopping Cart page, click Edit.
6. In the Quantity box, type 5, and then click Update.
The Quantity and Total Price columns are updated.
7. On the Shopping Cart page, click Continue Shopping.
8. On the Home page, in the Product Categories list, click Cranksets, and then click Submit.
9. On the Products page, in the Cranksets list, click HL Crankset.
10. On the Product Detail page, click Order.
Note: Observe that the customized pager has been added to the GridView, now that more items than
the specified page size have been added to the GridView.
11. On the Shopping Cart page, in the GridView pager, click 2.
The page index is changed and the content is updated appropriately.

1. Build the project.
AdventureWorks.
2. Open the SalesOrders.aspx content page in Design view.
In Solution Explorer, right-click SalesOrders.aspx, and then click View Designer.
3. Place the cursor in the HTML p element at the bottom of the MainContent Content control.
4. Add a ListView control named SalesOrdersListView to the p element.
a. In the Toolbox, expand Data, and the double-click ListView.
b. In the Properties window, in the (ID) box, type SalesOrdersListView.
5. Add a new LinqDataSource control, by using the SalesOrdersListView Smart Tag.
a. On the SalesOrdersListView control, click the Smart Tag.
b. In the ListView Tasks dialog box, in the Choose Data Source list, click <New data source>.
6. Use LINQ as the data source, and name the LinqDataSource control SalesOrdersLinqDataSource,
by using the Data Source Configuration Wizard.
In the Data Source Configuration Wizard, on the Choose a Data Source Type page, click LINQ,
in the Specify an ID for the data source box, type SalesOrdersLinqDataSource, and then click
OK.
7. Select the AdventureWorks.AdventureWorksLT2008Entities object context from the existing
In the Data Source Configuration Wizard, on the Choose a Context Object page, in the Choose
your context object list, click AdventureWorks.AdventureWorksLT2008Entities, and then
click Next.
8. Select the SalesOrderHeaders table and include the SalesOrderID, OrderDate, DueDate, ShipDate
and CustomerID fields for the LinqDataSource control.
In the Data Source Configuration Wizard, on the Configure Data Selection page, in the Table
list, click SalesOrderHeaders (ObjectSet<SalesOrderHeader>), and in the Select list, click
SalesOrderID, OrderDate, DueDate, ShipDate, and CustomerID.
9. Select only sales orders that have already shipped, by specifying a where clause, and compare
a. In the Data Source Configuration Wizard, on the Configure Data Selection page, click Where.
b. In the Configure Where Expression dialog box, in the Column list, click ShipDate, in the
Operator list, click <=, in the Source list, click None, in the Parameter properties section, in the
Value box, type DateTime.Now, and then click Add.
c. In the Configure Where Expression dialog box, click OK.
10. Order the sales orders by CustomerID and ShipDate, by specifying an Order By clause.
a. In the Data Source Configuration Wizard, on the Configure Data Selection page, click OrderBy.
b. In the Configure OrderBy Expression dialog box, in the Sort by area, in the list, click
CustomerID, in the top most Then by area, in the list, click ShipDate, and then click OK.
11. Finish the Data Source Configuration Wizard.
In the Data Source Configuration Wizard, on the Configure Data Selection page, click Finish.
12. Set the SalesOrderID field as the DataKeyNames property value.
In the Property window, in the DataKeyNames box, type SalesOrderID.
13. Open the SalesOrders.aspx web form in Source view.
In the SalesOrders.aspx window, click Source.
14. Remove the WhereParameters element from the LinqDataSource control.
In the SalesOrders.aspx window, locate and delete the following markup.
<WhereParameters>
<asp:Parameter DefaultValue="DateTime.Now" Name="ShipDate"
Type="DateTime" />
</WhereParameters>
15. Modify the Where property to appear as follows.
16. Open the SalesOrders.aspx web form in Design view.
In the SalesOrders.aspx window, click Design.
In the SalesOrders.aspx window, on the File menu, click Save SalesOrders.aspx, or press
CTRL+S.
18. Configure the SalesOrdersListView control, by using the SalesOrdersListView Smart Tag. Refresh
the schema before configuring the control.
a. On the SalesOrdersListView control, click the Smart Tag.
b. In the ListView Tasks dialog box, click Refresh Schema, and then click Configure ListView.
19. Select the Grid layout and the Professional style for the SalesOrdersListView control.
In the Configure ListView dialog box, in the Select a Layout list, click Grid, and in the Select a
Style list, click Professional.
20. Enable paging for the SalesOrdersListView control.
a. In the Configure ListView dialog box, select the Enable Paging check box, and then click OK.
b. In the Microsoft Visual Studio dialog box, click Yes.
21. Disable editing and inserting a SalesOrderHeader item in the SalesOrdersListView control, by
deleting the corresponding templates in Source view.
a. In the SalesOrders.aspx window, click Source.
b. Select and delete the EditItemTemplate and InsertItemTemplate elements and the content.
22. Add a Select button to the AlternatingItemTemplate and ItemTemplate elements. Use the Button
server control and place it at the top of the HTML tr element.
<td>
/>
</td>
a. In the SalesOrders.aspx window, insert the following markup at the top of the HTML tr element
within the AlternatingItemTemplate element.

b. In the SalesOrders.aspx window, insert the following markup at the top of the HTML tr element
within the ItemTemplate element.
<td>
/>
</td>
23. Add an empty HTML th element to the LayoutTemplate element. Make the th element a server
<th runat="server">
</th>
In the SalesOrders.aspx window, insert the following markup at the top of the HTML tr element
within the itemPlaceholderContainer table element in the LayoutTemplate element.
<th runat="server">
</th>
24. Add an empty HTML td element to the SelectedItemTemplate element. Place it at the top of the
HTML tr element.
<td>
</td>
In the SalesOrders.aspx window, insert the following markup at the top of the HTML tr element
within the SelectedItemTemplate element.
<td>
</td>
25. Add an empty HTML p element below the existing p element.
<p>
</p>
In the SalesOrders.aspx window, insert the following markup below the existing p element.
<p>
</p>
26. Add a new LinqDataSource control with the following markup, within the empty HTML p element.
<asp:LinqDataSource ID="SalesOrderDetailsLinqDataSource"
runat="server"
EntityTypeName="" TableName="SalesOrderDetails"
Where="SalesOrderID == @SalesOrderID">
<WhereParameters>
<asp:ControlParameter ControlID="SalesOrdersListView"
Name="SalesOrderID" PropertyName="SelectedValue"
</WhereParameters>
In the SalesOrders.aspx window, insert the following markup within the empty p element.
<asp:LinqDataSource ID="SalesOrderDetailsLinqDataSource"
runat="server"
ContextTypeName="AdventureWorks.AdventureWorksLT2008Entitie
s"
EntityTypeName="" TableName="SalesOrderDetails"
Where="SalesOrderID == @SalesOrderID">
<WhereParameters>
<asp:ControlParameter
ControlID="SalesOrdersListView" Name="SalesOrderID" PropertyName="SelectedValue"
</WhereParameters>
27. Add a DetailsView control with the following markup, at the top of the new HTML p element.
<asp:DetailsView ID="SalesOrderDetailDetailsView"
runat="server" DataSourceID="SalesOrderDetailsLinqDataSource"
<Fields>
HeaderText="SalesOrderDetailID"
SortExpression="SalesOrderDetailID" />
<asp:BoundField DataField="OrderQty"
HeaderText="OrderQty" SortExpression="OrderQty" />
<asp:BoundField DataField="ProductID"
HeaderText="ProductID" SortExpression="ProductID" />
<asp:BoundField DataField="UnitPrice"
HeaderText="UnitPrice" SortExpression="UnitPrice" />
<asp:BoundField DataField="LineTotal"
HeaderText="LineTotal" SortExpression="LineTotal" />
<asp:BoundField DataField="rowguid"
HeaderText="rowguid" SortExpression="rowguid" />
<asp:BoundField DataField="ModifiedDate"
HeaderText="ModifiedDate" SortExpression="ModifiedDate" />
</Fields>
</asp:DetailsView>
In the SalesOrders.aspx window, insert the following markup at the top of the new p element.
<asp:DetailsView ID="SalesOrderDetailDetailsView"
runat="server" DataSourceID="SalesOrderDetailsLinqDataSource"
<Fields>
HeaderText="SalesOrderDetailID"
SortExpression="SalesOrderDetailID" />
<asp:BoundField DataField="OrderQty"
HeaderText="OrderQty" SortExpression="OrderQty" />
<asp:BoundField DataField="ProductID"
HeaderText="ProductID" SortExpression="ProductID" />
<asp:BoundField DataField="UnitPrice"
HeaderText="UnitPrice" SortExpression="UnitPrice" />
<asp:BoundField DataField="UnitPriceDiscount"
HeaderText="UnitPriceDiscount"
<asp:BoundField DataField="LineTotal"
HeaderText="LineTotal" SortExpression="LineTotal" />
<asp:BoundField DataField="rowguid"
HeaderText="rowguid" SortExpression="rowguid" />
<asp:BoundField DataField="ModifiedDate"
HeaderText="ModifiedDate" SortExpression="ModifiedDate" />
</Fields>

</asp:DetailsView>
Task 3: Test Master Details view
Press CTRL+F5.
2. On the Sales Orders page, click Select, for any item in the ListView control.
Note: Notice how the DetailsView containing the Sales Order Details is displayed below the ListView
control.
Task 4: Create Sales Order Items History dashboard
1. Open the SalesOrderItemsHistory.aspx content page in Source view.
In Solution Explorer, right-click SalesOrderItemsHistory.aspx, and then click View Markup.
2. Add an EntityDataSource control named SalesOrderItemsEntityDataSource to the MainContent
Content control.
<asp:EntityDataSource ID="SalesOrderItemsEntityDataSource"
runat="server"
CommandText="SELECT Headers.SalesOrderNumber,
Headers.OrderDate, SUM(Details.OrderQty) AS SalesOrderItems
FROM SalesOrderHeaders AS Headers INNER JOIN
SalesOrderDetails AS Details ON Headers.SalesOrderID =
Details.SalesOrderID
GROUP BY Headers.SalesOrderID, Headers.SalesOrderNumber,
Headers.OrderDate"
In the SalesOrderItemsHistory.aspx window, place the cursor between the opening and closing
MainContent tags, and type the following markup.
<asp:EntityDataSource ID="SalesOrderItemsEntityDataSource"
runat="server"
CommandText="SELECT Headers.SalesOrderNumber,
Headers.OrderDate, SUM(Details.OrderQty) AS SalesOrderItems
FROM SalesOrderHeaders AS Headers INNER JOIN
SalesOrderDetails AS Details ON
Headers.SalesOrderID = Details.SalesOrderID
GROUP BY Headers.SalesOrderID,
Headers.SalesOrderNumber, Headers.OrderDate"
3. Open the SalesOrderItemsHistory.aspx content page in Design view.
In the SalesOrderItemsHistory.aspx window, click Design.
4. Add a Chart control named SalesOrderItemsHistoryChart.
a. In the Toolbox, expand Data, and then double-click Chart.
b. In the Properties window, in the (ID) box, type SalesOrderItemsHistoryChart.
5. Set the Chart type to Bar by using the Smart Tag.
a. With the SalesOrderItemsHistoryChart selected, click the Smart Tag.
b. In the Chart Type list, click Bar.
6. Use the SalesOrderItemsEntityDataSource control as the data source. By using the DataSourceID
property, the X values should come from the SalesOrderItems field, the Y values should come from
the OrderDate field. Refresh the schema, after selecting the data source control.
a. With the SalesOrderItemsHistoryChart selected, click the Smart Tag.
b. In the Choose Data Source list, click SalesOrderItemsEntityDataSource.
c. Click Refresh Schema.
d. In the X Value Member list, click SalesOrderItems.
e. In the Y Value Member list, click OrderDate.
7. Modify the default chart area, by setting the X and Y axis titles to # Sales Order Items and Order
a. In the Properties window, in the ChartAreas box, click the ellipsis button.
b. In the ChartArea Collection Editor, in the ChartArea1 properties list, in the Axes box, click the
ellipsis button.
c. In the Axis Collection Editor, in the X axis properties list, in the Title box, type # Sales Order
Items.
d. In the Members list, click Y (Value) axis, in the Y (Value) axis properties list, in the Title box,
type Order Date, and then click OK.
e. In the ChartArea Collection Editor, click OK.
Task 5: Test Master Details view
Press CTRL+F5.
Note: Notice how the Chart shows how the number of items per order is shown by order date.
Turn Off.
Revert.


Lab 8B: Optimizing Data Management for Web
Forms
Task 1: Create New ASP.NET Dynamic Data Web Application
3. Create an ASP.NET Dynamic Data Web application named AWDynamicData by using the New
Project dialog box, and the ASP.NET Dynamic Data Entities Web Application project template.
Place the project in the D:\Lab Files\VB\Lab 08\Starter\Exercise 04 or D:\Lab Files\CS\Lab
08\Starter\Exercise 04 folder.
a. On the File menu, click New Project.
b. In the New Project dialog box, in the left pane, click Visual Basic or Visual C#.
c. In the middle pane, click ASP.NET Dynamic Data Entities Web Application.
d. In the Name box, type AWDynamicData, in the Location box, type D:\Lab Files\VB\Lab
08\Starter\Exercise 04 or D:\Lab Files\CS\Lab 08\Starter\Exercise 04 and then click OK.
Task 2: Add New ADO.NET Entity Data Model
1. Add an ADO.NET Entity Data Model project item named AWEDM.edmx.
a. In Solution Explorer, right-click AWDynamicData, point to Add, and then click New Item.
b. In the Add New Item - AWDynamicData dialog box, in the left pane, click Data, in the middle
pane, click ADO.NET Entity data Model.
c. In the Name box, type AWEDM.edmx, and then click Add.
2. Generate the model from the AdventureWorksLT2008R2 database, on the .\SQLEXPRESS server,
and select only the Customer (SalesLT), SalesOrderDetail (SalesLT), and SalesOrderHeader
(SalesLT) tables.
a. In the Entity Data Model Wizard, on the Choose Model Contents page, click Generate from
b. On the Choose Your Data Connection page, click New Connection.
c. In the Choose Data Source dialog box, in the Data source list, click Microsoft SQL Server, and
then click Continue.
d. In the Connection Properties dialog box, in the Server name box, type .\SQLEXPRESS.
e. In the Select or enter a database name list, click AdventureWorksLT2008R2, and then click
OK.
f. In the Entity Data Model Wizard, on the Choose Your Data Connection page, click Next.
g. On the Choose Your Database Objects page, on the Which database objects do you want to
include in your model? list, expand Tables, click Customer (SalesLT), SalesOrderDetail
(SalesLT), SalesOrderHeader (SalesLT), and then click Finish.
3. Save and close the AWEDM.edmx file.
26 Lab 8B: Optimizing Data Management for Web Forms

a. On the File menu of Visual Studio 2010, click Save AWEDM.edmx.
b. In the AWEDM.edmx window, click the Close button.
Task 3: Register Object Context
1. In the Global.asax.vb or Global.asax.cs file, add context registration to the RegisterRoutes procedure,
registering all tables for the AWDynamicData.AdventureWorksLT2008R2Entities object context.
[Visual Basic]
DefaultModel.RegisterContext(GetType(AWDynamicData.AdventureWorksLT2008R2Entities),
[Visual C#]
DefaultModel.RegisterContext(typeof(AWDynamicData.AdventureWorksLT2008R2Entities),
{
});
In the Global.asax.vb or Global.asax.cs window, add the following code at the top of to the
RegisterRoutes procedure.
[Visual Basic]
DefaultModel.RegisterContext(GetType(AWDynamicData.AdventureWorksLT2008R2Entities
),

[Visual C#]
DefaultModel.RegisterContext(typeof(AWDynamicData.AdventureWorksLT2008R2Entities)
,
{
});
2. Save and close the Global.asax.vb or Global.asax.cs file.
a. On the File menu of Visual Studio 2010, click Save Global.asax.vb or Save Global.asax.cs.
b. In the Global.asax.vb or Global.asax.cs window, click the Close button.
Task 4: Run the Application
1. Build and run the Web application.
On the Debug menu of Visual Studio 2010, click Start Without Debugging.
Note: The page displayed in the browser displays a list of the tables you added to the data model.
2. View the Customers page, showing all customers.
In the Dynamic Data Site Windows Internet Explorer window, click Customers.
Note: The page displays the List view that contains the data from the Customers table.
3. View the Details view, for a customer.
In the Customers - Windows Internet Explorer window, click Details, to the left of a customer.
Note: The page displays the Details view that contains the data for the selected row from the
Customers table.
4. View the Customers page, showing all customers, by clicking Show all items.
In the Customers - Windows Internet Explorer window, click Show all items.
5. Sort the customers by the LastName column.
In the Customers - Windows Internet Explorer window, click LastName.
Note: The page displays the List view that contains the data of customers, sorted by last name.
6. View the sales order headers associated with the second customer displayed from the top.
In the Customers - Windows Internet Explorer window, in the second row, under
SalesOrderHeaders, click View SalesOrderHeaders.
Note: The page displays the List view that contains the data of customer sales order headers.
7. Filter the sales order headers by entries that have the OnlineOrderFlag column set to True.
In the OnlineOrderFlag list, click True.
Note: The page now displays no sales order headers, because none of the sales order headers have the
8. View the customers page.
In the SalesOrderHeaders - Windows Internet Explorer window, press BACKSPACE twice.
9. Create a new customer, by clicking Insert new item.
In the Customers - Windows Internet Explorer window, at the end of the page, click Insert new
item to create a new customer.
10. Save the new customer, with empty fields, and then cancel the new customer.
In the Customers - Windows Internet Explorer window, at the end of the page, click Insert, and
view the smart validation that has been added to the required fields, and then click Cancel.
Note: The page displays the List view that contains the data from the Customers table. This is the
11. Edit the last customer displayed.
28 Lab 8B: Optimizing Data Management for Web Forms

In the Customers - Windows Internet Explorer window, at the end of the page, click Edit to
modify a customer.
Note: The page displays the Edit view that contains the data for the selected row from the Customers
table.
12. Cancel the edit and close Windows Internet Explorer.
a. In the Customers - Windows Internet Explorer window, at the end of the page, click Cancel to
cancel the edit operation.
b. In the Customers - Windows Internet Explorer window, click the Close button.
13. Close Microsoft Visual Studio 2010.
In the AWDynamicData - Microsoft Visual Studio window, click the Close button.
Turn Off.
Revert.

Lab Answer Key: Ensuring Quality by Debugging, Unit Testing, and Refactoring 1
Module 9
Lab Answer Key: Ensuring Quality by Debugging, Unit
Testing, and Refactoring
Contents:
Exercise 1: Configuring Error Handling 2
Exercise 2: Debugging Code 3
Exercise 3: Logging 7
Exercise 4: Creating Unit Tests 10
Methodology 14

2 Lab Answer Key: Ensuring Quality by Debugging, Unit Testing, and Refactoring
Lab 9: Debugging, Unit Testing, and
Refactoring
Exercise 1: Configuring Error Handling
2. Open Microsoft
Visual Studio
2010.
Task 2: Create a generic error page for unhandled errors
1. Add a new Web Form named CustomErrorPage.
a. In Solution Explorer, right-click AdventureWorks, point to Add, and then click New Item, or
press CTRL+ SHIFT+ A.
b. In the Add New Item - AdventureWorks dialog box, in the middle pane, click Web Form, in
the Name box, type CustomErrorPage.aspx, and then click Add.
2. Add the text CUSTOM ERROR PAGE to the CustomErrorPage Web Form.
In the CustomErrorPage.aspx window, in the div element, type CUSTOM ERROR PAGE.
3. Save the AdventureWorks project.
In the AdventureWorks Microsoft Visual Studio window, on the File menu, click Save All, or
press CTRL+SHIFT+S.
4. Close the CustomErrorPage Web Form.
In the CustomErrorPage.aspx window, click the Close button.
Task 3: Modify web.config to redirect to the generic error page when an unhandled
error occurs
2. Add the following markup to the system.web element.
In the Web.config window, add the following markup after the closing compilation tag.
</compilation>
Web.config, or press CTRL+ S.
b. In the Web.config window, click the Close button.
In Solution Explorer, click AdventureWorks, and then press CTRL+F5.
In the Home Page Windows Internet Explorer window, click Submit.
6. Close Windows
Internet Explorer
.
In the http://localhost:xxxx/CustomErrorPage.aspx?aspxerrorpath=/Products.aspx Windows
Internet Explorer window, click the Close button.
Exercise 2: Debugging Code
1. Set Default.aspx as the project start page.
In Solution Explorer, right-click Default.aspx, and then click Set As Start Page.
In Solution Explorer, click AdventureWorks, and then press F5.
Task 3: Debug Default.aspx
Note: In Visual Studio, in the FormatException was unhandled by user code pane, the error text
Input string was not in a correct format is displayed.
Note: The custom error page is displayed. Do not close Internet Explorer.
3. In Visual Studio, place a breakpoint in Default.aspx.cs or Default.aspx.vb on the following line of
code.
[Visual C#]

[Visual Basic]
a. On the Windows taskbar, click AdventureWorks (Running) Microsoft Visual Studio.
b. In Solution Explorer, right-click Default.aspx, and then click View Code.
c. Place the cursor on the following line of code, and then press F9.
[Visual C#]

[Visual Basic]
4. Click the Back button on your browser.
a. On the Windows taskbar, click
http://localhost:xxxx/CustomErrorPage.aspx?aspxerrorpath=/Products.aspx Windows
Internet Explorer.
b. In the http://localhost:xxxx/CustomErrorPage.aspx?aspxerrorpath=/Products.aspx
Windows Internet Explorer window, click the Back button.
the list.
7. Hover the mouse over category and notice it is an empty string, which cannot be parsed by the code
in the Products page.
8. Press SHIFT+F5 to end debugging.
9. In Visual Studio, modify the line of code that sets the local variable category to the selected value of
the list, as follows.
[Visual C#]
string category = lbCategories.SelectedValue == string.Empty ? "5" :
lbCategories.SelectedValue;

[Visual Basic]
Dim category As String = IIf(lbCategories.SelectedValue = String.Empty, "5",
lbCategories.SelectedValue)
Note: If the breakpoint disappears after modifying the line of code, place the cursor on the line of
code, and then press F9.
the list.
13. Hover the mouse over category and notice it is a string with the value of 5.
Note: The Products page is displayed, showing a list of Mountain Bikes.
In the http://localhost:xxxx/Products.aspx?id=5 Windows Internet Explorer window, click the
Close button.
16. Remove all breakpoints by pressing CTRL+SHIFT+F9.
In the Microsoft Visual Studio dialog box, click Yes.
Task 4: Debug a java script error using breakpoints and single stepping
Run the application in Debug mode.
Task 5: Debug Default.aspx.js
In the Home Page Windows Internet Explorer window, click Select First.
Note: A dialog box with an alert message is now shown.
2. In the Message from webpage message box, click OK three times.
3. In Visual Studio, place a breakpoint in Default.aspx.js on the following line of code.
for (i = 0; i < 3; i++) {
a. On the Windows taskbar, click AdventureWorks (Running) Microsoft Visual Studio.
b. In Solution Explorer, double-click Default.aspx.js.
c. Place the cursor on the following line of code, and then press F9.
for (i = 0; i < 3; i++) {
a. On the Windows taskbar, click http://localhost:xxxx/Products.aspx?id=5 Windows Internet
Explorer.
b. In the http://localhost:xxxx/Products.aspx?id=5 Windows Internet Explorer window, click the
Back button.
In the Home Page Windows Internet Explorer window, click Select First.
6. Press F10 to step over the statements of code, until a message box is displayed.
7. In the Message from webpage message box, click OK.
8. Repeat steps 6 and 7 twice.
9. Press F5.
Note: The Products page is displayed.
In the http://localhost:xxxx/Products.aspx?id=5 Windows Internet Explorer window, click the
Close button.
Exercise 3: Logging
Task 2: Configure logging to an Error Log
1. Open Products.aspx in Code view.
In Solution Explorer, right-click Products.aspx, and then click View Code.
[Visual C#]

[Visual Basic]
3. Modify the Page_Load method with the following code.
[Visual C#]
{
{
string categoryName = string.Empty;
string categoryId = string.Empty;

{
}

try
{
categoryName =
}
catch (Exception ex)
{
EventLog Log = new EventLog();
Log.Source = "Application";
Log.WriteEntry(ex.Message, EventLogEntryType.Error);
}

var data =

}
}

[Visual Basic]
Me.Load
Dim categoryName As String = String.Empty
Dim categoryID As String = String.Empty

End If

Try
categoryName =
Catch ex As Exception
Dim Log As New EventLog()
Log.Source = "Application"

Log.WriteEntry(ex.Message, EventLogEntryType.[Error])
End Try


Dim data =
D))
End If
End Sub
Press CTRL+F5.
5. Open the Event Viewer and show the Application log entry. If necessary, sort the Application log
entries by date and time.

a. On the Start menu, point to Administrative Tools, and then click Event Viewer.
b. In the Event Viewer, in the left pane, expand Windows Logs, and then click Application.
c. If needed, click Date and Time to sort by date and time.
d. View the logged Application error, by double-clicking it in the middle pane.
6. Close the Event Viewer.
In the Event Viewer window, click Close button.
In the http://localhost:xxxx/CustomErrorPage.aspx?aspxerrorpath=/Products.aspx Windows
Internet Explorer window, click the Close button.
Task 3: Set the logging level in the Web.config file to allow for future debugging
2. In the opening compilation tag, ensure that the value of the debug attribute is set to true.
<compilation debug="true" ...>
3. Close the Web.config file.
In the Web.config window, click the Close button.
Task 4: Create a generic error handler
[Visual C#]

[Visual Basic]
3. Modify the Application_Error method with the following code.
[Visual C#]
void Application_Error(object sender, EventArgs e)
{
string message =
"Url: " + Request.Path + " Error: " +
Server.GetLastError().ToString();
EventLog log = new EventLog();
log.Source = "Application";
log.WriteEntry(message, EventLogEntryType.Error);
}

[Visual Basic]
Sub Application_Error(ByVal sender As Object, ByVal e As EventArgs)
Dim message As String =
"Url: " & Request.Path & " Error: " &
Server.GetLastError().ToString()
Dim log As New EventLog()
log.Source = "Application"
log.WriteEntry(message, EventLogEntryType.Error)
End Sub
AdventureWorks.
Exercise 4: Creating Unit Tests
09\Starter\Exercise 04\MyClassLibrary.sln or D:\Lab Files\VB\Lab 09\Starter\Exercise
04\MyClassLibrary.sln, and then click Open.
Task 2: Create a method to add two numbers
1. Open the Calculator.cs or Calculator.vb file.
a. In Solution Explorer, double-click Calculator.cs or Calculator.vb.
b. Add the following code to Calculator class.
[Visual C#]
public int Add(int p1, int p2)
{
return p1 + p2;
}

[Visual Basic]
Public Function Add(ByVal p1 As Integer, ByVal p2 As Integer) As Integer
Return p1 + p2
End Function
2. Save Calculator.cs or Calculator.vb.
In the MyClassLibrary Microsoft Visual Studio window, on the File menu, click Save
Calculator.cs, or Save Calculator.vb.
In the MyClassLibrary Microsoft Visual Studio window, on the Build menu, click Build
ClassLibrary.
Task 3: Add a test project
Add a test project named CalculatorTestProject for the Add method.
a. In the Calculator.cs, or Calculator.vb window, right-click to the Add method declaration, and
then click Create Unit Tests.
b. In the Create Unit Tests dialog box, ensure the Add(System.Int32, System.Int32) check box is
selected, and then click OK.
c. In the New Test Project dialog box, in the Enter a name for your new project box, type
CalculatorTestProject, and then click Create.
Task 4: Edit the test method to pass
[Visual C#]
int p1 = 2;

[Visual Basic]
[Visual C#]
int p2 = 3;

[Visual Basic]

[Visual C#]
int expected = 5;

[Visual Basic]
4. Remove the following code.
[Visual C#]
Assert.Inconclusive("Verify the correctness of this test method.");

[Visual Basic]
Assert.Inconclusive("Verify the correctness of this test method.")
[Visual C#]
[TestMethod()]
{
int actual;
}

[Visual Basic]
<TestMethod()> _
value
End Sub
Task 5: Run the test
Start the test.
In the CalculatorTest.cs, or CalculatorTest.vb window, right-click the AddTest method
declaration, and then click Run Tests.
Note: In the Test Result window, you can see that the AddTest test passed.
Task 6: Edit the test method to fail
[Visual C#]
int expected = 6;

[Visual Basic]
[Visual C#]
[TestMethod()]
{
int actual;
}

[Visual Basic]
<TestMethod()> _
value
End Sub
1. Start the test.
In the CalculatorTest.cs, or CalculatorTest.vb window, right-click the AddTest method
declaration, and then click Run Tests.
Note: In the Test Result window, you can see that the AddTest test failed.
In the MyClassLibrary Microsoft Visual Studio window, click the Close button.

Exercise 5: Implementing the Test-First/Test-Driven Development Methodology
09\Starter\Exercise 05\MyClassLibrary.sln or D:\Lab Files\VB\Lab 09\Starter\Exercise
05\MyClassLibrary.sln, and then click Open.
Task 2: Create tests
In Solution Explorer, under CalculatorTestProject, double-click CalculatorTest.cs or
CalculatorTest.vb.
2. Add the following code to CalculatorTest class.
[Visual C#]
[TestMethod()]
public void ClassMultiplyMethodTest()
{


int expected = 6;
int unexpected = 5;
int actual = target.Multiply(3, 2);

}

[TestMethod()]
public void ClassSubtractMethodTest()
{


int expected = 1;
int unexpected = 6;
int actual = target.Subtract(3, 2);

}

[Visual Basic]
<TestMethod()>
Public Sub ClassMultiplyMethodTest()


Dim actual As Integer = target.Multiply(3, 2)

End Sub

<TestMethod()>
Public Sub ClassSubtractMethodTest()


Dim actual As Integer = target.Subtract(3, 2)

End Sub
3. Save the CalculatorTest.cs or CalculatorTest.vb file.
In the MyClassLibrary Microsoft Visual Studio window, on the File menu, click Save
CalculatorTest.cs or Save CalculatorTest.vb.
Task 3: Create method stub
1. Open the Calculator.cs or Calculator.vb file in the ClassLibrary project.
In Solution Explorer, under ClassLibrary, double-click Calculator.cs or Calculator.vb.
2. Add the following code to the Calculator class.
[Visual C#]
{
}

{
}

[Visual Basic]
Public Function Multiply(ByVal p1 As Integer, ByVal p2 As Integer) As Integer
End Function

End Function
Solution or press CTRL+SHIFT+B.
1. Open the CalculatorTest.cs or CalculatorTest.vb file.
In the MyClassLibrary Microsoft Visual Studio window, click CalculatorTest.cs or
CalculatorTest.vb.
In the CalculatorTest.cs, or CalculatorTest.vb window, right-click the
ClassMultiplyMethodTest method declaration, and then click Run Tests.
Note: In the Test Result window, you can see that the ClassMultiplyMethodTest test failed.
ClassSubtractMethodTest method declaration, and then click Run Tests.
Note: In the Test Result window, you can see that the ClassSubtractMethodTest test failed.
In the CalculatorTest.cs, or CalculatorTest.vb window, click the Close button.
Task 5: Add logic to stub methods
1. Replace the Multiply method in the Calculator class with following code.
[Visual C#]
{
return p1 * p2;
}

[Visual Basic]
Public Function Multiply (ByVal p1 As Integer, ByVal p2 As Integer) As Integer
Return p1 * p2
End Function
2. Replace the Subtract method in the Calculator class with following code.
[Visual C#]
{
return p1 - p2;
}

[Visual Basic]
Return p1 - p2
End Function
Solution or press CTRL+SHIFT+B.
In Solution Explorer, under CalculatorTestProject, double-click CalculatorTest.cs or
CalculatorTest.vb.
ClassMultiplyMethodTest method declaration, and then click Run Tests.
Note: In the Test Result window, you can see that the ClassMultiplyMethodTest test passed.
ClassSubtractMethodTest method declaration, and then click Run Tests.
Note: In the Test Result window, you can see that the ClassSubtractMethodTest test passed.
In the CalculatorTest.cs, or CalculatorTest.vb window, click the Close button.
In the MyClassLibrary Microsoft Visual Studio window, click the Close button.
Turn Off.
Revert.

Lab Answer Key: Securing a Web Application 1
Module 10
Lab Answer Key: Securing a Web Application
Contents:
Exercise 1: Configuring ASP.NET Membership and Roles 2
Exercise 2: Authentication 3
Exercise 3: Authorization 8

2 Lab Answer Key: Securing a Web Application
Lab 10: Securing a Web Application
Exercise 1: Configuring ASP.NET Membership and Roles
2. Open Microsoft
Visual Studio
2010.
Task 2: Open the ASP.NET Web Site Administration Tool
1. In Solution Explorer, click AdventureWorks.
On the Build menu, click Build Solution, or press CTRL+SHIFT+B.
3. In Solution Explorer, click the ASP.NET Configuration button.
4. Change the authentication type from local to Internet (Windows to Forms), by using the Security
page.
In the ASP.Net Web Application Administration Windows Internet Explorer window, click
Security.
5. Click Select authentication type.
6. Click From the internet, and then click Done.
Task 3: Add users
1. Click Create user.
User Name Password E-mail
Security
Mary Pa$$w0rd mary@adventureworks.com Favorite pet Cat

In the User Name box, type Mary, in the Password box, type Pa$$w0rd, in the Confirm
Password box, type Pa$$w0rd, in the E-mail box, type mary@adventureworks.com, in the
Security Question box, type Favorite pet, in the Security Answer box, type Cat.
4. Click Continue.
User
Security
John Pa$$w0rd john@adventureworks.com High School Central

In the User Name box, type John, in the Password box, type Pa$$w0rd, in the Confirm
Password box, type Pa$$w0rd, in the E-mail box, type john@adventureworks.com, in the
Security Question box, type High School, in the Security Answer box, type Central.
7. Click Continue.
Task 4: Add roles
1. In the ASP.NET Web Site Administration Tool, click Security.
In the ASP.Net Web Application Administration Windows Internet Explorer window, click
Security.
2. Click Enable roles.
3. Click Create or Manage roles.
4. In the New role name box, type Administration, and then click Add Role.
If the AutoComplete dialog box appears, in the AutoComplete dialog box, click No.
5. In the New role name box, type Contributor, and then click Add Role.
Task 5: Assign roles to users
1. Click Manage for the Contributor role.
Next to the Contributor role, click Manage.
3. Select the User Is In Role check box next to user Mary.
4. Click Back.
5. Click Manage for the Administration role.
Next to the Administration role, click Manage.
7. Select the User Is In Role check boxes next to users John and Mary.
8. Close the ASP.NET Web Site Administration Tool.
In the ASP.Net Web Application Administration Windows Internet Explorer window, click the
Close button.
Exercise 2: Authentication
Task 2: Configure an application to use Forms authentication
2. Ensure that the value of the mode attribute it set to Forms, in the self-closing authentication
element.
<authentication mode="Forms" />
Note: When changing the authentication type in the ASP.NET Web Site Administration Tool to From
the internet, the Web.config file is updated automatically.
3. Add a redirect to the existing Login.aspx Web Form in the Account folder, by modifying the self-
closing authentication tag.
</authentication>
Task 3: Use the Login control
1. In Solution Explorer, expand the Account folder.
2. Open the Login.aspx Web Form.
In Solution Explorer, under Account, double-click Login.aspx.
3. Examine the markup for the Login control, including the UserName and Password TextBox
controls, as well as the RememberMe CheckBox control.
<asp:Login ID="LoginUser" runat="server" EnableViewState="false"
RenderOuterTable="false">
<LayoutTemplate>
<span class="failureNotification">
<asp:Literal ID="FailureText" runat="server"></asp:Literal>
</span>
<asp:ValidationSummary ID="LoginUserValidationSummary" runat="server"
CssClass="failureNotification"
ValidationGroup="LoginUserValidationGroup"/>
<div class="accountInfo">
<fieldset class="login">
<legend>Account Information</legend>
<p>
<asp:Label ID="UserNameLabel" runat="server"
AssociatedControlID="UserName">Username:</asp:Label>
<asp:TextBox ID="UserName" runat="server"
CssClass="textEntry"></asp:TextBox>
<asp:RequiredFieldValidator ID="UserNameRequired" runat="server"
ControlToValidate="UserName"
CssClass="failureNotification" ErrorMessage="User Name is
required." ToolTip="User Name is required."

</p>
<p>
<asp:TextBox ID="Password" runat="server"
CssClass="passwordEntry" TextMode="Password"></asp:TextBox>
<asp:RequiredFieldValidator ID="PasswordRequired" runat="server"
ControlToValidate="Password"
CssClass="failureNotification" ErrorMessage="Password is
required." ToolTip="Password is required."

</p>
<p>
<asp:CheckBox ID="RememberMe" runat="server"/>
<asp:Label ID="RememberMeLabel" runat="server"
AssociatedControlID="RememberMe" CssClass="inline">Keep me logged in</asp:Label>
</p>
</fieldset>
<p class="submitButton">
<asp:Button ID="LoginButton" runat="server" CommandName="Login"
Text="Log In" ValidationGroup="LoginUserValidationGroup"/>
</p>
</div>
</LayoutTemplate>
</asp:Login>
4. Add a redirect to the EmailPassword.aspx Web Form in the Account folder, by adding the following
markup above the PasswordLabel control.
In the Login.aspx window, type the following markup.
<p>
Note: The EmailPassword.aspx Web Form has not yet been created.
Task 4: Set the password options
1. Open Login.aspx in Code view.
In the Login.aspx window, right-click anywhere, and then click View Code.
2. Import the System.Web.Security namespace.
[Visual C#]

[Visual Basic]
At the top of the Login.aspx code-behind file, type the following code.
[Visual C#]

[Visual Basic]
3. Add the following code to the Login class to handle the Authenticate event for the LoginUser
server control.
[Visual C#]
protected void LoginUser_Authenticate(object sender, AuthenticateEventArgs e)
{
// Get the membership details for the user
MembershipUser user = Membership.GetUser(LoginUser.UserName.Trim());

// Did we find the user?
if (user != null)
{
// Check if the user password has expired after 90 days
if (DateTime.Now.Subtract(user.LastPasswordChangedDate).TotalDays >= 90)
{
Response.Redirect("PasswordExpired.aspx");
}
else
{
// Authenticate user
if (Membership.ValidateUser(LoginUser.UserName.Trim(),
LoginUser.Password.Trim()))
e.Authenticated = true;
}
}

[Visual Basic]
Protected Sub LoginUser_Authenticate(ByVal sender As Object, ByVal e As
AuthenticateEventArgs) Handles LoginUser.Authenticate
' Get the membership details for the user
Dim user As MembershipUser = Membership.GetUser(LoginUser.UserName.Trim())

' Did we find the user?
If Not user Is Nothing Then
' Check if the user password has expired after 90 days
If DateTime.Now.Subtract(user.LastPasswordChangedDate).TotalDays >= 90 Then
Response.Redirect("PasswordExpired.aspx")
Else
' Authenticate user
If Membership.ValidateUser(LoginUser.UserName.Trim(),
LoginUser.Password.Trim()) Then
e.Authenticated = True
End If
End If
End If
End Sub
5. Close the Login.aspx code-behind file.
In the Login.aspx.cs or Login.aspx.vb window, click the Close button.
6. Close the Login.aspx Web Form.
In the Login.aspx window, click the Close button.
Task 5: Configure password recovery
1. Add a new Web Form named EmailPassword to the Account folder. The Web Form must be based
on the Site.Master master page.
a. In Solution Explorer, right-click Account, point to Add, and then click New Item.
b. In the Add New Item AdventureWorks dialog box, in the middle pane, click Web Form
using Master Page, in the Name box, type EmailPassword.aspx, and then click Add.
c. In the Select a Master Page dialog box, in the Contents of folder list, click Site.Master, and
then click OK.
2. Drag a PasswordRecovery server control from the Login section of the Toolbox to the
EmailPassword.aspx Web Form, in the Content2 Content control. Keep the default settings.
<asp:PasswordRecovery ID="PasswordRecovery1" runat="server">
</asp:PasswordRecovery>
</asp:Content>
3. Configure the Web.config file to use the mail settings as shown.
<system.net>
<mailSettings>
<network host="yourhost" userName="hostusername" password="hostpassword" />
</smtp>
</mailSettings>
</system.net>
a. In the AdventureWorks Microsoft Visual Studio window, click Web.config.
b. In the configuration element, add the following markup before the closing configuration tag.
<system.net>
<mailSettings>
<network host="yourhost" userName="hostusername"
password="hostpassword" />
</smtp>
</mailSettings>
</system.net>
Exercise 3: Authorization
Task 2: Allow anonymous access to the EmailPassword Web Form
1. Open the Web.config file in the Account folder.
In Solution Explorer, expand Account, and then double-click Web.config.
2. Add the following markup to the Web.config file, above the existing location element.
<location path="EmailPassword.aspx">
<system.web>
<authorization>
<allow users="*"/>
</authorization>
</system.web>
</location>
a. Press CTRL+S.
Task 3: Create the secured portion of the site
1. Create a new folder named Contributors.
a. In Solution Explorer, right-click AdventureWorks, point to Add, and then click New Folder.
b. In the box, type Contributors, and then press ENTER.
2. Add a new Web Form named Home.aspx in the Contributors folder. The Web Form should be
based on the Site.Master master page.
a. Right-click Contributors, point to Add, and then click New Item.
b. In the Add New Item AdventureWorks dialog box, in the middle pane, click Web Form
using Master Page, in the Name box, type Home.aspx, and then click Add.
then click OK.
3. Add the following header to the Home.aspx Web Form.
</asp:Content>
In the Home.aspx window, in the Content2 Content control, type the following markup.
4. Save and close the Home.aspx file.
a. Press CTRL+S.
b. In the Home.aspx window, click the Close button.

6. Add the following markup to the Web.config file, above the opening connectionStrings tag.
<location path="Contributors">
<system.web>
<authorization>
<allow roles="Contributor"/>
<deny users="*"/>
</authorization>
</system.web>
</location>
a. Press CTRL+S.
b. Press CTRL+F5.
3. On the Home page, click Log In.
4. On the Login page, click Forgot Password?.
Note: You have access to the EmailPassword Web Form as an anonymous user.
In the http://localhost:xxxx/Account/EmailPassword.aspx Windows Internet Explorer window,
click the Back button.
Note: The Login is displayed.
6. Log on using John as the username and Pa$$w0rd as the password.
In the Username box, type John, in the Password box, type Pa$$w0rd, and then click Log In.
7. Access the Contributors/Home.aspx Web Form.
Type the following URL in the Windows
Internet Explorer
Address bar, and then press ENTER.

[Visual C#]

[Visual Basic]
Note: You are denied access because the user John is not authorized to access the Contributors
folder.
8. Log on using Mary as the username and Pa$$w0rd as the password.
In the Username box, type Mary, in the Password box, type Pa$$w0rd, and then click Log In.
Note: You are now redirected to the Contributors/Home.aspx Web Form, because the user Mary is
authorized to access the Contributors folder.
In the http://localhost:xxxx/Contributors/Home.aspx Windows Internet Explorer window, click
the Close button.
Turn Off.
Revert.

Lab Answer Key: Applying Master Pages and CSS 1
Module 11
Lab Answer Key: Applying Master Pages and CSS
Contents:
Exercise 1: Modify a Master Page 2
Exercise 2: Create a Nested Master Page 4
Exercise 3: Integrate a Master Page 7
Exercise 4: Implement Control Skins 11
Exercise 5: Apply Styles and Themes 12

2 Lab Answer Key: Applying Master Pages and CSS
Lab 11: Applying Master Pages and CSS
Exercise 1: Modify a Master Page
2. Open Microsoft
Visual Studio
2010.
Open the Site.Master file in the root of the AdventureWorks project.
Task 3: Add a third ContentPlaceHolder control
Add the following markup to the Site.Master file to add the new ContentPlaceHolder with an ID
attribute value of FooterContent.
<div class="footer">
</div>
In the Site.Master window, add the following markup to the div element with an ID attribute
value of FooterContent.
Task 4: Open the About.aspx page
Open the About.aspx file in the root of the AdventureWorks project.
In Solution Explorer, double-click About.aspx.
Task 5: Add a new Content control to About.aspx
Add the following markup to the About.aspx file to add the Content control in the bottom of the
page.
<asp:Content ID="PageFooterContent" runat="server"

</asp:Content>
In the About.aspx window, append the following markup to the existing markup.
<asp:Content ID="PageFooterContent" runat=="server"

</asp:Content>
Task 6: Add the string Copyright notice to the control
Add the following text to the Content control.
<asp:Content ID="PageFooterContent" runat=server
</asp:Content>
In the About.aspx window, add the following markup to the Content control with an ID
attribute value of PageFooterContent.
Task 7: Test the About.aspx page
1. Run the application to test the page by pressing CTRL+F5.
Note: The rendered page should appear as follows. Notice the text you added at the bottom of the
image.

2. Close Windows
Internet Explorer
.
In the About Us Windows Internet Explorer window, click the Close button.
Exercise 2: Create a Nested Master Page
Task 2: Create a Nested Master page
1. Add a nested master page named Nested.master to the project. It should be based on the
b. In the Add New Item - AdventureWorks dialog box, in the middle pane, click Nested Master
Page, in the Name box, type Nested.master, and then click Add.
then click OK.
2. Rename each of the three Content controls to Header, Main, and Footer.
[Visual C#]
<%@ Master Language="C#" MasterPageFile="~/Site.Master" AutoEventWireup="true"
CodeBehind="Nested.master.cs" Inherits="AdventureWorks.Nested" %>
</asp:Content>
</asp:Content>
</asp:Content>

[Visual Basic]
<%@ Master Language="VB" MasterPageFile="~/Site.Master" AutoEventWireup="false"
CodeBehind="Nested.master.vb" Inherits="AdventureWorks.Nested" %>
</asp:Content>
</asp:Content>
</asp:Content>
a. In the Nested.master window, locate the Content control with an ID attribute value of
Content1, and change it to Header.
b. Locate the Content control with an ID attribute value of Content2, and change it to Main.
c. Locate the Content control with an ID attribute value of Content3, and change it to Footer.
Task 3: Add two ContentPlaceHolder controls
To add two ContentPlaceHolder controls to the Nested.master file, add the following markup, in
the Main Content control.
<div class="left">
</div>
<div class="right">
</div>
</asp:Content>
In the Nested.master window, in the Content control with an ID attribute value of Main, type
the following markup.
<div class="left">
</div>
<div class="right">
</div>
Task 4: Add footer content
To add the footer content to the Nested.master file, add the following markup in the Footer
Content control.
</asp:Content>
In the Nested.master window, in the Content control with an ID attribute value of Footer, type
the following markup.
Task 5: Change the Default.aspx page Web Form to use the Nested.master page
1. Modify the Page directive in the Default.aspx file, by adding following markup to change the master
page.
[Visual C#]
<%@ Page Title="Home Page" Language="C#" MasterPageFile="~/Nested.master"
AutoEventWireup="true"
CodeBehind="Default.aspx.cs" Inherits="AdventureWorks._Default" %>

[Visual Basic]
<%@ Page Title="Home Page" Language="vb" MasterPageFile="~/Nested.master"
AutoEventWireup="false"
CodeBehind="Default.aspx.vb" Inherits="AdventureWorks._Default" %>
b. In the Default.aspx window, in the Page directive, change the value of the MasterPageFile
attribute from ~/Site.Master to ~/Nested.master.
2. Change the ContentPlaceHolder controls to which the Content controls refer to RightContent and
LeftContent. Rename the Content controls to RightBodyContent and LeftBodyContent.
...
a. In the Default.aspx window, locate the Content control with an ID attribute value of
HeaderContent, and change it to RightBodyContent. Change the ContentPlaceHolderID
attribute value from HeadContent to RightContent.
b. Locate the Content control with an ID attribute value of BodyContent, and change it to
LeftBodyContent. Change the ContentPlaceHolderID attribute value from MainContent to
LeftContent.
3. Add the following markup to the Content control with an ID attribute value of RightBodyContent.
<p>
Right Content
</p>
</asp:Content>
In the Default.aspx window, in the Content control with an ID attribute value of
RightBodyContent, type the following markup.
<p>
Right Content
</p>
4. Move the Content control with an ID attribute value of RightBodyContent to after the Content
control with an ID attribute value of LeftBodyContent.
<h2>
Welcome to AdventureWorks!
</h2>
<p>
Product Categories
<br />
Height="270px" Width="186px"></asp:ListBox>
<br />
<asp:Button ID="btnCategory" runat="server" Text="Submit"></asp:Button>
</p>
</asp:Content>
<p>
Right Content
</p>
</asp:Content>
a. In the Default.aspx window, locate and select the Content control with an ID attribute value of
RightBodyContent, and then press CTRL+X.
b. Place the cursor after the closing Content tag for the Content control with an ID attribute value
of LeftBodyContent, and then press CTRL+V.
Task 6: Test the Default.aspx page
1. Test the page by pressing CTRL+F5.
Note: The rendered page should appear as follows. Notice the content displayed in two columns.

Exercise 3: Integrate a Master Page
Open the Site.Master file.
Task 3: Create an area on the master page to display status messages
Create a Label control named StatusMessageLabel in the div element with a class attribute value of
main.
<div class="main">
<asp:ContentPlaceHolder ID="MainContent" runat="server"/>
</div>
In the Site.Master window, in the div element with a class attribute value of main, after the
ContentPlaceHolder control, type the following markup.
Task 4: Create a property that populates the status area
1. Open the Site.Master master page in Code view.
In the Site.Master window, right-click anywhere, and then click View Code.
2. Create a new property named StatusMessage in the SiteMaster or Site class.
[Visual C#]
public string StatusMessage
{
get { return StatusMessageLabel.Text; }
set { StatusMessageLabel.Text = value; }
}

[Visual Basic]
Public Property StatusMessage() As String
Get
Return StatusMessageLabel.Text
End Get
StatusMessageLabel.Text = value
End Set
End Property
Task 5: Set the status property in child pages
1. To allow for the About.aspx and Products.aspx pages to access properties on the master using a
strongly typed reference, add a MasterType directive.
[Visual C#]

[Visual Basic]
a. In Solution Explorer, double-click About.aspx.
b. In the About.aspx window, after the Page directive, add the following markup.
[Visual C#]

[Visual Basic]
c. In Solution Explorer, double-click Products.aspx.
d. In the Products.aspx window, after the Page directive, add the following markup.
[Visual C#]

[Visual Basic]
2. In the Page_Load event handler for the About.aspx page, set the StatusMessage property.
[Visual C#]
{
}

[Visual Basic]
Protected Sub Page_Load(ByVal sender As Object, ByVal e As EventArgs)
End Sub
a. In the AdventureWorks - Microsoft Visual Studio window, click About.aspx.
b. In the About.aspx window, right-click anywhere, and then click View Code.
c. In the Page_Load event handler method, type the following code.
[Visual C#]

[Visual Basic]
3. In the Page_Load event handler for the Products.aspx page, set the StatusMessage property.
[Visual C#]
{
{
string categoryName;
string categoryId = "5";

{
}

categoryName =

var data =

}

}

[Visual Basic]
Me.Load
Dim categoryID As String = "5"

End If

categoryName =

Dim data =
D))
End If

End Sub
a. ntureWorks - Microsoft Visual Studio window, click Products.aspx.
b. In the Products.aspx window, right-click anywhere, and then click View Code.
In the Page_Load event handler method, append the following code.
In the Adve

c.
[Visual C#]

[Visual Basic]
4. Run t
5. On the Products page, scroll down to see the status message.
6. Open the About page.
In the http://localhost:xxxx/Products.aspx - Windows Internet Explorer window, click
he application by pressing CTRL+F5.

About.
7. On the About page, notice the status message.
In the About Us Windows Internet Explorer window, click the Close button.
ks Microsoft Visual Studio window, click the Close button.
Ex
b application
EN-DEV, point to All Programs, click Microsoft Visual Studio
CS\Lab 11\Starter\Exercise 04 or D:\Lab
io window, on the File menu, click Open Project.
r\Exercise

t.
rks, point to Add, point to Add ASP.NET Folder,
fault and then press ENTER.
e
der.
Add, and then click New
entureWorks dialog box, in the middle pane, click Skin File, in the
kin file with the following markup.

In the AdventureWor
ercise 4: Implement Control Skins
Task 1: Open an existing ASP.NET we
On the Start menu of 10264A-G
2. Open the AdventureWorks solution from the D:\Lab Files\
a. In the Start Page Microsoft Visual Stud
11\Starter\Exercise 04\AdventureWorks.sln or D:\Lab Files\VB\Lab 11\Starte
Task 2: Create a new theme named Default
Add new theme folder named Default to projec
a. In Solution Explorer, right-click AdventureWo
and then click Theme.
b. In the text box, type De
Task 3: Create a Controls.skin file in the Default them
Add a new skin file named Controls.skin to the Default theme fol
a. In Solution Explorer, under App_Themes, right-click Default, point to
Item.
b. In the Add New Item Adv
Name box, type Controls.skin, and then click Add.
Task 4: Create two standard control skins
1. Replace the existing markup in the Controls.s

a. nd then press DELETE. In the Controls.skin window, press CTRL+A, a
b. Type the following markup.

2. Save
In click the Close button.
ontrol
spx.
ge directive.
and close the Controls.skin file.
the Controls.skin window, press CTRL+S, and then
Task 5: Apply one skin to a ListBox c
In Solution Explorer, double-click Default.a
2. Add the following markup to the Pa
<%@ Page Title="Home Page" ... Theme="Default" %>
In the Default.aspx window, in the Page directive, append the following markup.
Theme="Default"
3. Add the SkinId attribute to the lbCategories ListBox control.
DataValueField="ProductCategoryID" Height="270px" Width="186px" SkinID="BlueListBox">
ing markup. In the Default.aspx window, in the opening ListBox tag, append the follow
P
blue background color in the ListBox control.
ress CTRL+F5.
Note: Observe the light
.
Themes
l Programs, click Microsoft Visual Studio
.

name box, type D:\Lab Files\CS\Lab
In the AdventureWorks Microsoft Visual Studio window, click the Close button
Exercise 5: Apply Styles and
On the Start menu of 10264A-GEN-DEV, point to Al
2010, and then click Microsoft Visual Studio 2010
b. In the Open Project dialog box, in the File
Task 2: Add existing style sheets to project
Add the files StyleA.css and StyleB.css to the Styles folder. The files are located in the D:\Lab
Files\CS\Lab 11\Starter\Exercise 05 or D:\Lab Files\VB\Lab 11\Starter\Exercise 05 folder.
t to Add, and then click Existing Item.
b
hen
Task 3: Modify the existing styles
In Solution Explorer, under Styles, double-click StyleB.css.
the .header class by using the Modify Style dialog box.
n the left side, point to CSS
ader, and then click Build Style.
4. Change the background color to Red, and close the Modify Style dialog box.
In the Modify Style dialog box, on the background color list, click Red, and then click OK.
5. Save and close the StyleB.css file.
In the StyleB.css window, press CTRL+S, and then click the Close button.
a. In Solution Explorer, right-click Styles, poin
b. In the Add Existing Item AdventureWorks dialog box, in the File name box, type D:\La
Files\CS\Lab 11\Starter\Exercise 05 or D:\Lab Files\VB\Lab 11\Starter\Exercise 05, and t
click Add.
c. In the Add Existing Item AdventureWorks dialog box, in the right pane, select StyleA.css
and StyleB.css, and then click Add.
1. Open the StyleB.css file.
2. In the CSS Outline window, modify

In the AdventureWorks Microsoft Visual Studio window, o
Outline or Document Outline, expand Classes, right-click
3. In the Modify Style dialog box, select the Background category.
.he
In the Modify Style dialog box, on the Category list, click Background.
Task 4: Create two themes based on existing styles
1. Create two new folders named Blue and Red, in the App_Themes folder.
dd ASP.NET Folder, and
then click Theme.
Blue and press ENTER.
, point to Add, point to Add ASP.NET Folder, and
then click Theme.
Red, and then press ENTER.
nd drag StyleA.css to App_Themes\Blue.
nd drag StyleB.css to App_Themes\Red.
k Default.aspx.
ox control.
a. In Solution Explorer, right-click App_Themes, point to Add, point to A
b. In the textbox, type
c. In Solution Explorer, right-click App_Themes
d. In the text box, type
2. Move the StyleA.css file to the Blue folder.
In Solution Explorer, under Styles, click a
3. Move the StyleB.css file to the Red folder.
In Solution Explorer, under Styles, click a
In Solution Explorer, double-clic
5. Remove the SkinId attribute and value from the ListB
indow, in the markup for the lbCategories ListBox control, delete the
following markup.
In the Default.aspx w
6. Remo d value from the Page directive. ve the theme attribute an
Theme="Default"
spx window, in the markup for the Page directive, delete the following markup. In the Default.a
Theme="Default"
7. Save lt.aspx file.
s CTRL+S, and then click the Close button.
uble-click Web.config.
e pages element with the theme attribute to the
system.web element.
and close the Defau
In the Default.aspx window, pres
Task 5: Change the theme in the Web.config file
In Solution Explorer, do
2. Set the global page theme to the Red, by adding th
</system.web>
nfig window, add the following markup to the system.web element, just before
the closing system.web tag.
In the Web.co
3. Save file.
In the Web.config window, press CTRL+S, and then click the Close button.
colors and slightly different layout.
and close the Web.config
Task 6: Test the new theme
Press CTRL+F5.
Note: Observe the new

Turn Off.
Revert.

Lab Answer Key: Developing Client-side Scripts and Services 1
Module 12
Lab Answer Key: Developing Client-side Scripts and Services
Contents:
Exercise 1: Using jQuery 2
Exercise 2: Using Advanced jQuery 6
Exercise 3: Creating a WCF Service 8

2 Lab Answer Key: Developing Client-side Scripts and Services
Lab 12: Creating Client-side Scripts and Services
Exercise 1: Using jQuery
2. Open Microsoft
Visual Studio
2010.
Task 2: Register a jQuery library in the HTML header
2. Ensure that the jquery-1.4.1.js and jquery.tablesorter.min.js file are located in the Scripts folder.
3. In Solution Explorer, expand Scripts.
4. Locate the jquery-1.4.1.js and jquery.tablesorter.min.js files.
5. In the head element of the Site.Master file, add the following script elements.
<head runat="server">
<title></title>
<link href="~/Styles/Site.css" rel="stylesheet" type="text/css" />
<asp:ContentPlaceHolder ID="HeadContent" runat="server">
</asp:ContentPlaceHolder>
</head>
In the Site.Master window, in the head element, after the link element, type the following
markup.
Note: Make sure that you add the closing script tag (</script>) and not the self-closing script tag
(</>). The self-closing tag for the script references is not recognized by the browsers.
Best Practices: For Web Forms applications, you can use the ResolveUrl method, which correctly
resolves the URL relative to the request.
Task 3: Use selectors and events
In the AdventureWorks Microsoft Visual Studio window, press CTRL+F5.
2. Select the Bike Stands product category and click Submit.
Bike Stands, and then click Submit.
In the http://localhost:xxxxx/Products.aspx?id=31 Windows Internet Explorer window,
click All-Purpose Bike Stand.
In the http://localhost:xxxxx/ProductDetail.aspx?id=879 Windows Internet Explorer
In the http://localhost:xxxxx/ShoppingCart.aspx Windows Internet Explorer window, on
the View menu, click Source.
6. Locate the gvCart GridView control, and note the ID for the rendered server control.
Scroll down to find the rendered i for the gvCart server control. Look for the first text containing
the server control name gvCart. Notice the rendered id, MainContent_gvCart, and how by
default the GridView control does not render the thead and tbody HTML elements.
In the http://localhost:xxxxx/ShoppingCart.aspx Original Source window, click the Close
button.
9. In the Site.Master master page, insert the following JavaScript element, after the closing html tag.
$("#MainContent_gvCart").tablesorter();
});
</script>
Task 4: Use the tableSorter jQuery library to allow client-side sorting
1. Open the ShoppingCart.aspx Web Form in Code view.
In Solution Explorer, right-click ShoppingCart.aspx, and then click View Code.
2. Update the Page_Load method to reflect the following code. (This ensures that the thead and tbody
HTML elements are rendered with the GridView control.)
[Visual C#]
{
{
if (Session["_cart"] != null)
{
List<clsShoppingCart> cart = (List<clsShoppingCart>) Session["_cart"];
gvCart.DataBind();
}
else
{
lblMessage.Text = "Your cart is empty";
btnPlaceOrder.Visible = false;
}
}

{
}
}

[Visual Basic]
Me.Load
If Not Session("_cart") Is Nothing Then
Dim cart = CType(Session("_cart"), List(Of clsShoppingCart))
gvCart.DataBind()
Else
lblMessage.Text = "Your cart is empty"
btnPlaceOrder.Visible = False
End If

End If
End Sub
In the ShoppingCart.aspx window, in the ShoppingCart class, in the Page_Load method,
append the following code.
[Visual C#]

{
}

[Visual Basic]

End If
In Solution Explorer, click AdventureWorks, and then press CTRL+F5.
4. Select the Bike Stands product category, and then click Submit.
In the http://localhost:xxxxx/ShoppingCart.aspx Windows Internet Explorer window, click
8. Select the Bib-Shorts product category, and then click Submit.
9. Select the Men's Bib-Shorts, L product.
In the http://localhost:xxxxx/ShoppingCart.aspx Windows Internet Explorer window, on
12. Locate the gvCart GridView control, and note that the thead and tbody HTML elements are
Bike Stands, and then click Submit.
click All-Purpose Bike Stand.
Continue Shopping.
Bib-Shorts, and then click Submit.
click Men's Bib-Shorts, L.
the View menu, click Source.

rendered.
<thead>
<tr>
<th scope="col">ID</th><th scope="col">Name</th><th
scope="col">Price</th><th scope="col">Quantity</th>
</tr>
</thead><tbody>
<tr>
<td>879</td><td>All-Purpose Bike Stand</td><td>1</td><td>159</td>
</tr>
</tbody><tfoot>
In the http://localhost:xxxxx/ShoppingCart.aspx Original Source window, click the Close
button.
14. Click the ID column header.
In the on the different column headers and it will sort the data in ascending and descending
order
Note: Notice how the rows are sorted ascending according to the value of the ID column for the
individual rows.
Exercise 2: Using Advanced jQuery
Task 2: Implement jQuery events and effects
1. Open the Products.aspx Web Form.
In Solution Explorer, double-click Products.aspx.
2. Locate the markup for the GridView control named gvProducts.
In the Products.aspx window, locate the markup for the GridView control named gvProducts.
3. Append a custom TemplateField column to the Columns element of the gvProducts GridView
control.
<asp:BoundField DataField="ListPrice" HeaderText="List Price"
DataFormatString="{0:c}" />
<ItemTemplate>
Advertisement for
<%# Eval("Name") %>
</div>
</ItemTemplate>
</Columns>
In the Products.aspx window, add the following markup to the Columns element of the
gvProducts GridView control. Add it after the BoundField control, with a DataField attribute
value of ListPrice.
<ItemTemplate>
Advertisement for
<%# Eval("Name") %>
</div>
</ItemTemplate>
4. Append the following script element to the Products.aspx Web Form, at the end of the Content
control with an ID attribute value of BodyContent.
});

});
});
</script>
</asp:Content>
In the Products.aspx window, add the following script element to the Products.aspx Web
Form, at the end of the Content control with an ID attribute value of BodyContent. Add it after
the closing p tag.
});

});
});
</script>
Press CTRL+F5.
On the Products page, hover the mouse over the name of the product.
Note: The custom advertisement message is displayed in the rightmost column.
In the http://localhost:xxxxx/Products.aspx Windows Internet Explorer window, click the
Close button.
Task 3: Create a custom plug-in
1. Add the following markup and code in the script element in the Products.aspx Web Form.
});

});
});

jQuery.fn.fadeInFadeOut = function (speed) {
$(this).fadeIn(speed, function () {
$(this).fadeOut(speed);
});
}

$(this).closest("tr").find("div").fadeInFadeOut("slow");
});
});
</script>
Press CTRL+F5.
Note: The custom advertisement message is displayed in the rightmost column, but now it closes
after a short period.
In the http://localhost:xxxxx/Products.aspx Windows Internet Explorer window, click the
Close button.
Exercise 3: Creating a WCF Service
Task 2: Create an Ajax-enabled WCF service
Add a new Ajax-enabled WCF service named ProductsService to the project.
b. In the Add New Item - AdventureWorks dialog box, in the middle pane, click Ajax-enabled
WCF Service, in the Name box, type ProductsService.svc, and then click Add.
Task 3: Add Logic to the query and return a random product from the database
1. Remove the default DoWork method and comments from the service class.
[Visual C#]
[OperationContract]
{
return;
}


[Visual Basic]
Public Sub DoWork()
End Sub

In the ProductsService.svc window, select the following code, and then press DELETE.
[Visual C#]
[OperationContract]
{
return;
}


[Visual Basic]
Public Sub DoWork()
End Sub

2. Add the following GetRandomProduct method to the ProductsService.svc file.
[Visual C#]
public class ProductsService
{
[OperationContract]
{
{
var randomNumber = random.Next(1, db.Products.Count() + 1);
return new
}
}
}

[Visual Basic]
Public Class ProductsService

Dim randomNumber = random.[Next](1, db.Products.Count() + 1)


Return New
End Using
End Function
End Class
In the ProductsService.svc window, add the following code in the ProductsService class.
[Visual C#]
[OperationContract]
{
int randomNumber = 0;

{
int count = 0;

while (count == 0)
{
randomNumber = random.Next(500, 1000);

var query = (from p in db.Products
select p);

count = query.Count();
}


return new
}
}

[Visual Basic]
Dim randomNumber As Integer

Dim count As Integer = 0

While count = 0
randomNumber = random.[Next](500, 1000)

Dim query = (From p In db.Products
Select p)

count = query.Count()
End While


Return New
End Using
End Function
Note: We are invoking the ProductsService from the client side. Hence, we want the returned format
to be XML or Json. For this reason, we are using the JavaScriptSerializer class to serialize the class into
a valid Json format.
Task 4: Examine the service configuration in the Web.config file
2. Examine the configuration markup in the system.serviceModel element, which has been created by
the Ajax-enabled WCF service project item template.
<system.serviceModel>
<behaviors>
<endpointBehaviors>
<behavior name="AdventureWorks.ProductsServiceAspNetAjaxBehavior">
<enableWebScript />
</behavior>
</endpointBehaviors>
</behaviors>
<serviceHostingEnvironment aspNetCompatibilityEnabled="true"
multipleSiteBindingsEnabled="true" />
<services>
<service name="AdventureWorks.ProductsService">
<endpoint address=""
behaviorConfiguration="AdventureWorks.ProductsServiceAspNetAjaxBehavior"
binding="webHttpBinding" contract="AdventureWorks.ProductsService" />
</service>
</services>
</system.serviceModel>
Task 5: Invoke WCF service using client-side code from the master page
2. Add a reference to the ProductsService WCF by adding a ScriptManager control.
<Services>
</Services>
In the Site.Master window, add the following markup to the form element at the top of the
Site.Master file, after the opening form tag.
<Services>
</Services>
3. Add the following code to the Site.Master master page, after the closing html tag, at the end of the
script element.
getRandomProduct();


document.getElementById("ProductNumber").innerHTML = product.ProductNumber;
});
}
In the Site.Master window, append the following code to the script element at the bottom of
the Site.Master file.
getRandomProduct();


document.getElementById("ProductNumber").innerHTML =
product.ProductNumber;
});
}
4. Add the following markup after the MainContent ContentPlaceHolder control.
<div class="main">
<asp:ContentPlaceHolder ID="MainContent" runat="server" />
solid 2px black;
<h3>
Product Name:
</label>
<br />
Product Number:
</label>
<br />
<br />
</div>
</div>
<div class="clear">
</div>
In the Site.Master window, add the following markup to the div element with a class attribute
value of main, after the MainContent ContentPlaceHolder control.
solid 2px black;
<h3>
Product Name:
</label>
<br />
Product Number:
</label>
<br />
<br />
</div>
Press CTRL+F5.
Note: The random product is displayed on the right side.

264A-GEN-DEV, and then click

1. In Hyper-V Manager, in the Virtual Machines pane, right-click 10
Turn Off.

Revert.
Lab Answer Key: Implementing Advanced Ajax in a Web Application 1
Module 13
Lab Answer Key: Implementing Advanced Ajax in a Web
Application
Contents:
Exercise 1: Using Microsoft Ajax in an MVC Page 2
Exercise 2: Using jQuery in an MVC View 6
Exercise 3: Handling Events 8

2 Lab Answer Key: Implementing Advanced Ajax in a Web Application

Lab 13: Implementing Advanced Ajax for the
AdventureWorks Web Application
Exercise 1: Using Microsoft Ajax in an MVC Page
2. Open Microsoft
Visual Studio
2010.
01\AdventureWorksMvc.sln, and then click Open.
Task 2: Add the Ajax libraries to the pages
In Solution Explorer, expand Views, expand Shared, and then double-click Site.Master.
libraries.
In the Site.Master window, in the head element, append the following markup.
Task 3: Update the Index action method
1. Locate the Index action method in the Products controller.
In Solution Explorer, expand Controllers, and then double-click ProductsController.cs or
ProductsController.vb.
2. Return the product categories from the Index action method by modifying the existing code.

[Visual C#]
public ActionResult Index(string CategoryID)
{

}
[Visual Basic]
Public Function Index(ByVal CategoryID As String) As ActionResult

End Function
In the ProductsController.cs or ProductsController.vb window, modify the content of the
Index method from the following:
[Visual C#]
return View(products);
[Visual Basic]
Return View(products)
So that it appears as follows:
[Visual C#]

[Visual Basic]

Task 4: Create an Ajax Product Categories partial view
1. Create a strongly typed, partial view named _AjaxProductCategories, based on the
AdventureWorksMvc.Models.ProductCategory) data class.
a. In Solution Explorer, under Views, right-click Products, point to Add, and then click View.
b. In the Add View dialog box, in the View name box, type _AjaxProductCategories, select the
Create a partial view (.ascx) check box, select the Create a strongly-typed view check box, in
the View data class box, type

AdventureWorksMvc.ProductCategory), and then click Add.

2. Insert the following markup and code in the _AjaxProductCategories.ascx file, after the Control
directive.
[Visual C#]
<% using (Ajax.BeginForm(new AjaxOptions { UpdateTargetId = "productCategories" }))
{ %>
<select size="4" id="CategoryID" name="CategoryID" style="height: 270px; width:
186px;">
<% foreach (var ProductCategory in Model)
{ %>
</option>
<% } %>
</select>
</div>
<% } %>
[Visual Basic]
<% Using (Ajax.BeginForm(New AjaxOptions With {.UpdateTargetId = "productCategories"
}))%>
<select size="4" id="CategoryID" name="CategoryID" style="height: 270px; width:
186px;">
<% For Each ProductCategory In Model%>
</option>
<% Next%>
</select>
</div>
<% End Using%>
Task 5: Render the Partial view on the Index view
In Solution Explorer, expand Views, expand Products, and then double-click Index.aspx.
In the Index.aspx window, select the markup between the opening and closing Content tags, for
the Content control with an ID attribute value of Content2, and then press DELETE.
[Visual C#]
<h2>
<label>
Choose a Category:</label>
<br />
[Visual Basic]
<h2>
<label>
<br />
In the Index.aspx window, select the markup between the opening and closing Content tags, for
the Content control with an ID attribute value of Content1, and then press DELETE.
Products
6. Base the Index view on a different data class, by modifying the Inherits attribute value in the Page
directive.
[Visual C#]
Inherits="System.Web.Mvc.ViewPage<IEnumerable<AdventureWorksMvc.Models.ProductCategor
y>>"


[Visual Basic]
AdventureWorksMvc.ProductCategory))"
In the Index.aspx window, modify the Inherits attribute in the Page directive, to contain the
following value.
[Visual C#]
System.Web.Mvc.ViewPage<IEnumerable<AdventureWorksMvc.Models.ProductCategory>>
[Visual Basic]
System.Web.Mvc.ViewPage(Of IEnumerable (Of AdventureWorksMvc.ProductCategory))
In the AdventureWorksMvc Microsoft Visual Studio window, press CTRL+SHIFT+B.
Exercise 2: Using jQuery in an MVC View
Task 2: Add the jQuery library to the pages
In Solution Explorer, expand Views, expand Shared, and then double-click Site.Master.
libraries.
In the Site.Master window, in the head element, append the following markup.
Task 3: Create the Featured Products action
1. Open the ProductsController.cs or ProductsController.vb file in the Controllers folder.
In Solution Explorer, expand Controllers, and then double-click ProductsController.cs or
ProductsController.vb.
2. Create an action for the Ajax method to call. The following code returns a view populated with
products.
[Visual C#]
public ViewResult FeaturedProducts(string CategoryId)
{
int id = int.Parse(CategoryId);

return View("_FeaturedProducts", products);
}
[Visual Basic]
Public Function FeaturedProducts(ByVal CategoryId As String) As ViewResult
Dim id As Integer = Integer.Parse(CategoryId)

Return View("_FeaturedProducts", products)
End Function
Task 4: Load the Featured Products when a category is clicked
2. The Ajax method needs a place to put the results from the called function. Add a div element
at the bottom of the page, before the closing Content tag.
<br />
In the Index.aspx window, in the Content2 Content element, append the following markup.
<br />
3. Create the Ajax method call. This function calls the controller action, and then returns the
results into the featured products div created earlier. Add the following markup to handle the
click event for the rendered select element, at the bottom of the page, before the closing Content
tag.
$("#CategoryID ").click(function () {
CategoryId: id });
});
});
</script>
In Solution Explorer, click AdventureWorksMvc, and then press CTRL+F5.

5. In Windows
Internet Explorer
, click Submit.
In the Welcome to AdventureWorks Windows Internet Explorer window, click Submit.
In the Products Windows Internet Explorer window, in the Choose a category list, click Bib-
shorts.
Note: The products for the chosen category are displayed below the list.
In the Products Windows Internet Explorer window, click the Close button.
Exercise 3: Handling Events
Task 2: Display a status message
1. Open the Index.aspx page in the Views/Products folder.
2. Before the featured-products div element, add a div to display the Ajax status messages.
<div class="log"></div>
3. After the featured-products div element, add a div to display the Ajax error messages.
<div class="error"></div>
4. In the $(document).ready jQuery function, add the following functions to display and hide the status
messages.
CategoryId: id });
});
});
$(this).text('');
});
});
In the Index.aspx window, add the following code:
});
$(this).text('');
});
...after this code.
$("#CategoryID ").click(function () {
CategoryId: id });
});

1. After the .ajaxComplete function, add the follo
Task 3: Alert the user when an error occurs
wing function to display the alert.
});
In the Index.aspx window, add the following code:
});
...after this code.
});
$(this).text('');
});
2. Ensure that the Index view page matches the following.
[Visual C#]
Inherits="System.Web.Mvc.ViewPage<IEnumerable<AdventureWorksMvc.Models.ProductCategor
y>>" %>

Products

</asp:Content>
<h2>
<label>
<br />
<br />
<div class="log">
</div>
</div>
<div class="error">
</div>
$("#featured-products").load('<%= Url.Action("FeaturedProducts") %>',
{ CategoryId: id });
});
});
$(this).text('');
});
});
});
</script>
</asp:Content>
[Visual Basic]
AdventureWorksMvc.ProductCategory))" %>

Products
</asp:Content>
<h2>
<label>
<br />
<br />
<div class="log">
</div>
</div>
<div class="error">
</div>
$("#featured-products").load('<%= Url.Action("FeaturedProducts") %>',
{ CategoryId: id });
});
});
$(this).text('');
});
});
});
</script>
</asp:Content>

Task 4: Test the Index view
In Solution Explorer, click AdventureWorksMvc, and then press CTRL+F5.
In the Welcome to AdventureWorks Windows Internet Explorer window, click Submit.
In the Products Windows Internet Explorer window, in the Choose a category list, click Bib-
Note: The products for the chosen category are displayed below the list, but first you see the Loading...
shorts.
notice.
In the Products Windows Internet Explorer window, click the Close button.
264A-GEN-DEV, and then click

1. In Hyper-V Manager, in the Virtual Machines pane, right-click 10
Turn Off.

Revert.

Lab Answer Key: ASP.NET Deployments 1
Module 14
Lab Answer Key: ASP.NET Deployments
Contents:
Using One-Click Publish 2
Exercise 2: Creating a Web Deployment Package 5

2 Lab Answer Key: ASP.NET Deployments

Lab 14: Deploying AdventureWorks
Exercise 1: Creating a Profile for Deploying a Web Application Project Using
One-Click Publish
Task 1: Create a new ASP.NET web application
2. Open Microsoft
Visual Studio
2010.
3. Create a new ASP.NET Web Application named Deployment in the D:\Lab Files\CS\Lab
a. In the Start Page Microsoft Visual Studio window, on the File menu, click New Project.
b. In the New Project dialog box, in the left pane, click Visual C# or Visual Basic, in the middle
pane, click ASP.NET Web Application, in the Name box, type Deployment, in the Location
box, type D:\Lab Files\CS\Lab 14\Starter\Exercise 01 or D:\Lab Files\VB\Lab
14\Starter\Exercise 01, and then click OK.
Task 2: Create an ASP.NET Application Services database
1. View the Account\Register.aspx Web Form in Windows
Internet Explorer
.
In Solution Explorer, expand Account, right-click Register.aspx, and then click View in Browser.
2. On the Create New Account page, type the following information, and then click Create User.
User Name: Student
E-mail: student@adventureworks.com
Password: Pa$$w0rd
Confirm Password: Pa$$w0rd
3. In the Register Windows Internet Explorer window, in the User Name box, type Student, in the
E-mail box, type student@adventureworks.com, in the Password box, type Pa$$w0rd, and in the
Confirm Password box, type Pa$$w0rd.
Note: An ASP.NET Application Services SQL Server
database file ASPNETDB.MDF is created in the

App_Data folder, and the values that you entered have been saved to it.
Task 3: Set the active build configuration
1. In Solution Explorer, click Deployment.
2. On the Solutions Configuration list, click Release.
Task 4: Specify which files and IIS settings to deploy
In Solution Explorer, right-click Deployment, and then select Properties.
In the Deployment window, click Package/Publish Web.
3. Ensure that Active (Release) is selected in the Configuration list.
4. Select the Exclude generated debug symbols check box.
5. Ensure that the Include all databases configured in Package/Publish SQL tab check box is
selected.
Press CTRL+S.
Task 5: Specify which SQL Server scripts run during deployment
In the Deployment window, click Package/Publish SQL.
a. In the Deployment window, click Import from Web.config.
b. In the Microsoft Visual Studio dialog box, click OK.
3. In the Connection string for destination database box, type Data
Security=True;User Instance=True. You can optionally copy the connection string from the
Connection string for source database box.
In the Deployment window, in the Database scripting options list, click Schema and Data.
Press CTRL+S.
Task 6: Update the connection string in the Web.config file by creating a transform file
In Solution Explorer, click Deployment, and then click the Show All Files button.
In Solution Explorer, expand Web.config.
3. Open the Web.Release.config file.
In Solution Explorer, double-click Web.Release.config.
In the Web.Release.config window, select the following markup, and then click DELETE.

<connectionStrings>
Security=True;User Instance=True"
Note: If you were not using a database file, as in this case, you would typically use the connection
string that you received from your hosting company.
6. Save and close the Web.Release.config file.
a. Press CTRL+S.
b. In the Web.Release.config window, click the Close button.
Task 7: Create a publish profile
1. Open the Publish Web dialog box, by clicking Publish Deployment on the Build menu.
a. In Solution Explorer, click Deployment.
b. In the Deployment Microsoft Visual Studio window, on the Build menu, click Publish
Deployment.
2. Mark the web application as an IIS application on the destination server.
In the Publish Web dialog box, select the Mark as IIS application on destination check box.
Note: If your hosting company advises you to allow untrusted certificates, select the Allow
untrusted certificate check box.
3. Enter the credentials for the local user admin.
a. In the User name box, type admin, and then in the Password box, type Pa$$w0rd.
b. Select the Save password check box.
4. Set the service URL to localhost.
In the Service URL box, type localhost.
5. Set the site/application URL to Default Web Site/Deployment.
In the Site/application box, type Default Web Site/Deployment.
6. Save the profile and close the Publish Web dialog box.
In the Publish Web dialog box, click Save, and then click Close.
In the Deployment Microsoft Visual Studio window, click the Close button.
Exercise 2: Creating a Web Deployment Package
2. Open the Deployment solution from the D:\Lab Files\CS\Lab 14\Starter\Exercise 02 or D:\Lab
14\Starter\Exercise 02\Deployment.sln or D:\Lab Files\VB\Lab 14\Starter\Exercise
02\Deployment.sln, and then click Open.
Task 2: Add an existing database and configure an ASP.NET web application
1. Add the existing AdventureWorksLT2008R2_Data.mdf SQL Server database file to the App_Data
folder. The file is located in the D:\Lab Files\CS\Lab 14\Starter or D:\Lab Files\VB\Lab 14\Starter
folder.
a. In Solution Explorer, right-click App_Data, point to Add, and then click Existing Item.
b. In the Add Existing Item Deployment dialog box, in the File name box, type D:\Lab
Files\CS\Lab 14\Starter\AdventureWorksLT2008R2_Data.mdf or D:\Lab Files\VB\Lab
14\Starter\AdventureWorksLT2008R2_Data.mdf, and then click Add.
3. In the connectionStrings element, add a connection string for the new database.
<connectionStrings>
connectionString="data source=.\SQLEXPRESS;Integrated
<add name="AW"
Source=.\SQLEXPRESS;AttachDbFilename=|DataDirectory|\AdventureWorksLT2008R2_Data.mdf;
Integrated Security=True;Connect Timeout=30;User
In the Web.config window, in the connectionString element, add the following markup after
the add element.
<add name="AW"
Source=.\SQLEXPRESS;AttachDbFilename=|DataDirectory|\AdventureWorksLT2008R2_Data.
mdf;Integrated Security=True;Connect Timeout=30;User

In the Web.config window, press CTRL+S, and then click the Close button.
In Solution Explorer, click Deployment, and then press CTRL+F5.
In the Home Page Windows Internet Explorer window, click Log In.
In the Log In Windows Internet Explorer window, in the Username box, type student, in the
Password box, type Pa$$w0rd, and then click Log In.
Task 3: Create a destination database
1. Open Server Explorer.
In the Deployment Microsoft Visual Studio window, in the right side, click Server Explorer.
2. In Server Explorer, right-click Data Connections, and then click Create New SQL Server Database.
3. In the Create New SQL Server Database dialog box, enter the following information, and then click
OK.
Server name: 10264a-gen-dev\SQLEXPRESS
New database name: DeploymentTest
4. In the Create New SQL Server Database dialog box, in the Server name box, type 10264a-gen-
dev\SQLEXPRESS, in the New database name box, type DeploymentTest, and then click OK.
Task 4: Specify deployment packaging settings
In Solution Explorer, right-click Deployment, and then select Properties.
In the Deployment window, click Package/Publish Web.
3. Ensure that the following settings have been specified:
Active (Debug) is selected in the Configuration list.
Only files needed to run this application is selected in the list in the Items to deploy (applies
to all deployment methods) section.
The Exclude generated debug symbols check box is cleared.
The Exclude files from the App_Data folder check box is selected.
The Include all databases configured in Package/Publish SQL tab check box is selected.
The Create deployment package as a zip file check box is selected.
The Location where package will be created box contains the following value.
obj\Debug\Package\Deployment.zip
4. In the IIS Web site/application name to use on the destination server box, type Default Web
Site/Deployment.
Press CTRL+S.
Task 5: Specify SQL Server scripts to run during deployment
In the Deployment window, click Package/Publish SQL.
2. Ensure that All Configurations is selected in the Configuration list.
a. In the Deployment window, click Import from Web.config.
b. In the Microsoft Visual Studio dialog box, click OK.
4. Ensure that Active (Debug) is selected in the Configuration list.
5. Ensure that the ApplicationServices-Deployment row is selected in the Database Entries list.
6. In Server Explorer, expand the Data Connections folder and select the 10264a-gen-
dev\sqlexpress.DeploymentTest.dbo database.
a. In the Deployment Microsoft Visual Studio window, in the right side, click Server Explorer.
b. Under Data Connections, click 10264a-gen-dev\sqlexpress.DeploymentTest.dbo.
7. Copy the value of the Connection String property from the Properties window.
In the Properties window, in the Connection String box, select all of the text, and then press
CTRL+C.
8. In the Project Designer, in the Connection string for destination database box, paste the copied
value, Data Source=10264A-GEN-DEV\SQLEXPRESS;Initial Catalog=DeploymentTest;Integrated
11. Ensure that the AW-Deployment row is selected in the Database Entries list.
12. In the Connection string for destination database box, paste the copied value, Data
Source=10264A-GEN-DEV\SQLEXPRESS;Initial Catalog=DeploymentTest;Integrated
Note: You are using the same destination connection string for both local databases. Therefore, during
deployment, the scripts that create and populate database objects will all run in the same database.
14. In the Connection string for source database box, type Data
Source=.\SQLEXPRESS;AttachDbFilename=|DataDirectory|\AdventureWorksLT2008R2_Data.m
df;Integrated Security=True;Connect Timeout=30;User Instance=True.

16. Add the D:\Lab Files\CS\Lab 14\Starter\DeploymentGrant.sql or D:\Lab Files\VB\Lab
14\Starter\DeploymentGrant.sql script, by clicking Add Script.
In the Select File dialog box, in the File name box, type D:\Lab Files\CS\Lab
14\Starter\DeploymentGrant.sql or D:\Lab Files\VB\Lab 14\Starter\DeploymentGrant.sql
script, and then click Open.
Press CTRL+S.
Task 6: Specify the scripts not to run in a transaction
1. Open the D:\Lab Files\CS\Lab 14\Starter\Exercise 02\Deployment\Deployment.csproj or the
D:\Lab Files\VB\Lab 14\Starter\Exercise 02\Deployment\Deployment.vbproj file in Notepad.
a. On the Start menu of 10264A-GEN-DEV, point to All Programs, click Accessories, and then
click Notepad.
b. In the Untitled Notepad window, on the File menu, click Open.
c. In the Open dialog box, in the File name box, type D:\Lab Files\CS\Lab 14\Starter\Exercise
02\Deployment\Deployment.csproj or the D:\Lab Files\VB\Lab 14\Starter\Exercise
02\Deployment\Deployment.vbproj, and then click Open.
2. Open the Replace dialog box.
In the Deployment.csproj Notepad or Deployment.vbproj Notepad window, on the Edit
menu, click Replace.
3. In the Replace dialog box, search for Transacted="True" and replace with Transacted="False".
Replace all instances.
a. In the Replace dialog box, in the Find what box, type Transacted="True", in the Replace with
box, type Transacted="False", and then click Replace All.
b. In the Replace dialog box, click Cancel.
4. Save the changes and close the project file.
a. In the Deployment.csproj Notepad or Deployment.vbproj Notepad window, on the File
menu, click Save.
b. In the Deployment.csproj Notepad or Deployment.vbproj Notepad window, click the
Close button.
5. When Visual Studio asks if you want to reload the project, click the Reload button.
In the File Modification Detected dialog box, click Reload.
Task 7: Change the connection string in the deployed Web.config file
In Solution Explorer, click Deployment, and then click the Show All Files button.
In Solution Explorer, expand Web.config.
3. Open the Web.Debug.config file.
In Solution Explorer, double-click Web.Debug.config.
In the Web.Debug.config window, select the following markup, and then click DELETE.

<connectionStrings>
providerName="System.Data.SqlClient" xdt:Transform="SetAttributes"
xdt:Locator="Match(name)" />
<add name="AW"
6. Save and close the Web.Debug.config file.
a. Press CTRL+S.
b. In the Web.Debug.config window, click the Close button.
Task 8: Create a package and import it into IIS
1. Build a deployment package by using the Project menu.
In the Deployment Microsoft Visual Studio window, on the Project menu, click Build
Deployment Package.
Note: Visual Studio builds the project and creates the deployment package, displaying a log in the
Output window. As part of the package creation process, the Web Deploy dbFullSQL provider
creates two SQL server scriptsone for each source database. There is only one destination
database, and both of these scripts will run in that database when you import the package.
On the Start menu, click Control Panel.
ENTER.
6. In Internet Information Services (IIS) Manager, expand 10264A-GEN-DEV (10264A-GEN-
DEV\Admin), expand Sites, and then click Default Web Site.

7. In the Actions pane, under Deploy, click Import Application.
8. In the Import Application Package wizard, use the D:\Lab Files\CS\Lab 14\Starter\Exercise
02\Deployment\obj\Debug\Package\Deployment.zip or D:\Lab Files\VB\Lab
14\Starter\Exercise 02\Deployment\obj\Debug\Package\Deployment.zip package.
In the Import Application Package wizard, in the Package path box, type the D:\Lab
Files\CS\Lab 14\Starter\Exercise 02\Deployment\obj\Debug\Package\Deployment.zip or
D:\Lab Files\VB\Lab 14\Starter\Exercise
02\Deployment\obj\Debug\Package\Deployment.zip, and then click Next.
9. Accept the default selected contents of the package.
In the Import Application Package wizard, on the Select the Contents of the Package page,
click Next.
10. Accept the default application paths and connection strings.
In the Import Application Package wizard, on the Enter Application Package Information
page, click Next.
11. Click Finish.
In the Import Application Package wizard, on the Installation Progress and Summary page,
click Finish.
In the Internet Information Services (IIS) Manager window, click the Close button.
1. Open Windows Internet Explorer, and browse to the following URL.
http://localhost/Deployment
Note: The Default.aspx page is displayed. It looks the same as it does when you run it in Visual
Studio 2010.
a. On the Start menu, click Internet Explorer.
b. In the Blank Page - Windows Internet Explorer window, in the address bar, type
http://localhost/Deployment, and then press ENTER.
In the Home Page Windows Internet Explorer window, click Log In.
In the Log In Windows Internet Explorer window, in the Username box, type student, in the
Password box, type Pa$$w0rd, and then click Log In.
Note: The Default.aspx page is displayed, with Welcome student! next to the Log Out link. This
demonstrates that the ASP.NET membership database was deployed successfully.
In the Deployment Microsoft Visual Studio window, click the Close button.
Turn Off.
Revert.
Lab Answer Key: Developing a Web Application by Using Silverlight 1
Module 15
Lab Answer Key: Developing a Web Application by Using
Silverlight
Contents:
Exercise 1: Creating a Silverlight Project 2
Exercise 2: Creating a Silverlight WCF Service 3
Exercise 3: Displaying Data by Using Silverlight Controls 5

2 Lab Answer Key: Developing a Web Application by Using Silverlight
Lab 15: Adding Silverlight to a Web Application
Exercise 1: Creating a Silverlight Project
Task 2: Add a new Silverlight project
1. Add a new Microsoft
Silverlight
application project named AdventureWorksSL to the solution. The

Silverlight project should be hosted in the AdventureWorks project.
a. In Solution Explorer, right-click Solution 'AdventureWorks' (1 project), point to Add, and then
click New Project.
b. In the Add New Project dialog box, in the left pane, click Visual C# or Visual Basic, in the
middle pane, click Silverlight Application, in the Name box, type AdventureWorksSL, and
then click OK.
c. In the New Silverlight Application dialog box, click OK.

In the AdventureWorks Microsoft Visual Studio window, press CTRL+SHIFT+B.
3. Save the solution changes.
In the AdventureWorks Microsoft Visual Studio window, press CTRL+SHIFT+S.
Exercise 2: Creating a Silverlight WCF Service
Task 2: Create a Silverlight WCF service
Add a new Silverlight WCF service named ProductServiceSL to the AdventureWorks project.
b. In the Add New Item AdventureWorks dialog box, in the left pane, click Silverlight, in the
middle pane, Silverlight-enabled WCF Service, in the Name box, type ProductServiceSL.svc,
and then click Add.
Task 3: Create methods that return a list of product categories, and a list of products by
category
1. Delete the stub method DoWork from the code file.
In the ProductServiceSL.svc.cs or ProductServiceSL.svc.vb window, select the following code, and
then press DELETE.
[Visual C#]
[OperationContract]
{
return;
}


[Visual Basic]
Public Sub DoWork()
End Sub

2. Import the System.Collections.Generic namespace.
In the ProductServiceSL.svc.cs or ProductServiceSL.svc.vb window, at the top of the file, add the
following code.
[Visual C#]

[Visual Basic]
Imports System.Collections.Generic
3. Add the following method, which returns a list of product categories, to the ProductServiceSL class.
[Visual C#]
[OperationContract]
public IEnumerable<ProductCategory> GetProductCategories()
{
return DataAccessLayer.Products.GetCategories();
}

[Visual Basic]
<OperationContract>
Public Function GetProductCategories() As IEnumerable(Of ProductCategory)
Return AdventureWorks.DataAccessLayer.Products.GetCategories()
End Function
4. Add the following method that returns a list of products by category, to the ProductServiceSL class.
[Visual C#]
[OperationContract]
public IEnumerable<Product> GetProductsByCategory(int ProductCategoryID)
{
return DataAccessLayer.Products.GetProductsByCategory(ProductCategoryID);
}

[Visual Basic]
<OperationContract>
Public Function GetProductsByCategory(ProductCategoryID As Integer) As IEnumerable(Of
Product)
Return
AdventureWorks.DataAccessLayer.Products.GetProductsByCategory(ProductCategoryID)
End Function
Exercise 3: Displaying Data by Using Silverlight Controls
Task 2: Add a WCF Service reference
2. In the AdventureWorksSL project, add a service reference to the ProductServiceSL.svc WCF service,
with a namespace of AdventureWorks.
a. In Solution Explorer, right-click AdventureWorksSL, and then click Add Service Reference.
b. In the Add Service Reference dialog box, click the Discover button.
c. In the Services list, click ProductServiceSL.svc, in the Namespace box, type AdventureWorks,
and then click OK.
Task 3: Create Silverlight controls to display the data
1. Open MainPage.xaml in the Designer.
In Solution Explorer, under AdventureWorksSL, right-click MainPage.xaml, and then click View
Designer.
2. From the Toolbox, drag a Silverlight DataGrid control to the left side of the page.
In the Toolbox, under Common Silverlight Controls, drag a DataGrid control to the left side of
the page.
3. Change the height and width of the UserControl and the Grid control to the following values.
Height: 400
Width: 600
a. In the Designer, select the Grid control, press and hold down CTRL, and then click the
UserControl.
b. In the Properties window, click the Alphabetical button, in the Height box, type 400, in the
Width box, type 600, and then press ENTER.
Name: CategoriesDataGrid
Height: 156
Width: 100
a. In the Designer, select the DataGrid control.
b. In the XAML view, in the opening DataGrid tag, set the value of the Name attribute to
CategoriesDataGrid.
c. In the Properties window, in the Height box, type 156, in the Width box, type 100, and
ensure the AutoGenerateColumns check box is cleared.
5. From the Toolbox, drag a Silverlight DataGrid control to the right of the CategoriesDataGrid control
on the page.
In the Toolbox, under Common Silverlight Controls, drag a DataGrid control to the right of the
CategoriesDataGrid control on the page.
Name: ProductsDataGrid
Height: 300
Width: 370
a. In the Designer, select the new DataGrid control.
b. In the XAML view, in the opening DataGrid tag, set the value of the Name attribute to
ProductsDataGrid.
c. In the Properties window, in the Height box, type 300, in the Width box, type 370, and
ensure the AutoGenerateColumns check box is cleared.
7. Drag two Silverlight Label controls onto the page. Position them directly above the two DataGrid
controls.
8. Make the following changes to the left-most Labels control.
Name: CategoryLabel
Height: 14
Width: 100
Content: Categories
a. In the Designer, select the left-most Label control.
b. In the XAML view, in the opening Label tag, set the value of the Name attribute to
CategoryLabel.
c. In the Properties window, in the Height box, type 14, in the Width box, type 100, in the
Content box, type Categories, and then press ENTER.
9. Make the following changes to the right-most Labels control.
Name: ProductLabel
Height: 14
Width: 100
Content: Products
a. In the Designer, select the right-most Label control.
b. In the XAML view, in the opening Label tag, set the value of the Name attribute to
ProductLabel.
c. In the Properties window, in the Height box, type 14, in the Width box, type 100, in the
Content box, type Products, and then press ENTER.
10. The final result will look something like this:

11. Examine the markup in XAML view.
<UserControl x:Class="AdventureWorksSL.MainPage"
xmlns="http://schemas.microsoft.com/winfx/2006/xaml/presentation"
xmlns:x="http://schemas.microsoft.com/winfx/2006/xaml"
xmlns:d="http://schemas.microsoft.com/expression/blend/2008"
xmlns:mc="http://schemas.openxmlformats.org/markup-compatibility/2006"
mc:Ignorable="d"
d:DesignHeight="300" d:DesignWidth="400"
xmlns:sdk="http://schemas.microsoft.com/winfx/2006/xaml/presentation/sdk"
Height="400" Width="600">

<Grid x:Name="LayoutRoot" Background="White" Width="600" Height="400">
HorizontalAlignment="Left" Name="CategoriesDataGrid" VerticalAlignment="Top"
Width="100" Margin="5,30,0,0" />
HorizontalAlignment="Left" Margin="106,30,0,0" Name="ProductsDataGrid"
VerticalAlignment="Top" Width="370" />
<sdk:Label Height="14" HorizontalAlignment="Left" Name="CategoryLabel"
VerticalAlignment="Top" Width="100" Margin="6,1,0,0" Content="Categories" />
<sdk:Label Height="14" HorizontalAlignment="Left" Margin="106,1,0,0"
Name="ProductLabel" VerticalAlignment="Top" Width="100" Content="Products" />
</Grid>
</UserControl>
12. Configure the CategoriesDataGrid control to display the necessary columns returned from the
GetProductCategories service method, by adding a DataGrid.Columns element to the
CategoriesDataGrid control.
<sdk:DataGrid AutoGenerateColumns="False" Height="156" HorizontalAlignment="Left"
Name="CategoriesDataGrid" VerticalAlignment="Top" Width="100" Margin="5,30,0,0">
<sdk:DataGridTextColumn Binding="{Binding ProductCategoryID}" Header="ID"
Visibility="Collapsed" />
<sdk:DataGridTextColumn Binding="{Binding Name}" Header="Name" />
</sdk:DataGrid>
a. In the XAML view, change the self-closing DataGrid element with the Name attribute value of
CategoriesDataGrid, to an opening and closing element.
Name="CategoriesDataGrid" VerticalAlignment="Top" Width="100" Margin="5,30,0,0">
</sdk:DataGrid>
b. In the XAML view, between the opening and closing DataGrid element with the Name attribute
value of CategoriesDataGrid, add the following markup.
<sdk:DataGridTextColumn Binding="{Binding ProductCategoryID}" Header="ID"
Visibility="Collapsed" />
13. Configure the ProductsDataGrid control to display the necessary columns returned from the
GetProductByCategory service method, by adding a DataGrid.Columns element to the
ProductsDataGrid control.
Margin="106,30,0,0" Name="ProductsDataGrid" VerticalAlignment="Top" Width="370" />
<sdk:DataGridTextColumn Binding="{Binding ProductNumber}" Header="Product
Number" />
<sdk:DataGridTextColumn Binding="{Binding Color}" Header="Color" />
<sdk:DataGridTextColumn Binding="{Binding Size}" Header="Size" />
</sdk:DataGrid>
a. In the XAML view, change the self-closing DataGrid element with the Name attribute value of
CategoriesDataGrid, to an opening and closing element.
Margin="106,30,0,0" Name="ProductsDataGrid" VerticalAlignment="Top" Width="370">
</sdk:DataGrid>
b. In the XAML view, between the opening and closing DataGrid element with the Name attribute
value of CategoriesDataGrid, add the following markup.
<sdk:DataGridTextColumn Binding="{Binding ProductNumber}" Header="Product
Number" />
<sdk:DataGridTextColumn Binding="{Binding Color}" Header="Color" />
<sdk:DataGridTextColumn Binding="{Binding Size}" Header="Size" />
Task 4: Call the services asynchronously
1. In the Designer, double-click the CategoriesDataGrid control.
Note: This creates an event handler named CategoriesDataGrid_SelectionChanged in the
MainPage.xaml.cs or MainPage.xaml.vb code-behind file.
[Visual C#]
{

}

[Visual Basic]
Private Sub CategoriesDataGrid_SelectionChanged(ByVal sender As System.Object, ByVal
e As System.Windows.Controls.SelectionChangedEventArgs) Handles
CategoriesDataGrid.SelectionChanged

End Sub
2. In the MainPage class, create a protected variable for the ProductServiceSLClient object.
[Visual C#]
{
protected AdventureWorks.ProductServiceSLClient productService = new
AdventureWorks.ProductServiceSLClient();

...

[Visual Basic]
Public Partial Class MainPage

Protected productService As New AdventureWorks.ProductServiceSLClient()
...
In the MainPage.xaml.cs or MainPage.xaml.vb window, add the following code at the top of
the MainPage class.
[Visual C#]

[Visual Basic]
3. In the MainPage class constructor, wire up event handlers for the two Web service methods.
[Visual C#]
public MainPage()
{

EventHandler<AdventureWorks.GetProductCategoriesCompletedEventArgs>(productService_Ge
tProductCategoriesCompleted);
EventHandler<AdventureWorks.GetProductsByCategoryCompletedEventArgs>(productService_G
etProductsByCategoryCompleted);
}

[Visual Basic]
Public Sub New()

AddHandler productService.GetProductCategoriesCompleted, AddressOf
productService_GetProductCategoriesCompleted
AddHandler productService.GetProductsByCategoryCompleted, AddressOf
productService_GetProductsByCategoryCompleted
End Sub
In the MainPage.xaml.cs or MainPage.xaml.vb window, append the following code to the
constructor in the MainPage class.
[Visual C#]
EventHandler<AdventureWorks.GetProductCategoriesCompletedEventArgs>(productServic
e_GetProductCategoriesCompleted);
EventHandler<AdventureWorks.GetProductsByCategoryCompletedEventArgs>(productServi
ce_GetProductsByCategoryCompleted);

[Visual Basic]
4. Each event handler needs a method to execute once the asynchronous call completes.
[Visual C#]
{

}

{

}

[Visual Basic]
Private Sub productService_GetProductCategoriesCompleted(ByVal sender As Object,
ByVal e As AdventureWorks.GetProductCategoriesCompletedEventArgs)

End Sub

Private Sub productService_GetProductsByCategoryCompleted(ByVal sender As Object,
ByVal e As AdventureWorks.GetProductsByCategoryCompletedEventArgs)

End Sub
MainPage class.
[Visual C#]
{

}

{

}

[Visual Basic]

End Sub


End Sub
5. When the page loads, the CategoriesDataGrid control must be populated. In the class constructor,
add a call to the service method GetProductCategoriesAsync.
[Visual C#]
public MainPage()
{

}

[Visual Basic]
Public Sub New()
End Sub
constructor in the MainPage class.
[Visual C#]

[Visual Basic]
1. The initial call to GetProductCategoriesAsync returns to
productService_GetProductCategoriesCompleted. In the
productService_GetProductCategoriesCompleted method, bind the results using the ItemsSource
property returned by the service to the grid.
[Visual C#]
{
}

[Visual Basic]
Sub productService_GetProductCategoriesCompleted(sender As Object, e As
End Sub
In the MainPage.xaml.cs or MainPage.xaml.vb window, add the following code to the
productService_GetProductCategoriesCompleted method in the MainPage class.
[Visual C#]

[Visual Basic]
2. In the CategoriesDataGrid_SelectionChanged event handler, get the selected category, and retrieve
the products by category.
[Visual C#]
{
AdventureWorks.ProductCategory category = CategoriesDataGrid.SelectedItem as
AdventureWorks.ProductCategory;
productService.GetProductsByCategoryAsync(category.ProductCategoryID);
}

[Visual Basic]
Private Sub CategoriesDataGrid_SelectionChanged(sender As Object, e As
SelectionChangedEventArgs)
TryCast(CategoriesDataGrid.SelectedItem, AdventureWorks.ProductCategory)
productService.GetProductsByCategoryAsync(category.ProductCategoryID)
End Sub
CategoriesDataGrid_SelectionChanged method in the MainPage class.
[Visual C#]

[Visual Basic]
productService.GetProductsByCategoryAsync(category.ProductCategoryID)
3. The call to GetProductsByCategoryAsync returns to the
productService_GetProductsByCategoryCompleted method, where the results returned by the
service should be bound to the ItemsSource property of the grid.
[Visual C#]
{
}

[Visual Basic]
Sub productService_GetProductsByCategoryCompleted(sender As Object, e As
End Sub
productService_GetProductsByCategoryCompleted method in the MainPage class.
[Visual C#]

[Visual Basic]
4. The final code should like this.
[Visual C#]
{

public MainPage()
{
}

{
}

{
}

{
}
}

[Visual Basic]
Partial Public Class MainPage

Public Sub New()
End Sub

Private Sub CategoriesDataGrid_SelectionChanged(ByVal sender As System.Object,
ByVal e As System.Windows.Controls.SelectionChangedEventArgs)
productService.GetProductsByCategoryAsync(category.ParentProductCategoryID)
End Sub

End Sub

End Sub

End Class
1. Set AdventureWorksSLTestPage.aspx as the start page.
In Solution Explorer, under AdventureWorks, right-click AdventureWorksSLTestPage.aspx,
and then click Set As Start Page.
Press CTRL+F5.
Note: It might take a while to load the data from the WCF service.
3. Select the Bib-Shorts category.
In the AdventureWorksSL Windows Internet Explorer window, in the Categories list, click Bib-
Shorts.
Note: Notice how the Products list is populated with all the products for the selected category.
In the AdventureWorksSL Windows Internet Explorer window, click the Close button.
Turn Off.
Revert.

10264AD ENU LabManual

Hochgeladen von

Dokumentinformationen

Originalbeschreibung:

Originaltitel

Copyright

Verfügbare Formate

Dieses Dokument teilen

Dokument teilen oder einbetten

Freigabeoptionen

Stufen Sie dieses Dokument als nützlich ein?

Sind diese Inhalte unangemessen?

Copyright:

Verfügbare Formate

10264AD ENU LabManual

Hochgeladen von

Copyright:

Verfügbare Formate

O F F I C I A L M I C R O S O F T L E A R N I N G P R O D U C T

D:\Lab Files\CS\Lab 02\Solution\Exercise 01

D:\Lab Files\VB\Lab 02\Solution\Exercise 01

as your programming language.

instance named SQLExpress, for persisting

oor Visual Basicc

application project named AdventureWorksSL to the solution. The

D:\Lab Files\CS\Lab 02\Solution\Exercise 01

D:\Lab Files\VB\Lab 02\Solution\Exercise 01

D:\Lab Files\CS\Lab 02\Starter\Exercise 03

D:\Lab Files\VB\Lab 02\Starter\Exercise 03

Save Global.asax.vb, or press CTRL+S.

the File menu, click Save, or press CTRL+S.

D:\Lab Files\CS\Lab 03\Starter\Exercise 01

D:\Lab Files\VB\Lab 03\Starter\Exercise 01

Solution, or press CTRL+SHIFT+B.

2010, and then click Microsoft Visual Studio 2010.

Solution, or press CTRL+SHIFT+B.

2010, and then click Microsoft Visual Studio 2010.

Solution, or press CTRL+SHIFT+B.

18 Lab Answer Key: Developing MVC Views

2010, and then click Microsoft Visual Studio 2010.

D:\Lab Files\CS\Lab 06\Starter\Exercise 01

D:\Lab Files\VB\Lab 06\Starter\Exercise 01

D:\Lab Files\CS\Lab 07\Starter\Exercise 01

D:\Lab Files\VB\Lab 07\Starter\Exercise 01

instance named SQLExpress, for persisting

Address bar, and then press ENTER.

kin file with the following markup.

Bike Stands, and then click Submit.

click All-Purpose Bike Stand.

window, click Order.

Bib-Shorts, and then click Submit.

click Men's Bib-Shorts, L.

window, click Order.

the View menu, click Source.

database file ASPNETDB.MDF is created in the

application project named AdventureWorksSL to the solution. The

Das könnte Ihnen auch gefallen